CCI Revola Catalog 2015 by Custom Cupboards

Revola

Simply Beautiful, Completely Functional.

PLYWOOD AND FURNITURE BOARD

SPECIFICATIONS

www.CustomCupboards.com

Information Index: Information Section Aging (Distressing)................................................................. 21 Angles / Formulas.................................................................. 26 Cabinet Box Construction..................................................... 22 Cabinet Care Suggestions..................................................... 12 Classification of Orders........................................................... 7 Co-Op Advertising............................................................14-15 Credit Policy............................................................................ 4 Current Multiplier..................................................................... 7 Custom Cupboards & The Environment................................ 16 Dealer Training......................................................................... 6 Delivery.................................................................................... 5 Display Programs.................................................................. 13 Drawer Box & Guide Options................................................ 25 Expedited Service Orders - ESOs......................................... 10 Finishes............................................................................19-20 Freight Charges....................................................................... 5 Hazardous Materials................................................................ 6 Hinges and Overlays.............................................................. 24 Hours of Operation.................................................................. 4 Interior Box Specifications.................................................... 23

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Jobsite Delivery Requirements................................................ 5 Lead Times.............................................................................. 7 Lifetime Limited Warranty Form............................................ 11 Memos / Forms..................................................................... 13 Ordering & Confirmation Procedures....................................... 9 Ordering Guidelines................................................................. 8 Our Mission............................................................................. 4 Packaged & Aged Finishes.................................................... 21 Product Specification Policy.................................................. 13 Receipt of Product................................................................... 6 Returned Goods...................................................................... 6 Shelf Policy............................................................................ 12 Touch-Up & Final Adjustment................................................ 12 Touch-Up Kits........................................................................ 21 Unloading Time....................................................................... 6 Warranty................................................................................ 12 Website.................................................................................. 13 Who Do I Contact?...............................................................2-3 Woods..............................................................................17-18

-1-

Information Who Do I Contact? ACCOUNT MANAGERS / ORDER ENTRY: Call your AM for questions pertaining to delivery of your cabinets, questions about your order or ESOâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, entry, quotes & pricing, billing, and as a starting point for a warranty issue.

Cristen Burkhart Ext.124 Customer Service Manager

Angel Ortiz Ext.162

Jessica Rein Ext.130

Kheva Edwards Ext.171

angel@customcupboards.com

jessica@customcupboards.com

Kheva@customcupboards.com.

cristen@customcupboards.com

Laura Hay Ext. 101

Lori Chism Ext.156

Daniel Albert Ext.157

laura@customcupboards.com

lori@customcupboards.com

daniel@customcupboards.com

MARKETING MANAGER

MARKETING DESIGNER

Tina Walterscheid Ext.118 tinaw@customcupboards.com

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Cesar Cantu Ext.114

cesarc@customcupboards.com

-2-

SALES ASSISTANT

Tina Blasi Ext.158

tinab@customcupboards.com

Information Who Do I Contact? SALES REPRESENTATIVES: Call your Sales Rep for questions pertaining to training issues, product issues, or anything with the exception of the status of orders and accounting / billing questions.

Sales Manager Melissa Palmer Ext.102 Cell (316) 281-5208

Kevin Geiger (303) 204-0718

Shane Jardine (812) 369-5200

Joe Tanner (510) 928-6880

keving@customcupboards.com

shanej@customcupboards.com

a-r@mindspring.com

Danny Montgomery (316) 295-6538

Richard Palen (316) 650-8725

Jef Pearce (864) 506-1123

dannym@customcupboards.com

richardp@customcupboards.com

jef.pearce@gmail.com

melissa@customcupboards.com

THE BARONET SALES GROUP

Darryl Minch, (561) 262-5802

Derek Minch, (904) 449-4527

Lester Minch, (904) 945-8495

darrylm@customcupboards.com

derekm@customcupboards.com

lesterm@customcupboards.com

OTHER IMPORTANT NUMBERS:

President Mael Hernandez Ext. 121

CFO / Accounting Chris Flickinger Ext. 152

maelh@customcupboards.com

chrisf@customcupboards.com

Dir. Research & Development Todd Johnson Ext. 110 todd@customcupboards.com

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-3-

Information Our Mission Our mission is to continuously improve the value of our products, customer experience and dealer support.

Hours of Operation Customer Service 7:30 a.m.—5:00 p.m. C.S.T. (Mon.—Fri.) Phone: (316)529-3431 Fax: (316)529-1738 Sales & Marketing / Library 7:30 a.m.—5:00 p.m. C.S.T. (Mon.—Fri.) Phone: (316)529-3431 Fax: (316)219-2798 Accounting 8:00 a.m.—5:00 p.m. C.S.T. (Mon.—Fri.) Phone: (316)529-3431 Fax: (316)469-1028

Credit Policy Custom Cupboards Inc. requires prospective customers to complete our credit application, be approved for credit, and have a credit line established prior to marketing our products to their prospective customers. We reserve the right to request updated credit information at any time. Our normal credit terms require full payment within 30 days of the invoice date. A finance charge of 1.5% per month (APR of 18%) will be assessed on all invoices not paid within 30 days. The finance charge will appear on your monthly statement that is mailed at the end of each month. We strongly encourage you to review / reconcile your monthly statement upon receipt. Custom Cupboards Inc. reserves the right to place customers on credit hold for violations of the above credit policies. When a customer is placed on credit hold, any of the following actions will be considered: cancellation of ship windows; we may hold the shipment of orders; change credit terms; or exercise other options depending on the situation at the time.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-4-

Information Freight Charges Please contact your Account Manager or Sales Representative for your current freight rate and shipping arrangements.

Delivery Delivery will be on 53-foot trailers according to our freight rate charges. There is a minimum delivery charge of $75 net per order, $10 net per ESO, delivered along with Work Orders. There is an additional $250 net drop charge per order for jobsite deliveries. Switching delivery routing or changing into a customer pick-up within one week of departure date will result in an additional $75 net charge per order. All deliveries are one man tailgate deliveries, including jobsite deliveries. We cannot effectively deliver to a dealer if an after hours phone number is not provided. Breakdowns, traffic, etc. are unpredictable and considering the mileage that the drivers must drive every day, it is difficult to provide an exact time that we will be at your location. The initial delivery date, supplied during the confirmation process, will be the Friday of the week that we will deliver your kitchen. Approximately two weeks before delivery you will receive a fax with the exact delivery date.

Jobsite Delivery Requirements Failure to meet any of the following criteria may result in the loss of future jobsite privileges. In order to adequately schedule for a jobsite delivery, the full address must be given when the order is placed. It is mandatory that the dealer and/or sales person provide a detailed jobsite map, meet the driver at the showroom or other agreed upon, convenient location, and lead the driver to the jobsite. Deliveries more than 50 miles from your showroom must be pre-approved and are subject to additional freight charges. See the JS form provided in the Forms section. The dealer must evaluate the delivery route to the jobsite, insure accessibility, and notify local authorities if necessary. The jobsite must be able to accommodate a 53’ semi trailer with no dead ends or cul’de’sacs. The jobsite must meet local and state guidelines for delivery vehicles of this size. The evaluation is to include bridge weight limits of not less than 48,000 lbs. gross weight minimum, low hanging obstacles (overpasses, power lines, tree limbs, etc.) with a minimum height of 13 ½’ required. If the driver deems the jobsite undeliverable, due to failure to meet any one of the above requirements, or due to current weather and/or road conditions, the job will be delivered to the dealer’s warehouse or to the dealer’s truck. However, if a jobsite delivery is attempted, or if the order changes from a jobsite to a warehouse delivery, after the truck has been loaded, the jobsite fee will still apply. Failure to comply with these requirements will be justification for additional delivery charges which may consist of, but will not be limited to: hourly rate based on time of delay; fines from local authorities; and payment for damage to property or Kustom Karriers’ equipment.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-5-

Information Receipt of Product Each item should be checked by the dealer or an “authorized person” as it is unloaded from the truck. Any shortages or damages must be noted on the shipping receipt at the time of delivery. Please call your Account Manager (AM) or the Co Truck Shipping contact immediately. Any damages beyond the scope of field repair should be returned on the truck to be replaced (see Returned Goods Authorization). The dealer or the authorized person must sign the shipping papers. This signature acknowledges receipt of the product in an acceptable and complete manner. If the order is signed as delivered complete, the dealer will be responsible for any freight charges accrued to re-deliver any item that has been left on our truck. Any delivery made by any method other than company truck (Fed-Ex, UPS, Common Carrier, etc.) and is received damaged should be refused or noted at the time of delivery. If refused, the package will be returned to Custom Cupboards, Inc. for repair or replacement. If kept, please take pictures for the claim, keep your original packaging and contact the ESO manager at ext. 148 immediately.

Unloading Time The driver’s responsibility is primarily to move the product to the tailgate of the truck. The dealer is responsible for providing qualified personnel to move the product into the warehouse or jobsite. It is imperative that the product is unloaded in a reasonable amount of time (one hour is usually sufficient) in order for the driver to remain on schedule with the other deliveries on the route. If unnecessary delays occur, the dealer may be charged at the rate of $75 net per hour.

Returned Goods Any products that need to be returned to the factory for any reason must have prior authorization from the factory and must be accompanied with a Return Authorization Form. Please call your Account Manager to have a copy faxed to you. Custom Cupboards, Inc. takes no responsibility for items returned without appropriate documentation.

Hazardous Materials Hazardous materials can only be shipped via UPS Ground, UPS Priority Overnight or company truck, to a business address only. A substantial hazardous material fee plus additional standard freight charges will be assessed when shipping UPS Ground or UPS Priority Overnight. Some finishes will require multiple components be sent, this may increase the shipping fees. Please contact the ESO shipping department for further information or questions at ext.148 or by email at esoshipping@customcupboards.com.

Dealer Training We offer various types of dealer training. Whether it’s a one-on-one session at your dealership with your sales representative, training at our facility in Wichita, KS or a city near you, or one-on-one help from our Sales Manager, Melissa Palmer, we’re here to help. Melissa can be reached at Ext. 102 or by email at melissa@customcupboards.com. If you are looking for a specific type of training, such as focusing on design or 20/20, please contact your sales representative to let him / her know you are interested. If we have enough interest, we will definitely plan a special focus meeting. Please keep an eye out in our “Dealer’s Only” section on the website for upcoming training events.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-6-

Information Lead Times Our lead times are posted at all times on our website. Incomplete order will not receive the posted lead time, as posted lead times are for confirmed orders only. Monday dates are given, meaning the job will deliver no later than the Friday of the week posted. Please call your Account Manager if you have any questions.

Calendar in â&#x20AC;&#x153;DEALERS ONLYâ&#x20AC;? section in website

Current Multiplier* *When price increases occur, the dealership is responsible for manually updating the multipliers on individual orders in the pricing program, as well as, verifying the correct multiplier in the pricing program (maintenance/utilities, edit system variables). Your current pricing multiplier is: ______

Classification of Orders ESO ESO: This is a quick ship item needed to finish up a job; ships approximately 2-3 weeks from receipt of the order depending on delivery method and availability of a company truck; maximum of 3 cabinets. Must have an original work order number provided with the order. All cabinet manufacturing lines available on an ESO. There is no surcharge for this option, this program is not meant for additional rooms. REGULAR ORDER NOTE: If these items are missing, it will prevent you from receiving a window. 1. Job site maps 2. Serial # for sample doors 3. Floor plans 4. WT/Cutout forms 5. Drawings 6. Multiple questions

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-7-

Information Ordering Guidelines Please read the following instructions before placing an order, then use the checklist to ensure your order is complete. Please note that all orders should be final, not works in progress or a rough draft when submitted.

All orders must be entered using the Custom Cupboards pricing program. Orders must be sent in electronically. Submitting orders electronically will reduce re-entry errors. Handwritten orders will not be accepted. The first copy of our pricing program will be sent at no charge. Extra copies may incur a $119 list charge. Please call your Account Manager for more information.

List groups of cabinets together working clockwise around the kitchen. Wall cabinets first, followed by bases, vanities, talls, then moldings and miscellaneous items last.

Dimension / Measuring: All dimensions stated in this catalog are WIDTH by LENGTH. The length runs with the grain. Cabinets are measured across the front (the width) X the height X the depth.

Use correct nomenclature to avoid potential errors.

Layouts must be included with each order. Layouts are used throughout the inspection process and in the staging rooms. Layouts are not checked for accuracy.

Supply a drawing for any special cabinets. Make sure you note “See Drawing” in the description so we know to check the drawing. Drawings of special items should be faxed to the factory for a price quote prior to placing the initial order and must accompany the order once it’s placed to ensure you get the quoted price.

Include all oven & microwave cutouts, as well as all appliance panel sizes. Dimensions can be supplied in the line entry or use the forms provided in the “Forms” section of the catalog or download them from our website. Be sure to note on your order to reference the forms if used. Failure to supply these forms / dimensions will delay your order.

All cabinet ends are manufactured as unfinished, or “raw”, unless specified on the order. Specify by using Right, Left, or Both on the cabinet entry.

Include all moldings, valances, fillers, etc. Finished toe board must be ordered.

10. Moldings must be priced and ordered by the lineal foot in 8’ increments. Toe board and Solid Stock will be priced and ordered by the piece.

11. Use the Check Order button prior to submitting the order electronically. This tool can alert you to missing information, required forms & common issues that may delay your order. This feature of the pricing program is a knowledge base that will continue to grow with your comments and suggestions.

12. Make sure a complete delivery address is specified at the time you submit your order. If it is a jobsite, include after hours contact number and a job-site map. Failure to supply this form will delay your order.

13. Provide a copy of door label job was sold from OR send serial number on the back of the door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-8-

Information Ordering & Confirmation Procedures Ship window: Upon receipt of the electronic order an e-mail receipt will be sent for your records. If there are questions or missing information you will receive a STOP ORDER first. Your ship window and grade will not be assigned until all missing information is received and ready to be confirmed. If you do not receive one of these two forms or the e-mail receipt within 24 hours of submitting the order please call your Account Manager to assure the order was received. DO NOT RESUBMIT ORDER. Orders: Once we have reviewed your order you will be faxed a copy of it to approve. Orders are processed on a first in, first out basis. Average turnaround times on orders depend on their complexity but most are processed in 48-72 hours. Check the confirmation immediately upon receipt. You are given 48 hours from the time you receive the confirmation to send it back to us. Please keep in mind that if you make numerous changes, especially changes that affect custom drawings, your ship window is subject to delays. Although we check your order entry, it is your responsibility to verify that your order is correct. This acknowledgement is our legal interpretation of your order, please check it closely. Telephone orders and telephone changes cannot be accepted. When reviewing the confirmation, please remember to: •• Answer any questions on the front page & body of the order •• Clearly note additions or changes next to the line item •• Sign & return the entire order, including all drawings •• Mark whether or not you want a final copy •• Mark whether or not you want put on the “move up” list; there is no surcharge or guarantee for this option •• Be sure you sign it off before you fax it back to us Scheduling: After the order has been approved by you &/or confirmed in our system by the engineering department, the order will be scheduled for production and delivery. You will receive your final delivery date approximately three weeks before shipping. Changes and/or cancellation of an order can be made after the order has been confirmed but must be made before the parts are generated. Call your Account Manager to check the status or your order before assuming you can make any changes or cancellations. You will be charged a paperwork charge of $100 net for each change that is made and your changes must be faxed to us in writing. Cancelled orders will be charged $100 net; this includes ESO orders. Orders cannot be changed or cancelled once production has begun. Additions to an order that has been scheduled into production will not be allowed. Additions to existing orders must be made on a separate order and may be required to ship at a later date or can be submitted on an ESO if the item(s) fall within the guidelines of an ESO order. Accuracy and completeness of your order is beyond our control, therefore, we cannot guarantee that all orders received at the same time will be produced and/or shipped at the same time.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-9-

Information Expedited Service Orders—ESOs The ESO program is a quick ship service used to assist dealers in finishing up their orders. These job completion orders are limited to 3 cabinets or less and are placed on an ESO form or by submitting through the pricing program. You can find this form in the FORMS section of this catalog. Although there is no surcharge for parts ordered through this system, to ensure a timely delivery of your parts, only the appropriate items should be ordered and must be accompanied with the original work order number. ESOs will be entered and acknowledged daily but do not require a confirmation, however, if you do find an error, please call ESO Order Entry immediately and the order will be corrected. If you realize that you have ordered the item incorrectly, call the ESO Account Manager to see if the item can still be changed. If the order has already gone into production, it will be too late for any changes. If a change is made, you will be subject to a $100 net paperwork charge. ESOs typically ship approximately 3 weeks from receipt of the order, depending on truck availability. Warranty items are separated from charge items and run under a separate order. Warranty orders list the replacement costs but you will not be invoiced. Your payment terms should state WARRANTY__. Warranty items are usually shipped via company truck, unless specified differently. We will make every effort to find a truck heading in your direction and we will cover any “add stop” fees. If a truck is not available, you will receive a call to go over your options. If you request 2nd day or Next day UPS shipping, you will be required to pay the difference. ESO wood & finish upcharges: A Wood & Finish Upcharge will be assessed to all finished wooden accessories that are not upcharged on a typical work order. This surcharge multiplies the finish & wood upcharge times the total list price of the finished accessories. If you are using the ESO form to submit ESOs, you will need to manually account for these upcharges. Shipping: The majority of items will be shipped via company truck. You may request alternate shipping options. If you do not have a truck scheduled, you will be charged $75 net plus additional mileage (call for a quote) for us to add a stop. If you do have a stop scheduled, the cabinet will be dropped at that stop and you will be charged a minimum of $10 for freight. If using the pricing program for ESOs, you must add additional charges for other carriers such as UPS. All tall cabinets and 48 x 96 panels MUST be shipped via company truck, NO EXCEPTIONS. If you do not have a company truck scheduled in this case, you will be contacted. All samples, library doors, door store doors, and sales aides will be shipped via UPS. Additional Shipping Options: UPS Ground (GND) = Standard transit times UPS 3 Day Select (3DS) = Guaranteed 3 days (Good for AZ & CA only) UPS 2nd Day Air (2DA) = Guaranteed 2 day delivery UPS 2nd Day Air A.M. (2DM) = 2 day delivery by 10:30 a.m. UPS Next Day Air Saver (1DP) = Next day delivery by 3:00 p.m. UPS Next Day Air (1DA) = Next day delivery by 10:30 a.m. UPS Next Day Air Early A.M. (1DM) = Next day delivery by 8:00 a.m. FedEx Freight = Used to ship larger items PLEASE REMEMBER THAT EXPRESS SHIPPING IS COSTLY, CALL THE ESO MANAGER FOR QUOTES!!! Handling charges: The following additional HANDLING charges will apply to all packages shipped UPS, USPS, or common carrier: 1 small package (UPS/USPS) = $10 net charge. The residential fee for common carrier is $78. This charge is in addition to the standard shipping charge. There is also a lift gate service charge of $135 if a lift gate is needed during a common carrier delivery. Contact the ESO organizer at extension 148 or the ESO shipping tech at esoshipping@customcupboards.com for estimated freight rates.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 10 -

Information LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY Custom Cupboards, Inc. (CCI) warrants all of its cabinetry to be free of defects in material and/or workmanship when subject to normal use for as long as the original purchaser owns it. Subject to the provisions that follow, provided that the original purchaser retains ownership and is able to establish the date of purchase and the original cost of the defective product to CCI’s reasonable satisfaction, Custom Cupboards, Inc. will at its sole option elect to either repair or replace, at its discretion, the defective material or components, free of charge. The lifetime coverage offered by this warranty automatically ends upon the sale of the property or the death of the last original homeowner at the time of purchase of the product. The lifetime coverage in this warranty applies only to individual homeowners. Custom Cupboards Inc. also warrants its dovetail drawer box, hinges, and drawer suspension system to be free from defects in material and/or workmanship under normal usage to the original purchaser for the lifetime of the cabinets.

defects and/or joint separations that occur as a result of low (below 25%) or high (above 55%) humidity or moisture conditions or exposure to extremes of temperature. The color of the wood and finish may change during the lifetime of the product due to exposure to direct or indirect sunlight or other factors. The color change, known as mellowing, occurs in both the finish and the wood itself and is part of the natural aging process. This process is not to be considered a defect in material or workmanship. No dealer or other person(s) or entity is authorized to modify the foregoing warranty or to make any other warranty on behalf of Custom Cupboards, Inc. To file a warranty claim, the purchaser should contact their local authorized Custom Cupboards dealer/distributor. The dealer/distributor will then obtain the information necessary to make the claim decision and forward such information in writing to Custom Cupboards for action on the claim. Warranty claims must include a complete description of the defect.

This is a parts warranty only and excludes labor for removal or replacement of defective parts. This warranty shall not apply to cabinetry ordered unfinished, nor to cabinetry or parts of our cabinetry that have been subjected to alterations, abuse, misuse, negligence, or improper installation, storage and handling.

ITED LIM

LIFETIME

Our warranty does not cover expansion or contraction

RAN

Dealership

Street Address

City

Original Work Order

PO#

State Zip

Custom Cupboards, Inc. ▪ 3778 South Norman, Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T 316.529.3431 F 316.219.2798 ▪ www.CustomCupboards.com

LimitedLifetimeWarranty0611 Effective June ‘11

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 11 -

Information Warranty When submitting a warranty request, use the form (found in the forms section of the catalog & on the website) or submit electronically using the Pricing Program. The original work order number assigned by Custom Cupboards, as well as any other relevant information must be included. Warranty orders are processed as ESO orders. Warranty orders show replacement cost but are not invoiced to the dealer. The payment terms should state WARRANTY__. Finish: Complaints about finish require inspection by a representative of the factory. Issues dealing with color may require that both the sample that was sold from and an example from the job in question be submitted to the factory for review. Defective materials and/or workmanship: Replacement of cabinets and/or accessories will be done on a priority basis (ESO program). In most instances, you will be required to return the defective item at your expense. If the item was damaged in shipping, call the ESO manager to make arrangements for the carrier to pick up the item. Credit will then be issued after verification by the claims inspector. Slight variations of grain patterns and color are natural characteristics of wood products and are not acceptable reasons for replacement. Variations in color that fall within a window of acceptability between the sample and the job will also not be warrantable. Repair / Replacement: Custom Cupboards reserves the right to field repair or request that you return any cabinet or accessories to the factory for repair and/or replacement. If a field repair is possible, an accurate estimate of the cost must be obtained in writing and approved by the factory before any work is done. Custom Cupboards will not cover any expense involved in removing, reinstalling, or shipping the cabinet and/or accessory.

Shelf Policy Shelves over 36” long are not covered against deflection / sagging.

Touch-Up & Final Adjustment Touch up, the final adjustment of doors and drawers, and the correction of minor shipping damage is the dealer’s responsibility. If there is a customer complaint regarding damage, it is the dealer’s responsibility to investigate the complaint. If, after an initial visit, the complaint seems appropriate, contact your Custom Cupboards Sales Representative to determine further action.

Cabinet Care Suggestions DUSTING Use a soft lint-free cloth SPILLS Excess moisture can damage any cabinet finish; therefore, it’s important to clean spills immediately. Areas around the sink, dishwasher and cabinet baseboards are more susceptible. We recommend that excess moisture and spills be cleaned up with a soft cloth and mild soap if necessary. Wipe dry with a clean soft towel. GENERAL CLEANING Simply wipe surface of cabinet with water and mild soap if needed. Be sure to dry thoroughly. CAUTION • Do not use cleaners which contain abrasives • Do not use cleaners which contain ammonia - they may discolor • It is always recommended that a small, inconspicuous area be tested when using any cleaner • Avoid bearing down as this may cause burnishing CARE We understand that cabinets are going to get scratched and/or dented, especially if you live in your kitchen. We recommend using Tibet Almond stick (available online) for minor scratches. As this won’t “fix” the scratch, it helps in blending making it less noticeable. For significant scratches or damage, we recommend that a professional re-finisher be hired or visit the dealership in which your Custom Cupboards cabinets were purchased. Doing any “self repair” could void your warranty.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 12 -

Information Memos / Forms All of our memos from the past year are posted on our website. You will also find our forms on our website. To access any of these items please follow these directions:

•• •• ••

Log on to our website at www.customcupboards.com Go to “For the Pros” then click on “Dealers Only” Type in Username: ____________ and Password: _____________

Website

www.customcupboards.com

Please feel free to send your customers to our website. Our LOC is accessible on our site. It is also a valuable tool for you as you can order sales aides and Door Store doors, download forms, view past newsletters and take a look at the past year’s memos. Your username should be your dealer code + your first and last name. You will need to register on your first visit. (Ex. ABC001JoeSmith). Please contact Tina Blasi at ext. 158 if you have trouble logging in. Your Username:__________________________ Your Password:__________________________

Display Programs The following guidelines apply to all displays:

A Request for Display Approval, using the Discount Request Form, must be submitted with your order. Sales & Marketing must approve the display, in writing, before the order is processed. This form can be found in the Forms section of our website and catalog.

A floor plan must be submitted at the time of request for approval.

Approved displays must be installed in your dealership showroom… no other locations will qualify.

Your showroom must be open to the general public during normal business hours with adequate sales personnel present.

Custom Cupboards has the right to question or not allow your choice of style or finish.

ESO’s, sample doors & literature do not qualify for this program.

The following two display programs are available: 5% rebate program: The cost of the display will be paid back to the dealer by issuing a 5% rebate on each order processed after the display has been invoiced, NO EXCEPTIONS. This 5% rebate will apply to all orders invoiced within a one year period or until the display cost has been recovered, whichever comes first. 15% flat discount program: A one time 15% discount will be taken off the display invoice. If you have any further questions concerning these two programs, please call your Account Manager.

Product Specifications Policy All product specifications shown in this catalog are subject to change without notice. If you have any questions, please contact the Head of Research & Development, Todd Johnson, at extension 110 or by email at todd@customcupboards.com.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 13 -

Information Co-Op Advertising The purpose of this Co-Op Advertising program is to help you develop and plan strategies to improve the effectiveness of your advertising while increasing your sales. Our goal is to support your efforts and help you successfully market and advertise Custom Cupboards Inc. How Co-Op is Earned Your Co-op consists of ½ of 1% of your previous fiscal year’s invoiced sales. No Carryover. Our fiscal year runs from May 1st – April 30th. Please note that your Co-op balance does not accrue throughout the year. General Guidelines •• A Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep or the Marketing Assistant, must approve all advertising before funds can be used - no exceptions. Please use our Co-Op Advertising Claim Form, found in the Forms section. •• The Custom Cupboards logo must appear on all ads. •• Your account must be current and in good standing. •• With receipt of paid, pre-approved ads, CCI will credit your account with funds earned from previous sales. Approved Media •• Newspaper •• Magazines •• Television / Radio commercials •• Billboards •• Direct mail •• Open Houses / In-House Promotions / Home Shows •• Literature & Sales Aids Any media other than the above (such as tournament involvement or special events, etc.) must be approved in advance by the V.P. of Sales & Marketing. Newspaper or Magazine Advertisements •• The CCI logo must be shown, along with your logo or name, on any size ad space. Your showroom location and phone number must also be included in the advertisement. •• A full-page tear sheet showing the publication name and date must be submitted for approval. If the same ad runs more than one time, you only need to submit one tear sheet per request as long as the invoice clearly states how many days the ad ran. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice for the ad(s) must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Open House / In House Promotion / Home Shows •• Custom Cupboards cabinetry must be displayed in at least an 8 foot run, or other pre-authorized configuration. •• Items such as T-shirts, hats, brochures will be co-op’d at 50% if the funds are available. •• Documentation must include: •• Photographs of the event or CCI representation •• Photographs of your display •• Copy of paid invoices for event items •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Billboards •• The CCI logo must be shown, along with your logo or name, on any size ad space. Your showroom location and phone number must also be included in the advertisement. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the date the sign was installed must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Direct Mail •• The CCI logo must be shown, along with your logo or name, on any size ad space. Your showroom location and phone number must also be included in the advertisement. •• The direct mail piece must contain an identifiable photograph of Custom Cupboards cabinetry. •• A copy of the direct mail piece, a copy of the paid invoice for printing, postage costs, and certification of mailing, showing quantity, date and type of mail must be submitted. Production charges such as typography, layout, paste up, and artwork are not eligible. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 14 -

Information Co-Op Advertising Television •• The words “Custom Cupboards” must be included in the first or second sentence of the audio portion. One additional time in a 30-second spot, or two (2) additional times in a 60-second spot. •• The video portion must contain identifiable Custom Cupboards cabinetry. •• The CCI logo must be shown in conjunction with your dealership name or logo, address and phone number in the video portions of the ad. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the net amount of the ad(s) and the dates and times it aired must be submitted. •• A video tape of the ad must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Radio

••

The words “Custom Cupboards” must be included in the first or second sentence of the audio portion. One additional time in a 30-second spot, or two (2) additional times in a 60-second spot. •• A legible copy of the paid invoice showing the net amount of the ad, the dates and times aired must be submitted. •• 50% Co-opable - see reimbursement expectations on the following page if other manufacturers included. Sales Aids/Literature •• A copy of the paid invoice must be faxed to the Sales & Marketing Manager at 316-219-2798. Custom Cupboards will cover literature & all sales aids including starter kits, sample doors, brochures, etc. •• Reimbursement will be 25% of the invoice, excluding freight. Reimbursement •• Custom Cupboards will reimburse your dealership for half of the ad cost in the form of a credit to your account, unless other company logos are included. In this case, Custom Cupboards’ participation will be pro-rated as follows: •• Our logo only – We pay 1/2 Your ad costs $300 We pay $150 You pay $150 •• Our logo and one other (any company) – We pay 1/3 Your ad costs $300 We pay $100 •• Our logo and two others (any companies) – We pay 1/4 Your ad costs $300 We pay $75 •• Sales Aids/Literature - We pay 25% of total invoice cost Accounts are reviewed and credits are issued within 30 days of receipt of the copy of your invoice. Credits will not be issued if the advertisement was not pre-approved. Submitting Claims •• Complete the Co-Op Advertising Claim Form. This form can be downloaded from the “Forms” section of our website. •• Incomplete forms could result in delay or rejection of reimbursement. •• The completed claim and all required documentation should submitted by mail, email or fax to: Custom Cupboards, Inc. Attn: Sales & Marketing 3738 S. Norman Wichita, KS 67215 tinab@customcupboards.com fax: 316-219-2798 •• To be considered for co-op reimbursement and ensure prompt processing, all co-op claims must be submitted within 45 days of the date of advertising or invoice date. •• Claims will not be held until total claim amount is available. The current funds available will be applied and the claim will be closed.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 15 -

Information Custom Cupboards & The Environment

CUSTOM CUPBOARDS HAS EARNED ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP CERTIFICATION ADMINISTERED BY KCMA CUSTOM CUPBOARDS ENVIRONMENTAL MISSION STATEMENT Our goal is to foster partnerships that will enhance our local economy using environmental improvements that create cleaner and safer neighborhoods. Custom Cupboards will accomplish this by making a pledge to use sustainable forest products and manage current and future recycling programs to display our commitment to environmental awareness and reclaimable business practices.

ESP CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: Air Quality: Custom Cupboards uses low formaldehyde emitting raw materials to minimize hazardous air pollutants Product Resource Management: Custom Cupboards, in conjunction with our business partners, strives to purchase materials which have been recycled, recovered, and recognized through sustainable forestry programs. Process Resource Management: Custom Cupboards participates in active recycling programs and incorporates by-products as alternative energy sources. Environmental Stewardship: Custom Cupboards encourages our employees and business partners to commit to environmental quality and awareness. Community Relations: Custom Cupboards demonstrates community involvement through charitable organizations, schools, and local businesses. We hope that our participation in the Environmental Stewardship Program, along with other certified cabinet manufacturers, will promote the importance of commitment to the environment and sustainability of natural resources.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 16 -

Information Woods Custom Cupboards offers a “clear” and “rustic or knotty” variation on most species. Although each set of cabinetry passes through multiple inspection stations and hand-sorts, we cannot control the frequency and where knots, sapwood, streaks, or other irregularities may fall. Because this is a product of nature, each kitchen will have its own unique characteristics. CLEAR (All Woods): Small pin knots (under 1/4” diameter) may be visible on the front, especially on Alder. Larger, unfilled knots are permitted on the backs of doors and drawer fronts. Pinholes, gum pockets, light mineral streaking, and flecks of grey (in Beech) and brown (in Cherry) may also be visible. “Clean” varieties are selected for minimal natural character marks, although some may make it through our hand-selection process. RUSTIC (Cherry, Beech): Rustic varieties will include a light and random distribution of open and secure knots of various sizes, bird pecks, or equivalent gum pockets. Open knots that can be completely seen through will be partially filled with epoxy resin. Every rustic door will include mineral streaks, sapwood (heartwood on maple) and other naturally occurring characteristics that are unique to the species, however, not every door will have knots; they are simply less frequently occurring on rustic species. Beech will also include heavy mineral coloring and streaking. KNOTTY (Alder, Red Oak): Includes larger, open, secure knots than clear varieties. Open knots that can be seen through are partially filled from the back with black epoxy resin as a means of securing the knot. In general, we strive for at least one knot per door, and in most instances, multiple knots per door. Knots in faceframes and finished ends are typically less frequent and cannot be considered a defect unless it compromises the integrity of the frame. Knots in plywood panels sometimes expose the tinted core of the plywood. This cannot be considered a defect due to the thin veneer and the brittleness of knots.

Alder

Knotty Alder

Reddish-brown to pale yellow wood with soft, straight grain, even texture, and a subtle figure. Alder can have small knots, under ¼” diameter, pin holes, and up to 1/2” oblong knots on the front. Larger, unfilled knots are permitted on the backs of doors and drawer fronts. Plywood will have closed knots of various sizes with up to two 3/4” diameter knots per 4 x 8 sheet; may be more visible with lighter stains. Alder lightens with age and exposure to light.

Same as Alder PLUS larger, open, secure knots. Open knots are partially filled from the back with black epoxy resin, only if they can be completely seen through or as a means of securing the knot. Plywood can have large, open, secure knots of various sizes with up to six 3/4” diameter knots per 4 x 8 sheet. No attempt is made to evenly distribute the knots. Knotty Alder lightens with age and exposure to light. Order as “K Alder SP”

Beech

Rustic Beech

Whitish to pale brown, straight-grained wood with small grey flecks and light mineral coloring & streaking. Beech is a strong wood with a density that is similar to maple. Light mineral streaking on the front is allowed. Plywood may have some light mineral streaks.

Same as Beech PLUS Rustic will include repaired knots of various sizes and heavy mineral coloring & streaking. No effort will be made to evenly distribute knots or those characteristics deemed “rustic” and their occurrence would be described as “random”. Plywood will have rustic characteristics.

Cherry

Rustic Cherry

Durable, moderately-strong hardwood with reddishbrown hue, straight grain, & fine texture. Cherry may have brown flecks, gum pockets, and pin holes. On light colors sapwood is NOT allowed on the face, unlike dark colors where some sapwood is acceptable. Plywood may have gum pockets. Cherry darkens with age and exposure to light.

The hard wood used in doors, drawer fronts and RPEs will allow all the natural color variations of cherry as stated for Clear Cherry. In addition, both open and secure knots, bird pecks or equivalent gum pockets are allowable. Open knots will be partially filled with epoxy resin only if they can be completely seen through. No effort will be made to evenly distribute knots or those characteristics deemed “rustic” and their occurrence would be described as “random”. Plywood will have gum pockets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 17 -

Information Woods

Maple Hard Maple (Sugar Maple) is a heavy, straight-grained wood with a fine texture. The sapwood is white and selected for its light color, maple does not generally take dark colors well and may appear blotchy. On light colors occasional mineral streaks up to 1/4” wide by 2” long my be present. On dark colors, mineral streaks can be 1/2” wide and 4” long. Plywood may have light mineral streaks.

MDF Paint Paintgrade Paint-grade hardwood (typically Maple) face frames, door rails and stiles; Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) center panels and slab drawer fronts with paint grade hardwood veneer cabinet ends. Used on painted finishes without aging (distressing).

Paint-grade hardwood (typically Maple) face frames, door rails, stiles, and center panels; paint grade hardwood veneer cabinet ends. Used with opaque finishes with burn-thru or any aging (distressing).

Craftwood Also known as, Medium Density Fiberboard, or MDF. Craftwood is an engineered wood product formed by breaking down softwood into fibers, often in a defibrator, combining it with wax and resin, and forming panels by applying high temperature and pressure. The advantage of using Craftwood for painted finishes is that it is less likely to shrink or expand. All Craftwood paints come standard with a STANDARD 22-27 degree sheen, but can be ordered with a FLAT/MATTE 8-12 degree sheen. Glaze, Aging (Distressing), Crackle or Fly Speck are not available. The #13, #60, #66 & #67 door edges are not available on Craftwood. Available only in one-piece door styles and their matching drawer fronts. Available door styles: #300-1 pc, 301-1 pc, 503-1 pc, 700-1 pc, 701-1 pc, 707-1 pc, 708-1 pc, 900-1 pc & 901-1 pc

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 18 -

Information Finishes A world class finish starts with a quality base. Custom Cupboards uses only the finest, hand-selected hardwoods in their cabinet construction. Those hardwoods then go through a rigorous, seven step, automated sanding process to ensure a uniform grain pattern and stain application. Each piece is then hand-stained and rubbed to accentuate the natural beauty of the wood. Multiple coats of finish are then applied to seal in the color and protect the wood. Only the finest finishes are used to beautify and protect Customer Cupboards products. These UV inhibited finishes and conversion varnishes meet stringent AWI/ASTM standards and provide a hard and durable surface that resists abrasions, water staining, body oils, and household chemicals. Custom Cupboards spares no expense in providing quality products that retain their beauty over a lifetime of service. Satin Topcoat: 22-27º sheen, UV inhibited conversion varnish, seal, clear topcoat. Optional, but must be specified on order. Flat Topcoat: Matte, 8-12º sheen, UV inhibited conversion varnish. A lower sheen can result in a color difference. Please view a sample before ordering. Flat Topcoat comes standard on most of our finishes. Please see back of sample door to confirm top coat used. Standard Finishes: Finishes without formulation numbers, such as Pecan, can be modified by adding any of our standard glazes, aging (distressing), or flat topcoat. Modifying standard finishes in this way will dramatically change the look of the finish and will require a new sample be made and approved. Packaged Finishes: Finishes with formulation numbers such as “A-001”, will include all of the processes listed on the formulation sheets. These processes may include, but are not limited to, glazing, aging (distressing), flat or standard topcoat, or any additional special processes. If any of these processes are modified they must be specifically called out on the order and will require prior approval. Adding or changing glaze, topcoat, aging (distressing), or crackle may dramatically change the look of a finish and will require a new sample be made and approved. Some packaged finishes have custom aging (distressing) that may look similar to, but are not the same as, our standard 1-10. Please call your Account Manager for specifications and upcharges. Crackle and Fly-specking are not considered aging (distressing). Painted Finishes: Our opaque finishes do not allow the wood grain to show through. Depending on the type of paint ordered your cabinets will receive one or two coats of primer, a coat of paint, and a topcoat. Semi-Opaque Finishes Our semi-opaque finishes vary from Paints and Opaque Finishes in that a certain degree of the wood’s natural beauty is designed to be visible. In most cases nail holes, joints, and minor surface defects are not puttied in order to allow the texture of the wood to show through and create an aged look. The amount of visible grain is affected by the texture of the wood and may not exactly match the sample you have viewed. Unfinished Cabinetry: Because the finishing process is outside of our control, warranty is limited to hardware only. On unfinished cabinetry, interior components, such as beech dovetail drawer boxes, will be finished natural; the box interior will not be finishable material unless finished interior is ordered. See the Consumer Information Form in the Forms section of the catalog. Custom Paint Match Program: All topcoats will come standard Flat unless specified as satin.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 19 -

Information Finishes Glazes: Standard Glaze, highlighting, is applied to the entire surface of the cabinet and doors and then wiped off leaving hang-up in the recessed areas. Brushed Glazing is a special technique that leaves brush streaks over the entire surface. Glaze, in any application, will vary slightly from cabinet to cabinet. Glazing is a hand applied, artistic process and, like paintings, no two cabinets will be identical. See the Consumer Information Form disclaimer on glaze in the Forms section of the catalog. Four standard glazes are available over any of our standard stains or paints. Pewter (PTG) Burgundy (BURG) Van Dyke Brown (VDB) Midnight Frost (MFG)

– – – –

pewter-grey deep reddish-brown chocolate brown black

When ordering Natural with a glaze, the “Natural deduct” does not apply. Heavy, light, or any other special glaze hang-up is not available as a request. Our glaze is hand-applied so what is heavy to one person may be considered standard to another. Custom Finishes: If you cannot find a color you like, Custom Cupboards will custom match virtually any finish. A color swatch or sample must be sent for evaluation & approval. You will be charged a Sample Door Color Development Fee (SDCDF) which includes one sample door. Because we never know how many matches we’ll have at one time, or how long each match will take, the lead time may vary anywhere from 2-6 weeks. We cannot give you the estimated upcharge for the match until the process is complete. CALL YOUR ACCOUNT MANAGER FOR AVAILABILITY OF CUSTOM MATCHES. Expired Samples: Custom Cupboards will not match expired samples. A new sample must be viewed and approved by the customer prior to the order process. Any expired sample doors sent in will be retained at the factory. Two Toned Cabinets: Please call your Account Manager for a quote on any two-toned cabinet request. Important Note: Many of our finishes will be toned on the back of the door to more closely resemble the color on the front. In some instances there is a noticeable difference. Please be sure to make your customer aware of this by showing them a sample door representation of the color they have chosen. We will not glaze or age (distress) the backs of the doors, but rather tone them to resemble the front. Crackle & Fly Specking: These Artistic Processes are used on some packaged finishes. Crackle is a non-controllable finishing process that can range from very subtle to a very heavy and extreme cracking appearance. Custom Cupboards cannot guarantee the consistency of this process, therefore, inconsistency in the size, shape and amount of crackle is not cause for replacement. Fly Specking is used to create a paint spattered look. These processes are not applied to the backs of the doors and drawer fronts. Crackle & Fly Specking are not considered aging (distressing). If you wish to delete either of these from a packaged finish, you must specify “no crackle” or “no fly speck”. These processes can dramatically change the appearance of the finish when added or deleted.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 20 -

Information Aging (Distressing) Ten types of aging (distressing) are available in a variety of combinations. If you wish to modify the aging (distressing) in any way you must contact your Account Manager for a quote. Aging (Distressing) is a hand-made, artistic process and, like any fine art, no two pieces will be identical. Not all levels of aging (distressing) are available on all wood species. Aging (distressing) #6, #7, #9, & #10 will not appear on the faceframe edges, finished ends or on 3/4” plywood.

#1 WORM HOLES: Random ice-pick marks in small clusters

#6 EASED EDGES/CORNERS: Worn edges, before stain

#2 CRACKS: Simulated cracks of varied lengths

#7 SCREWED EDGES: Simulated saw marks on edges

#3 WIRE BRUSH HOLES: Very tiny, lightly patterened holes

#8 WIRE BRUSH SCRATCHES: Tiny scratches in a tight pattern

#4 DENTS: Random placement of shallow dents

#9 BURN THRU: Wear through, after stain;before glaze/ topcoat

#5 GRAVEL: Random dents of various size; deeper; more widespread

#10 KNIFE OUTS: Tear outs along the edges

#11 ALL OF THE ABOVE DISTRESSINGS

Packaged & Aged Finishes Packaged finishes are priced by quote and are subject to approval by the Custom Cupboards Finish Department. On all packaged finishes, Custom Cupboards must have a copy of the customer-approved sample label before the order will be approved for production. Packaged finishes are denoted by a formulation number (A-001, etc.) This formula is specific to the wood species and number. Packaged finishes include all processes in the total finish upcharge.

••

Packaged finishes will require a photocopy of the label on the back of the sample. Due to liability, shipping, and field application issues, we will not supply some of our packaged finishes for field use.

••

Adding or removing the aging (distressing) will alter the hang-up of glazes on Aged finishes, therefore changing the appearance.

••

Custom Cupboards will not use customer-supplied finishing materials.

••

For every job that goes through our shop, a retained sample is generated. This retained sample is kept at the factory for any future rework or warranty issues. We hold these samples for 6-9 months. If you have a warranty or ESO job after this time period, you will be asked to send in a sample to match. •• Crackle and fly specking are not considered aging (distressing). These processes dramatically change the appearance of the door when added or deleted. Custom Cupboards will not match age if job exceeds 18 months. A current color must then be selected instead.

Touch-Up Kits These kits consist of a wax crayon and a felt-tipped marker containing matching stain or paint, a second marker containing matching glaze will be included on standard colors that include a glaze. One is available at no charge on orders consisting of 3 cabinets or more. Test finishing a similar scrap of material before completing touch-up or finishing large quantities of material is recommended. Touch-up kits are available for every color in the LOC, due to the uniqueness of packaged finishes some components may not be included. Check for availability on any other packaged or custom finishes.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 21 -

Information Cabinet Box Construction

11 11

9 1

11 8

8 5

BASE

1 3

7 3

WALL Frameless Revola Box Construction

1. 2.

Wood veneer edge tape. 10 3/8” deep x 3/4” thick adjustable shelves in wall cabinets. MDF used in Revola Ply & particle board used in Revola PB. 3. 3/4” Ply or Particle Board cabinet box construction. 4. Polyurethane coated natural maple print material on flush top and bottom. 5. Polyurethane coated natural maple print interior surfaces. White is also offered. 6. More dowels used in wall bottoms and tops for added stability. 7. 4” hang-rails. 8. 1/4” MDF, fully captured back. 9. Solid beech dovetail drawer box on Solo or Blumotion undermount guides. 10. 2/3 depth adjustable base shelf. 11. 4” wide stretchers, toeboard and hang-rails. 12. More dowels used in base deck for strength.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Features

• • • • •

- 22 -

Cabinet joints are doweled and glued for maximum strength. No charge to reduce width, depth or height. Wood edge banding which allows for endless color choices. 13” deep wall cabinets. 4” high x 3 1/4” deep toe space.

Information Interior Box Specifications Custom Cupboards does not recommend building any cabinets in Revola over the widths offered. As a custom cabinet company, we will build to the width you request, but neither the cabinet nor the shelves will be covered under warranty if it exceeds our maximum width offered. The interior box percentage will be applied to the Cabinet list price only.

REVOLA PLY Features: Smooth, light beige, polyurethane coated maple print overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 3/4” Plywood sides. Unfinished ends will be polyurethane coated maple print overlay. Finished ends are wood veneer. Exposed Edges: Wood veneer edge tape will be used on all finishes with the exception of Paint White, Antique White & the Craftwood Collection paints; these finishes will receive PVC edge tape. Tops & Bottoms: 3/4” Plywood fastened to the end panels by wood dowels. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” MDF; the front of all shelves & stretchers are edge-banded with wood veneer edge tape. Base & vanity are 2/3 depth; walls are 10 3/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior walls) & talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Backs: 1/4” MDF core; fully captured, mechanically fastened & secured with hot-melt adhesive.

REVOLA PLY WHITE

Only available with solid paints

Features: Smooth, stark white polyurethane coated overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 3/4” Plywood sides. Unfinished ends will be polyurethane coated white print overlay. Finished ends are wood veneer. Exposed Edges: Wood veneer edge tape will be used on all finishes. Tops & Bottoms: 3/4” Plywood fastened to the end panels by wood dowels. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” MDF; the front of all shelves & stretchers are edge-banded with wood veneer edge tape. Base & vanity are 2/3 depth; walls are 10 3/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior walls) & talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Backs: 1/4” MDF core; fully captured, mechanically fastened & secured with hot-melt adhesive.

REVOLA FB Features: Smooth, light beige, polyurethane coated maple print overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 3/4” Particle Board sides. Unfinished ends will be polyurethane coated maple print overlay. 3/4” Plywood w/ wood veneer will be used for finished ends which will result in a higher finished end upcharge. Exposed Edges: Wood veneer edge tape will be used on all finishes with the exception of Paint White, Antique White & the Craftwood Collection paints; these finishes will receive PVC edge tape. Tops & Bottoms: 3/4” Particle Board fastened to the end panels by wood dowels. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” Particle Board;the front of all shelves & stretchers are edge-banded with wood veneer edge tape. Base & vanity are 2/3 depth; walls are 10 3/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior walls) & talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Backs: 1/4” MDF core; fully captured, mechanically fastened & secured with hot-melt adhesive.

REVOLA WHITE FB

Only available with solid paints

Features: Smooth, stark white, polyurethane coated overlay interior surfaces. Sides: 3/4” Particle Board sides. Unfinished ends will be polyurethane coated white print overlay. 3/4” Plywood w/ wood veneer will be used for finished ends which will result in a higher finished end upcharge. Exposed Edges: Wood veneer edge tape will be used on all finishes. Tops & Bottoms: 3/4” Particle Board fastened to the end panels by wood dowels. Shelves: Fully adjustable 3/4” Particle Board;the front of all shelves & stretchers are edge-banded with wood veneer edge tape. Base & vanity are 2/3 depth; walls are 10 3/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior walls) & talls are full depth unless otherwise noted. Backs: 1/4” MDF core; fully captured, mechanically fastened & secured with hot-melt adhesive. Finished interior cabinets and finished ends will be constructed of 3/4” Plywood & will be priced accordingly when ordered on a Revola PB order. A no finished interior (NO FI) modification is available on these cabinets; when used, this modification reverts the box construction to Particle Board & applies a deduct to the cabinet list price that will reflect Revola PB pricing. A finished interior (FI PB) modification for the particle board line is available; when used, this modification will revert the box construction & cabinet pricing to Plywood. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 23 -

Information Hinge and Overlay Frameless Overlay: Horizontal reveals are 3/16”, Vertical reveals are 3/32”, and the gap between butt door is 1/8”.

FRAMELESS Features: Blum Inserta Clip 120˚, 6-way adjustable hinge; metal cap covers available upon request. Soft-close Option: Mechanism can be added to the hinge for additional charges per door. Choose FRAMELESS SC in the hinge type. For loose doors hinged: add FHINGE as a modification Loose: add FHINGE SS as an accessory

FORMULAS FORCALCULATINGDOOR/DRAWER

FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING DOOR/DRAWER FRONT SIZES

FORMULAS FORCALCULATIN GDOOOVERLAY R/DRAWER WITH FRAMELESS FRO N T FRONTSIZES WITHREVOLASIZES WITHREVOLA

3 16

SingleDoor Cabinet Widthless 3/16" =Door Width 3 less 3/8" =Door Height Cabinet Height

3 32

32 3

Wall Cabinet

1 8

Butt Doors 1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Door Width CFront abinet Height less 3/8" =Door Height 1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Drawer Width

1 8

Top draw erfront height =57/8" Butt Doors Door =24 1/16" 1/2height Cabinet Width - 5/32”” = Door Size Width

3 32

Butt Doors

3 1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Door Width 16

Base

3 Top Drawer Front = 5 7/8” 16 Cabinet Width - 3/16” = Drawer Front Width

3 16

Butt Drawer Fronts

3 3 32

TopDrawer1Front =5 7/8" Tall 1/2 C abinet 8 C2nd abinetor Width 3/16" =DrawerFront W idth Width less 5/32" =Drawer Front Width 3rdless Drawer

Topdrawerfront height =57/8"

As shown, Middle Drawer Front Height = 11 15/16” 2nd or 3rd Drawer Door As shown, Middle Drawer Front Height =11height 15/16" =24 1/16"

3 16

3 Bottom Drawer3Front Height = 11 15/16” 16 BottomDrawer Front 32Height =11 15/16" Butt Doors

1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Door Width

Base

B_D3

3 16 3 w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m32 AUGUST 2014

SingleDoor Cabinet Widthless 3/16" =Door Width Cabinet Height less 3/8" =Door Height

Butt Drawer Fronts 8 1/2 Cabinet Width - 5/32”” = Drawer Front Width 3 Standard Top3Drawer Front Height = 5 7/8” Base Height 16Butt DrawDoor er Fronts 32 = 24 1/16”

3 16

3 32

Door or Drawer Front

3 16Cabinet Height less 3/8" =Door Height 3 32

3 16

3 32

Butt Doors 1/2 Cabinet Width less 5/32" =Door Width

3 32

3 16

1 8

16 32 Butt Doors 1/2 Cabinet Width - 5/32”” = Door Size Width Cabinet Height - 3/8” = Door Size Height

3 16

3 32

3 4

1 8

3 32

3 16

3 4

Single Door Cabinet Width - 3/16” = Door Size Width or Drawer Front 3 3 =DoorDoor Cabinet Height - 3/8” Size Height 32

3 16

3 32

End Panel

Wall Cabinet Wall Cabinet Wall Cabinet

3 16 3 32

TopDrawerFront =5 7/8" Tall Cabinet Width less 3/16" =DrawerFront Width - 24 -

2nd or 3rd Drawer

Information Drawer Box & Guide Options Pull-Out Shelves are not specific to the drawer box or guide options that have been specified on the Order Info tab on the pricing program. POS will be added as a modification to the individual cabinet line item, therefore you can opt for a different guide or box.

BIRCH DRAWER BOX

Nomenclature STANDARD DOVETAIL

Features: • Made from 5/8” birch hardwood pre-finished material • 1/4” thick captured bottom recessed 1/2”, laminated wood grain MDF • Maximum depth is 21” • Dovetails are NOT sanded or finished • Comes in 4 standard heights: - 2 1/2” pull-outs - 4” all standard top drawers - 6” standard bottom drawers of a D4 Cabinet - 8” middle & bottom drawers of a D3 Cabinet • Oversized holes (5/16”) in drawer box to allow for adjustment to drawer front:

“YOUR LOGO”

Guide Type: Works with both Tandem Blumotion full extension Pull-Out Shelves: POS STND BM (Blumotion undermount)

BEECH DOVETAIL

LOGO ENGRAVING AVAILABLE Additional Cost

Nomenclature BEECH DOVETAIL

Features: • Dovetails are sanded and finished • 5/8” solid beech dovetail drawer box with a natural finish • 1/4” captive bottom recessed 1/2”, wood veneered MDF • Boxes over 23” in width will have reinforced bottoms • Maximum depth is 21” • Material can include pin knots, closed tight knots, and heavy mineral coloring • Comes in 6 standard heights: - 3” pullouts, - 4” All standard top drawers - 8 1/4” middle & bottom drawer on D3, - 6” standard bottom drawers of a D4 Cabinet - 10 1/4” file drawer, - 13” largest available. • Oversized holes (5/16”) in drawer box to allow for adjustment to drawer front:

“YOUR LOGO”

Guide Type: Works with both Tandem Blumotion full extension LOGO ENGRAVING AVAILABLE Additional Cost

Pull-Out Shelves: POSTUFEBM (Blumotion undermount)

The following guide options are available in our Heartland line. The minimum recommended opening width for all guides is 6” and the minimum cabinet depth is 11”. If cabinet depth is below 11” an apothecary type drawer will be used on wooden runners. Cabinets can be increased up to 32” deep but drawer box will not be more than 21” deep due to guide availability unless you upgrade to deeper guides. Call your account manager for availability. Each guide features a 75 lb. dynamic, in motion, capacity and a 100 lb. static, at rest, capacity. All references to the optional drawer guides also apply to optional pullout shelves (POS). See POS upgrades and pricing in the Accessories & Modifications section of this catalog.

TANDEM BLUMOTION Features: Zinc coated steel, full extension undermount guide. Smooth and silent, Blumotion engages when the drawer is two inches from closing & applies resistance to the self-closing mechanism on the runner. Loose: Price=list cost per set

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 25 -

Information Angles / Formulas Fraction to Decimal Conversion Chart

1/32

0.03125

17/32

0.53125

1/16

0.0625

9/16

0.5625

3/32

0.09375

19/32

0.59375

1/8

0.125

5/8

0.625

5/32

0.15625

21/32

0.65625

3/16

0.1875

11/16

0.6875

7/32

0.21875

23/32

0.71875

1/4

0.25

3/4

0.75

9/32

0.28125

25/32

0.78125

5/16

0.3125

13/16

0.8125

11/32

0.34375

27/32

0.84375

3/8

0.375

7/8

0.875

13/32

0.40625

29/32

0.90625

7/16

0.4375

15/16

0.9375

15/32

0.46875

31/32

0.96875

1/2

0.5

Formula for figuring cubes (for freight) W x H x D / 1728 w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 26 -

Information Facets

IMAGES / DESIGNS • Patterns and textures - Shapes, artistic patterns, or repeatable elegant patterns. • Artwork - Fine art, art deco, modern, vintage, contemporary, etc. • Photography - images of people, landscapes, skylines, etc. • Typography - poems, names, logos, etc • Your Art - create your own custom piece using photos or custom drawings. FILE RESOLUTION AND SIZES The higher the resolution the better your Facets project will look. The optimum resolution for pixel based images is 150dpi at 100% of the final printed size, but it can be as low as 72dpi at 100%. Vector based files are resolution independent and can be resized without image quality being affected. NOMENCLATURE FACETS

Cabinets and paneling ( 1 image applied from Facets library) ( 1 sample included )

FACETS MS

Multiple images on a single cabinet

FACETS MM

Multiple images on multiple cabinets

FACETS SM

Single image on multiple cabinets

FACETS OI

User supplied image ( image evaluation and preparation ) *

FACETS DI

Custom design services ( 1 hr minimum )

FACETS SAMPLE Additional Samples ( Actual Size 11 3/4” X 11 3/4” ) Every cabinet or part with Facets will at minimum have the FACETS nomenclature entered as a point number. The product the customer is placing an image on will determine whether or not further nomenclatures are needed. For pricing questions, contact Custom Cupboards Customer Service.

COMPONENTS THAT CAN RECEIVE FACETS

• • •

Doors & Drawer Fronts – #50200 slab door Exterior Finished Backs Interior Finished Backs - A simple finished back - A 3/16” beadboard back - A finished “plank-cut” back - A 3/8” solid stock beadboard back

• • •

WOOD SPECIES

1/4” End Skins Loose Panels Solid Stock

Paints

Maple

Alder

Cherry

OTHER DETAILS

• • •

Only available with Revola frameless and Designer overlays on framed cabinets. Images can be color or black and white. Colors – the printing process is applied to the natural wood/paint veneers of a plywood panel or the solid stock piece the customer specifies. This means the printing is applied directly to the wood and to any paint…no stain, no primer, no sealer, just the wood/paint and the application of the image. Maximum single part size The maximum size that can receive Facets printing is 48” W X 96” L X 2” T. No exceptions! *Copyright Laws - We abide by all copyright laws and cannot use images without proof of release (or receipt if purchased from a stock image website) for user-supplied images. We cannot produce merchandise bearing the trademarks of collegiate institutions, professional sports teams, brand names, logos, slogans, celebrity images and other copyrighted or licensed images.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 27 -

ARTISAN COLLECTION

STANDARD STAINS & PAINTS

Information ALDER BEECH CHERRY MAPLE

Bark Butter Pecan Bittersweet CafĂŠ Calico Canyon Sunset Caramel Apple Cinnamon Cracked Pepper Cranbrook Early Autumn Espresso Bean French Press London Fog Mocha Natural Pitch Black River Rock Root Beer Sienna

Not available on wood species

Spiced Cider Spiced Rum Sweet Mist Tudor Brown Vermont White Wash

Chambray

French Silk

Sea Cliff Heights

Sandstone

Cotton

Soft Clay

Boulder

Potters Clay

Chalk White

Velour

Paint White

Antique White

Dolphin Grey

Havana Grey

Winter White

Charcoal Slate

Harbor Grey

Sea Salt Blue

Artisan Collection finishes come with FLAT TOPCOAT as standard. Satin topcoat available.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 28 -

Door and Drawer Styles

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-1-

Index: Door & Drawer Style Section 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Guidelines....................................... 4 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Series.......................................35-36 Applied Molding Door Guidelines............................................. 4 Applied Molding Series.....................................................58-70 Applied Moldings.................................................................... 17 Beadboard Drawer Front Guidelines........................................ 3 Beadboard Panel Door Series...........................................37-40 Beaded Raised Panel Door Series....................................46-51 Butt Door Policy....................................................................... 3 Classic Raised Panel Door Series.....................................41-45 Door Edge Profiles................................................................. 16 Door and Drawer Front Style information & page location....6-9 Door Styles / Alphabetical Order - Pricing............................... 6 Door Styles / Price Order - Pricing........................................... 7 Door Styles / Stile/Rail Size - Pricing....................................... 7 Drawer Fronts / Style - Pricing................................................. 7 Drawer Front Information......................................................... 5 Drawer Front Rail & Stile Profiles............................................ 11 Five-Piece Applied Molding Drawer Fronts.......................78-79 Five-Piece Beadboard Panel Drawer Fronts.......................... 75 Five-Piece Beaded Raised Panel Drawer Fronts.................... 76

Five-Piece Flat Panel Drawer Fronts.................................73-74 Five-Piece Mitered Drawer Fronts.......................................... 77 Five-Piece Raised Panel Drawer Fronts................................. 76 Flat Panel Door Series.......................................................23-34 Maximum Door Size Guidelines............................................... 3 Minimum Door Size Guidelines................................................ 3 Mitered Door Guidelines........................................................... 4 Mitered Door Series...........................................................51-57 Mortise & Tenoned Door Guidelines......................................... 3 Narrow Rail 5-Piece Drawer Fronts.......................................... 3 One-Piece MDF Door & Drawer Front Guidelines.................... 4 One-Piece MDF Drawer Fronts.........................................72-73 One-Piece MDF Series......................................................19-23 Panel Profiles.......................................................................... 15 Solid Slab Drawer Fronts........................................................ 71 Specialty Door & Drawer Fronts............................................... 5 Stile & Rail Profiles............................................................10-11 Veneer Slab Door Series......................................................... 18 Veneer Slab Drawer Front Series............................................ 72 Warped Door Policy................................................................. 5

Door and Drawer Styles Mortise & Tenoned Doors Door, Drawer Front styles, and building techniques are subject to change without notice. Please read each door description for further details. Not all styles are available in all woods, finishes, heights or widths. Frame and panel doors are mortise & tenoned, glued & fastened. Panels are pinned and buffered to allow for normal expansion.

Maximum Door Sizes Width: Maximum single panel width is 24”. Doors over 24” will become double paneled in width (NA on arched doors). To override this size constraint, use SDPW (single door panel width). No warranty on doors over 24”. Single panel arched doors cannot be built wider than 24”. These include: #40000, #45000, #47500, etc. Height: Maximum single panel height is 42”. Doors over 42” tall will become double paneled in height, this includes glass, mullion, & lattice doors. To override this size constraint, use SDPH (single door panel height), this modification will void the warranty on the door. Double paneled doors over 57 3/4” tall will not be covered under warranty. Doors 39 3/4” & up will receive 3 hinges per door unless MBD, GD, or LDI, then 4 hinges per door. The largest standard wall cabinet with a single panel door is a 42” tall wall cabinet.

Minimum Door Sizes Minimum door sizes are listed on the page showing the door style. On many doors you will notice two minimum sizes listed, this feature is offered to take into consideration the tall, narrow cabinets such as the W1236 & the wide, short cabinets such as the W3612. Sizes that fall under the minimum width will have the stiles cut down if possible, otherwise they will be built as slab doors. Rails cannot be cut down to keep 5-piece door style. These substitutions will not be replaced under warranty. Doors and drawer fronts falling under the minimum will still be charged the door/drawer front upcharge. These minimums are designed to allow our employees to safely produce your products.

Butt Door Policy Butt Doors will have an 1/8” gap between the doors & no center stile. When selecting butt doors on the Order Info tab on the pricing program, butt doors & drawer fronts will be added to all base, wall, & vanity cabinets 27”- 45” wide. Butt doors will be standard on Tall Broom cabinets 27” – 39” wide. See individual cabinet descriptions for BD options on sizes beyond these standards. Butt drawer fronts will keep the center stile for drawer guide function. To order a full width drawer front and/or drawer add FF or SD to the end of the cabinet nomenclature. (Ex. SB36FF or B36SD) When ordering wall, base and vanity cabinets that are under 24” wide & need butt doors, order the cabinet as the 24” BD equivalent and reduce the wid th.

Beadboard Drawer Fronts 76, 703, 720, 920, 921, & 994 drawer fronts feature a 720-beadboard center panel with vertical beads & graining. We make no attempt to line the beads up between the doors and drawer fronts. When ordering, consider using the MFD (Multi-Drawer Front) option. Due to their extreme panel width, drawer fronts over 24” wide will not be covered under warranty for warping and split panels.

Narrow Rail 5-Piece Drawer Fronts Drawer fronts with narrow rails can be modified to increase the height of the top & bottom rail to 2 1/4”, 2 3/4” or 3 1/2” on larger drawer fronts by using the MDFSB, MDFSM or MDFST modification. Drawer fronts will be subject to the minimum door size when using these modifications. See the Accessories & Modifications section for more details. Drawer fronts with narrow 1 1/4” rails, such as the #80, cannot be used in conjunction with the #35, #66 or #67 edge profiles. Due to the size of the rail only one peg or nail per corner can be applied on this style.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-3-

Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece Door & Drawer Fronts Available in selected styles only; see the One-Piece MDF door & drawer front series sections. These doors and fronts are made of MDF and are available in the solid painted finishes only can also add glazes; shown in the LOC book. Not available with applied moldings or the #13, #60, #66 or #67 door edges. When using glass, mullion or lattice doors, the door frame will be built like its 5-piece counterpart. This will result in seams at the rail & stile joints.

1/4” Plywood Panel Doors #10000, #11100, & #17000 doors are not as stable as solid panel doors and may warp up to ¼”. Plywood panels also tend to stain differently than solid wood panels and the veneer seams may show through on painted finishes. The backs of the panels may have large unfilled knots. If these doors are ordered in Knotty or Rustic wood the center panels will not have the Knotty/ Rustic characteristics. These are not warrantable situations. 1/4” plywood paneled doors are NOT available in painted finishes, or unfinished on Paintgrade or MDF wood.

Mitered Doors Our mitered doors are available in all wood species with the exception of Hickory & Craftwood One-Piece MDF. These door styles come with a special edge that cannot be altered. Mitered doors are fastened using a doweled finger joint and panels are buffered to allow for expansion. Doors can be attached to a 3/4” panel substrate or finished cabinet end to be used in place of a loose or intergrated “wainscot” RPB panel.

Applied Molding Doors & Drawer Fronts ••

The applied molding upcharge is per door & drawer front and is included in the door & drawer front upcharge when using an applied molding style listed in the catalog such as the #30001 or #9303. Any doors or drawer fronts that fall below minimum will still incur the applied molding door charge.

••

The last two digits of the five digit door or four digit drawer front number signify the applied molding style. For example, the #30001 is the #30000 door including AM1 & #9303 is the #93 drawer front including AM3.

••

Applied moldings are not available on raised panel valances, or arched doors.

••

AM1, AM2, AM3, AM12 & AM14, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, making the door over 1” thick, will not work on pocket doors. If ordered, pocket doors will be built without the applied molding & the charges will still apply.

••

AM1, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, will not work when ordered with 5-piece style drawer fronts that have narrow 1 ¼” wide rails with a #15, #35, #66, #67 or #70 edge treatment.

••

AM2, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, will not work when ordered with 5-piece style drawer fronts that have narrow 1 ¼” wide rails with a #35, #66 or #67 edge treatment.

••

AM3, which is applied to the face of the rails & stiles, will not work when ordered with 5-piece style drawer fronts that have 2 1/4” wide rails with a #35 edge treatment.

••

AM2 is designed to be used with a raised panel door style.

••

AM4 includes nail pegs in corners of molding and knife cuts at joints of rails & stiles. See sample before ordering.

••

AM7 are soft maple. Due to their smaller size they tend to match most colors on most woods. Order at your discretion.

••

AM4, & AM7 or any applied molding that sits on a center panel and is prepped for glass or has MBDs will be shipped loose. The Applied Molding will be cut to size but will not be installed at the factory.

••

In some cases fillers should be used in conjunction with applied molding doors to ensure doors and/or drawers can clear adjacent cabinets or walls.

••

To add applied molding to doors not shown or listed, please call your Account Manager for availability.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-4-

Door and Drawer Styles Drawer Front Information All drawer fronts are 3/4” thick with the exception of some Applied Molding Series fronts and the #25 slab front.

Warped Door Policy Doors that are warped ¼” or less must be adjusted at the hinge. Doors that are warped over ¼” must be adjusted as much as possible and allowed to undergo one heating and cooling cycle before replacement will be considered. If cabinetry is delivered in cool weather, it must be given sufficient time to acclimate to a warm house, and vice versa. Over time, some cabinets will warp due to extremes in temperature and humidity. Custom Cupboards requires a relative humidity level of 25% to 55% be maintained in the residence to avoid these problems. In most situations, the door will return to its normal position after going through the heating/cooling cycle. When requesting a replacement, check to ensure that the door is warped instead of the cabinet being racked out of square during installation. In the interim, solid brass ball catches will be provided at no charge to pull the door tight against the cabinet. The catch has an adjustable tension feature, is easy to install, and is designed for use on all doors.

Specialty Doors & Drawer Fronts Specialty doors & fronts are available from outside sources with prior engineering approval. Call for pricing and availability. Expect extended lead times and limitations to the warranty of the doors.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-5-

Door and Drawer Styles Door Styles / Alphabetical Order Door Style Name

Door Style Nomenclature

Charge per Door

ALCOTT ALCOTT FLAT ARLINGTON BEADED ARLINGTON FLAT PANEL BEADBOARD SHAKER BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM1 BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM14 BEADBOARD SHAKER W/ AM4 BELMONT BELMONT W/AM4 BRADFORD BRENTWOOD CLASSIC BRIGHTON CAMBRIA CHARLESTON CHARLESTON W/ AM1 CHARLESTON W/ AM3 CHELMSFORD CHISHOLM BEADED CHISHOLM BEADED W/ AM1 CHISHOLM CLASSIC CHISHOLM CLASSIC 1PC

99100 99200 30600 30700 72000 72001 72014 72004 71400 71404 98100 47500 71200 90500 37400 37401 37403 99000 37500 37501 30000 300-1PC

$34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $163 $163 $191 $34 $157 $34 $23 $34 $34 $23 $151 $151 $71 $23 $151 $0 -$21

CHISHOLM CLASSIC W/AM1 CLAIRMONT CONCORD CONTEMPO I CONTEMPO II CONTEMPO III COUNTRY SHAKER COVINGTON CRAFTSMAN DELANO DELANO W/ AM1 GROOVED SHAKER HAMILTON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL HARRISON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL HERITAGE BEADED HERITAGE BEADED W/ AM2 HERITAGE CLASSIC HERITAGE CLASSIC W/ AM2 HUNTINGTON HUNTINGTON BEADBOARD LEXINGTON LEXINGTON 1PC LEXINGTON W/AM3 MESA BEADBOARD MESA FLAT MODESTO MISSION MODESTO MISSION 1PC PENBROOK PROVIDENCE RALSTON BEADBOARD

30001 98000 31300 50100 50200 50300 75000 31200 71600 38300 38301 70500 10000 11100 77600 77602 77800 77802 71100 72100 30100 301-1PC 30103 70300 70600 70800 708-1PC 71000 31000 99400

$128 $71 $34 $0 -$21 -$21 $34 $34 $11 $34 $163 $34 -$26 $0 $34 $163 $0 $163 $34 $34 $23 -$21 $151 $63 $29 $0 -$16 $34 $34 $69

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Door Style Name

Door Style Nomenclature

RALSTON FLAT RICHMOND SALEM SALEM 1PC SALEM BEADBOARD SALEM W/ AM1 SALEM W/ AM3 SANTIAGO MISSION SAVOY SHAKER SHAKER 1PC SHAKER W/ AM1 SHAKER W/ AM3 SHAKER W/ AM4 SHAKER W/AM14 SOHO STAFFORD STAFFORD 1PC STAFFORD BEADBOARD STAFFORD W/ AM1 STANTON FLAT STANTON RAISED PANEL STERLING FLAT STERLING RAISED PANEL STERLING RAISED PANEL W/ AM7 STONEWALL TAOS TAOS TAOS TIMBERLINE TUSCAN TUSCAN FLAT VALLEJO MISSION VALLEJO MISSION 1PC VALLEY FORGE VALLEY FORGE BEADED VALLEY FORGE VALLEY FORGE BEADED W/ AM2 VALLEY FORGE RAISED VALLEY FORGE RAISED W/ AM2 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM12 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM14 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM4 VIENNA CLASSIC WASHINGTON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL WILSON WINDSOR BEADBOARD WINDSOR BEADED WINDSOR CLASSIC WINDSOR FLAT

-6-

99300 31100 90100 901-1PC 92100 90101 90103 71700 31700 70000 700-1PC 70001 70003 70004 70014 98400 90000 900-1PC 92000 90001 95500 95000 94500 94000 94007 99500 73000 73100 73200 38100 38400 38500 70700 707-1PC 70100 30400 701-1PC 30402 30200 30202 70112 70114 70104 40000 17000 31600 46600 46000 45000 91500

Charge per Door $34 $34 $23 -$16 $46 $151 $151 $11 $11 $0 -$16 $128 $128 $157 $128 $34 $0 -$16 $34 $128 $34 $34 $34 $34 $163 $34 $0 $11 $23 $23 $34 $29 $0 -$16 $23 $34 -$16 $163 $34 $163 $251 $151 $180 $23 -$26 $11 $34 $34 $23 $23

Door and Drawer Styles Door Styles / Price Order Door Style Name

Door Style Nomenclature

Charge per Door

HAMILTON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL WASHINGTON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL CHISHOLM CLASSIC 1PC

10000 17000 300-1PC

-$26 -$26 -$21

CONTEMPO II CONTEMPO III LEXINGTON 1PC MODESTO MISSION 1PC SALEM 1PC SHAKER 1PC STAFFORD 1PC VALLEJO MISSION 1PC VALLEY FORGE CHISHOLM CLASSIC

50200 50300 301-1PC 708-1PC 901-1PC 700-1PC 900-1PC 707-1PC 701-1PC 30000

-$21 -$21 -$21 -$16 -$16 -$16 -$16 -$16 -$16 $0

CONTEMPO I HARRISON, 1/4 PLYWOOD PANEL HERITAGE CLASSIC MODESTO MISSION SHAKER STAFFORD TAOS VALLEJO MISSION

50100 11100 77800 70800 70000 90000 73000 70700

$0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0 $0

CRAFTSMAN SANTIAGO MISSION SAVOY TAOS WILSON BRENTWOOD CLASSIC CHARLESTON CHISHOLM BEADED

71600 71700 31700 73100 31600 47500 37400 37500

$11 $11 $11 $11 $11 $23 $23 $23

LEXINGTON SALEM TAOS TIMBERLINE VALLEY FORGE VIENNA CLASSIC WINDSOR CLASSIC WINDSOR FLAT MESA FLAT TUSCAN FLAT ALCOTT ALCOTT FLAT ARLINGTON BEADED ARLINGTON FLAT PANEL BEADBOARD SHAKER BELMONT BRADFORD BRIGHTON CAMBRIA

30100 90100 73200 38100 70100 40000 45000 91500 70600 38500 99100 99200 30600 30700 72000 71400 98100 71200 90500

$23 $23 $23 $23 $23 $23 $23 $23 $29 $29 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34

CONCORD COUNTRY SHAKER COVINGTON DELANO

31300 75000 31200 38300

$34 $34 $34 $34

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-7-

Door Style Name

Door Style Nomenclature

Charge per Door

GROOVED SHAKER HERITAGE BEADED HUNTINGTON HUNTINGTON BEADBOARD PENBROOK PROVIDENCE RALSTON FLAT RICHMOND STANTON FLAT STANTON RAISED PANEL STERLING FLAT STERLING RAISED PANEL SOHO STAFFORD BEADBOARD STONEWALL TUSCAN VALLEY FORGE BEADED VALLEY FORGE RAISED WINDSOR BEADBOARD WINDSOR BEADED SALEM BEADBOARD MESA BEADBOARD RALSTON BEADBOARD CHELMSFORD

70500 77600 71100 72100 71000 31000 99300 31100 95500 95000 94500 94000 98400 92000 99500 38400 30400 30200 46600 46000 92100 70300 99400 99000

$34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $34 $46 $63 $69 $71

CLAIRMONT CHISHOLM CLASSIC W/AM1 SHAKER W/ AM1 SHAKER W/ AM3 SHAKER W/AM14 STAFFORD W/ AM1 CHARLESTON W/ AM1 CHARLESTON W/ AM3 CHISHOLM BEADED W/ AM1 LEXINGTON W/AM3 SALEM W/ AM1 SALEM W/ AM3 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM14 BELMONT W/AM4 SHAKER W/ AM4 BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM1 BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM14

98000 30001 70001 70003 70014 90001 37401 37403 37501 30103 90101 90103 70114 71404 70004 72001 72014

$71 $128 $128 $128 $128 $128 $151 $151 $151 $151 $151 $151 $151 $157 $157 $163 $163

DELANO W/ AM1 HERITAGE BEADED W/ AM2 HERITAGE CLASSIC W/ AM2 STERLING RAISED PANEL W/ AM7 VALLEY FORGE BEADED W/ AM2 VALLEY FORGE RAISED W/ AM2 VALLEY FORGE W/ AM4

38301 77602 77802 94007 30402 30202 70104

$163 $163 $163 $163 $163 $163 $180

BEADBOARD SHAKER W/ AM4

72004

$191

VALLEY FORGE W/ AM12

70112

$251

Door and Drawer Styles Door Styles / Stile/Rail Size VENEER SLAB

Contempo 1

STILE / RAIL SIZE DOOR NAME

1-PC MDF

FLAT PANEL

1/4” PLYWOOD

BEADBOARD PANEL

2 1/4”

BEADED RAISED PANEL

UPCHARGE

DOOR NAME

2 3/4”

Multi Size

UPCHARGE

DOOR NAME

3 1/2”

UPCHARGE

1-PC LEXINGTON

-$21

1-PC SHAKER

-$16

1-PC VALLEY FORGE

-$16

1-PC VALLEJO MISSION

-$16

1-PC MODESTO MISSION

-$16

1-PC STAFFORD

-$16

1-PC SALEM

-$16

SHAKER

SAVOY

$11

ARLINGTON FLAT

$34

VALLEY FORGE

$23

VALLEJO MISSION

CRAFTSMAN

$11

HUNTINGTON

$34

MESA FLAT

$29

PENBROOK

$34

SANTIAGO MISSION

$11

BRIGHTON

$34

MODESTO MISSION

COUNTRY SHAKER

$34

TAOS 2 3/4”

$11

BELMONT

$34

SALEM

$23

STAFFORD

CAMBRIA

$34

TAOS 2 1/4”

TAOS 3 1/2

$23

TUSCAN FLAT

$29

WINDSOR FLAT

$23

HAMILTON

-$26

WASHINGTON

-$26

WINDSOR BEADBOARD

$34

GROOVED SHAKER

$34

BEADBOARD SHAKER

$34

STAFFORD BEADBOARD

$34 $0

VIENNA CLASSIC

$23

WINDSOR CLASSIC

$23

BRENTWOOD CLASSIC

$23

HARRISON

HUNTINGTON BEADBOARD

$34

$11

WILSON

MESA BEADBOARD

$63

SALEM BEADBOARD

$46

PROVIDENCE

$34

LEXINGTON

$23

RICHMOND

$34

VALLEY FORGE RAISED

$34

HERITAGE CLASSIC

CHISHOLM BEADED

$23

ARLINGTON BEADED

$34

VALLEY FORGE BEADED

$34

WINDSOR BEADED

$34

COVINGTON

$34

CHARLESTON

$23

HERITAGE BEADED

$34

CONCORD

$34

DELANO

$34

TIMBERLINE

$23

TUSCAN

$34

CHELMSFORD

$71

STERLING RAISED

$34

CLAIRMONT

$71

STONEWALL

$34

STERLING FLAT

$34

ALCOTT

$34

STANTON RAISED

$34

ALCOTT FLAT

$34

STANTON FLAT

$34

SOHO

$34

BRADFORD

$34

RALSTON FLAT

$34

RALSTON BEADBOARD

$69 $163

$157

CHISHOLM CLASSIC W/AM1

$128

LEXINGTON W/AM3

$151

CHISHOLM BEDED W/AM1

$151

VALLEY FORGE RAISED W/AM2

$163

SHAKER W/AM1

$128

VALLEY FORGE RAISED W/AM2

$163

SHAKER W/AM3

$128

CHARLESTON W/AM1

$151

SHAKER W/AM4

$157

CHARLESTON W/AM3

$151

SHAKER W/AM14

$128

DELANO W/AM1

$163

BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM1

$163

VALLEY FORGE W/AM4

$180

BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM4

$191

VALLEY FORGE W/AM12

$251

BEADBOARD SHAKER W/AM14 $163

VALLEY FORGE W/AM14

$151

STERLING W/AM7

BELMONT W/AM4

HERITAGE BEADED W/AM2

$163

SALEM W/AM1

$151

HERITAGE CLASSIC W/AM2

$163

SALEM W/AM3

$151

STAFFORD W/AM1

$128

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

DOOR NAME

-$21

MITER DOOR

APPLIED MOLDING

UPCHARGE

-$21

Contempo III

1-PC CHISHOLM CLASSIC

CHISHOLM CLASSIC

CLASSIC RAISED PANEL

-$21

Contempo II

-8-

Door and Drawer Styles

OGEE SLAB

$0 $0

317

SAVOY FLAT

383

DELANO FLAT

384

TUSCAN FLAT

706

MESA FLAT

716

CRAFTSMAN

717

SANTIAGO MISSION

CHELMSFORD SLAB

REVERSE BEAD SLAB

SOHO SLAB

BEADED SLAB

RAISED BEAD SLAB

$11

730

TAOS 2 1/4”

DOUBLE-CUT SLAB

731

TAOS 2 3/4”

DESIGNER SLAB

732

TAOS 3 1/2”

SQUARE SLAB

VALLEJO MISSION

CONTEMPO II HORIZONTAL GRAIN

MODESTO MISSION

CONTEMPO I HORIZONTAL GRAIN

SPECIAL SHAKER

SHAKER

1/8” ROUND-OVER SLAB

SHAKER W/ COVE

DOUBLE-ROUND SLAB

WIDE STILE SHAKER

WIDE STILE FLAT

MIXED FLAT

FLAT PANEL

NARROW RAIL SHAKER

DECOR SLAB

BEVELED SLAB

Charge per Drawer

Nomenclature

Charge per Drawer

Drawer Front Name

5-PIECE RAISED 5-PIECE RAISED PANELPANEL

5-PIECE FLAT PANEL 5-PIECE FLAT PANEL

SOLID SLAB SOLID SLAB 10

Nomenclature

Drawer Front Name

Charge per Drawer

Nomenclature

Drawer Fronts / Style

$60 $60 $60 $66 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60 $60

3-PIECE SLAB 3-PIECE SLAB

316

WILSON RAISED

$60

CLASSIC RAISED

$60

MIXED CLASSIC RAISED

$60

SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED

$60

WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED

$60

COMBO CLASSIC RAISED

$60

5-PIECE BEADED RAISED 5-PIECE BEADED RAISED 81

BEADED RAISED

$60

MIXED BEADED RAISED

$60

SHAKER BEADED RAISED

$60

WIDE STILE BEADED RAISED

$60

COMBO BEADED RAISED

$60

MITER 5-PIECE5-PIECE MITER 5-PIECE APPLIED MOLDING 5-PIECE APPLIED MOLDING

3 1/2’ WITH MICRO BEVEL

$34

940

STERLING RAISED PANEL

$60

2 1/4”

$34

38301

DELANO FLAT W/ AM1

$188

945

STERLING FLAT PANEL

$60

3 1/2”

$34

8001

CLASSIC RAISED W/ AM1

$188

950

STANTON RAISED PANEL

BEADED RAISED W/ AM1

$188

$86

8101

STANTON FLAT PANEL

8402

SHAKER BEADED RAISED W/ AM2 $188

955

$60

SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED W/ AM2 $188

980

CLAIRMONT

8602

$106

981

BRADFORD

$60

984

SOHO FLAT

990

CHELMSFORD

$106

992

ALCOTT FLAT

$60

993

RALSTON FLAT

$60

994

RALSTON BEADBOARD

995

STONEWALL

VENEER SLAB VENEER SLAB 501

CONTEMPO I VERTICAL GRAIN

8904

SPECIAL SHAKER W/ AM4

502

CONTEMPO II VERTICAL GRAIN

8912

SPECIAL SHAKER W/ AM12 $288

8914

SPECIAL SHAKER W/ AM14 $188

9003

SHAKER W/ AM3

$188

9201

WIDE STILE SHAKER W/ AM1

$188

1-PIECE MDF 1-PIECE MDF

$217

77-1PC

1-PC VALLEJO MISSION

$11

9214

WIDE STILE SHAKER W/ AM14

$188

78-1PC

1-PC MODESTO MISSION

$11

9301

WIDE STILE FLAT W/ AM1

$188

80-1PC

1-PC CLASSIC RAISED

$11

9303

WIDE STILE FLAT W/ AM3

$188

87-1PC

1-PC WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED $11

94007

STERLING RAISED PANEL W/ AM7

$188

89-1PC

1-PC SPECIAL SHAKER

$11

9501

FLAT PANEL W/ AM1

$188

90-1PC

1-PC SHAKER

$11

9601

NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/ AM1 $188

92-1PC

1-PC WIDE STILE SHAKER

$11

9604

NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/ AM4 $217

93-1PC

1-PC WIDE STILE FLAT

$11

9614

NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/ AM14 $188

95-1PC

1-PC FLAT PANEL

$11

9802

COMBO CLASSIC RAISED

96-1PC

1-PC NARROW RAIL SHAKER

$11

9902

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

$60

$120 $60

5-PIECE BEADBOARD 5-PIECE BEADBOARD 703

MESA BEADBOARD

$126

720

BEADBOARD SHAKER

$120

MIXED BEADBOARD

$120

$188

920

STAFFORD BEADBOARD

$120

COMBO BEADED RAISED W/ AM2 $188

921

SALEM BEADBOARD

$120

-9-

Door and Drawer Styles DOOR #

DOOR NAME

PANEL

RAIL

10000

Hamilton

100

300

1/4” Plywood Panel

11100

Harrison

100

301

710C

1/4” Plywood Panel

17000

Washington

100

700

1/4” Plywood Panel

300-1pc

1-pc Chisholm Classic

300

One-Piece MDF

30000

Chisholm Classic

300

Classic Raised Panel

30001

Chisholm Classic w/ AM1

300

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

301-1pc

1-pc Lexington

300

301

One-Piece MDF

30100

Lexington

300

301

Classic Raised Panel

30103

Lexington w/ AM3

300

301

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

30200

Valley Forge Raised

300

701

Classic Raised Panel

30202

Valley Forge Raised w/ AM2

300

701

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

30400

Valley Forge Beaded

375

701

Beaded Raised Panel

30402

Valley Forge Beaded w/ AM2

375

701

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

30600

Arlington Beaded

375

301

300

Beaded Raised Panel

30700

Arlington Flat

700

301

300

Flat Panel

31000

Providence

300

301

700

Classic Raised Panel

31100

Richmond

300

301

710C

Classic Raised Panel

31200

Covington

375

301

710C

Beaded Raised Panel

31300

Concord

375

301

700

Beaded Raised Panel

31600

Wilson

300

316

Classic Raised Panel

31700

Savoy

700

316

Flat Panel

37400

Charleston

375

301

Beaded Raised Panel

37401

Charleston w/ AM1

375

301

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

37403

Charleston w/ AM3

375

301

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

37500

Chisholm Beaded

375

300

Beaded Raised Panel

37501

Chisholm Beaded w/ AM1

375

300

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

38100

Timberline

380

301

710B

Beaded Raised Panel

38300

Delano

380

383

Beaded Raised Panel

38301

Delano w/ AM1

380

383

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

38400

Tuscan

384

Beaded Raised Panel

38500

Tuscan Flat

700

384

Flat Panel

40000

Vienna Classic

300

400/300

300

Classic Raised Panel

45000

Windsor Classic

300

450/300

300

Classic Raised Panel

46000

Windsor Beaded

375

450/300

300

Beaded Raised Panel

46600

Windsor Beadboard

720

450/300

300

Beadboard Panel

47500

Brentwood Classic

300

475/300

300

Classic Raised Panel

50100

Contempo I

Veneer Slab

50200

Contempo II

Veneer Slab

50300

Contempo III

One-Piece MDF

700-1pc

1-pc Shaker

700

One-Piece MDF

70000

Shaker

700

Flat Panel

70001

Shaker w/ AM1

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70003

Shaker w/ AM3

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70004

Shaker w/ AM4

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70014

Shaker w/ AM14

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

701-1pc

1-pc Valley Forge

700

701

One-Piece MDF

70100

Valley Forge

700

701

Flat Panel

70104

Valley Forge w/ AM4

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70112

Valley Forge w/ AM12

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70114

Valley Forge w/AM14

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

70300

Mesa Beadboard

720

706

Beadboard Panel

70500

Grooved Shaker

705

700

Beadboard Panel

70600

Mesa Flat

700

706

Flat Panel

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

STILE

- 10 -

DOOR SERIES

Door and Drawer Styles DOOR #

DOOR NAME

PANEL

RAIL

STILE

707-1pc 70700

1-pc Vallejo Mission

700

707

One-Piece MDF

Vallejo Mission

700

707

Flat Panel

708-1pc

1-pc Modesto Mission

700

708

One-Piece MDF

70800

Modesto Mission

700

708

Flat Panel

71000

Penbrook

700

710C

Flat Panel

71100

Huntington

700

301

710C

Flat Panel

71200

Brighton

700

301

700

Flat Panel

71400

Belmont

700

701

700

Flat Panel

71404

Belmont w/ AM4

700

701

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

71600

Craftsman

700

716

Flat Panel

71700

Santiago Mission

700

717

Flat Panel

72000

Beadboard Shaker

720

700

Beadboard Panel

72001

Beadboard Shaker w/ AM1

720

700

Applied Molding - Beadboard Panel

72004

Beadboard Shaker w/ AM4

720

700

Applied Molding - Beadboard Panel

72014

Beadboard Shaker w/ AM14

720

700

Applied Molding - Beadboard Panel

72100

Huntington Beadboard

720

301

710C

Beadboard Panel

75000

Country Shaker

700X2

700

700X3

Flat Panel

73000

Taos 2 1/4

700

730

700

Flat Panel

73100

Taos 2 3/4

700

731

716

Flat Panel

73200

Taos 3 1/2

700

732

701

Flat Panel

77600

Heritage Beaded

375

700

Beaded Raised Panel

77602

Heritage Beaded w/ AM2

375

700

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

77800

Heritage Classic

300

700

Classic Raised Panel

77802

Heritage Classic w/ AM2

300

700

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

900-1pc

1-pc Stafford

700

300

One-Piece MDF

90000

Stafford

700

300

Flat Panel

90001

Stafford w/ AM1

700

300

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

901-1pc

1-pc Salem

700

301

One-Piece MDF

90100

Salem

700

301

Flat Panel

90101

Salem w/ AM1

700

301

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

90103

Salem w/ AM3

700

301

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

90500

Cambria

700

383

Flat Panel

91500

Windsor Flat

700

450/300

300

Flat Panel

92000

Stafford Beadboard

720

300

Beadboard Panel

92100

Salem Beadboard

720

301

Beadboard Panel

94000

Sterling Raised Panel

940

Mitered

94007

Sterling Raised Panel w/ AM7

940

Applied Molding - Mitered

94500

Sterling Flat Panel

700

940

Mitered

95000

Stanton Raised Panel

940

950

Mitered

95500

Stanton Flat Panel

700

950

Mitered

98000

Clairmont

980

Mitered

98100

Bradford

981

Mitered

98400

Soho

700

984

Mitered

99000

Chelmsford

990

Mitered

99100

Alcott

940

991

Mitered

99200

Alcott Flat

700

991

Mitered

99300

Ralston Flat

700

993

Mitered

99400

Ralston Beadboard

720

993

Mitered

99500

Stonewall

700

995

Mitered

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 11 -

DOOR SERIES

Door and Drawer Styles DRAWER DRAWER FRONT NAME FRONT # 10 Ogee Slab

PANEL

RAIL

STILE

DRAWER FRONT SERIES

Solid Slab

Chelmsford Slab

Solid Slab

Reverse Bead Slab

Solid Slab

Soho Slab

Solid Slab

Beaded Slab

Solid Slab

Raised Bead Slab

Solid Slab

Double-Cut Slab

Solid Slab

3-Piece Front 33

Solid Slab

3-Piece Front 34

Solid Slab

316

Wilson Raised

300

80DF

316

Classic Raised Panel

317

Savoy Flat

700

300

316

Flat Panel

Designer Slab

Solid Slab

383

Delano Flat

700

383DF

383

Flat Panel

38301

Delano Flat w/ AM1

700

383DF

383

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

384

Tuscan Flat

384

Beaded Raised Panel

501

Contempo I Vertical Grain Slab

Veneer Slab

502

Contempo II Vertical Grain Slab

Veneer Slab

Square Slab

Solid Slab

Contempo II Horizontal Grain Slab

Veneer Slab

Contempo I Horizontal Grain Slab

Veneer Slab

1/8” Round-Over Slab

Solid Slab

Double-Round Slab

Solid Slab

Decor Slab

Solid Slab

Beveled Slab

Solid Slab

703

Mesa Beadboard

720

706DF

706

Beadboard Panel

706

Mesa Flat

700

706DF

706

Flat Panel

716

Craftsman

700

716

Flat Panel

717

Santiago Mission

700

707

717

Flat Panel

720

Beadboard Shaker

720

700

Beadboard Panel

730

Taos 2 1/4”

700

730

700

Flat Panel

731

Taos 2 3/4”

700

731

716

Flat Panel

732

Taos 3 1/2”

700

732

701

Flat Panel

3-Piece Front 74

Solid Slab Beadboard Panel

Mixed Beadboard

720

300

700

77-1pc

1-pc Vallejo Mission

700

707

One-Piece MDF

Vallejo Mission

700

707

Flat Panel

78-1pc

1-pc Modesto Mission

700

707

708

One-Piece MDF

Modesto Mission

700

707

708

Flat Panel

80-1pc

1-pc Classic Raised

300

80DF

300

One-Piece MDF

Classic Raised

300

80DF

300

Classic Raised Panel

8001

Classic Raised w/ AM1

300

80DF

300

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

Beaded Raised

375

80DF

300

Beaded Raised Panel

8101

Beaded Raised w/ AM1

375

80DF

300

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

Mixed Classic Raised

300

80DF

700

Classic Raised Panel

Mixed Beaded Raised

375

80DF

700

Beaded Raised Panel

Shaker Beaded Raised

375

84DF

700

Beaded Raised Panel

8402

Shaker Beaded Raised w/ AM2

375

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel

Shaker Classic Raised

300

84DF

700

Classic Raised Panel

8602

Shaker Classic Raised w/ AM2

300

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Classic Raised Panel

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 12 -

Door and Drawer Styles DRAWER DRAWER FRONT NAME FRONT # 87-1pc 1-pc Wide Stile Classic Raised

PANEL

RAIL

STILE

DRAWER FRONT SERIES

300

80DF

301

One-Piece MDF

Wide Stile Classic Raised

300

80DF

301

Classic Raised Panel

Wide Stile Beaded Raised

375

80DF

301

Beaded Raised Panel

89-1pc

1-pc Special Shaker

700

84DF

701

One-Piece MDF

Special Shaker

700

84DF

701

Flat Panel

8904

Special Shaker w/ AM4

700

84DF

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

8912

Special Shaker w/ AM12

700

84DF

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

8914

Special Shaker w/ AM14

700

84DF

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

90-1pc

1-pc Shaker

700

One-Piece MDF

Shaker

700

Flat Panel

9003

Shaker w/ AM3

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

Shaker w/ Cove

700

710C

700

Flat Panel

92-1pc

1-pc Wide Stile Shaker

700

701

One-Piece MDF

Wide Stile Shaker

700

701

Flat Panel

920

Stafford Beadboard

720

300

Beadboard Panel

9201

Wide Stile Shaker w/ AM1

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

921

Salem Beadboard

720

300

301

Beadboard Panel

9214

Wide Stile Shaker w/ AM14

700

701

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

93-1pc

1-pc Wide Stile Flat

700

300

301

One-Piece MDF

Wide Stile Flat

700

300

301

Flat Panel

9301

Wide Stile Flat w/ AM1

700

300

301

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

9303

Wide Stile Flat w/ AM3

700

300

301

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

Mixed Flat

700

300

700

940

Sterling Raised Panel

940

940DF

Flat Panel Mitered

94007

Sterling Raised Panel w/ AM7

940

940DF

Applied Molding - Mitered

945

Sterling Flat Panel

700

940DF

Mitered

95-1pc

1-pc Flat Panel

700

300

One-Piece MDF

Flat Panel

700

300

Flat Panel

950

Stanton Raised Panel

940

950DF

9501

Flat Panel w/ AM1

700

300

955

Stanton Flat Panel

700

950DF

Mitered Applied Molding - Flat Panel Mitered

96-1pc

1-pc Narrow Rail Shaker

700

84DF

700

One-Piece MDF

Narrow Rail Shaker

700

84DF

700

Flat Panel

9601

Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM1

700

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

9604

Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM4

700

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

9606

Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM6

700

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

9614

Narrow Rail Shaker w/ AM14

700

84DF

700

Applied Molding - Flat Panel

980

Clairmont

700

980DF

Mitered

Combo Classic Raised

300

84DF

701

Classic Raised Panel

9802

Combo Classic Raised

300

84DF

701

Classic Raised Panel

981

Bradford

700

981DF

Mitered

984

Soho Flat

700

984DF

Mitered

Combo Beaded Raised

375

84DF

701

990

Chelmsford

990

990DF

9902

Combo Beaded Raised w/ AM2

375

84DF

701

992

Alcott Flat

700

991DF

Beaded Raised Panel Mitered Applied Molding - Beaded Raised Panel Mitered

993

Ralston Flat

700

993DF

Mitered

994

Ralston Beadboard

720

993DF

Mitered

995

Stonewall

700

995

Mitered

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 13 -

Door and Drawer Styles Stile & Rail Profiles #301 #301

#300 #300

#316 #316

3 1/2 2 3/4 2 1/4

#384 #384

#383 #383

#700 #700

3 1/2

3 2 1/4

#706 #706

#701 #701

3 1/2

#707 #707

3 1/2 2 1/4

#716 #716

#710B #710B

#710C #710C

BEVEL

COVE

2 3/4 2 1/4

#730

2 1/4

#731

#732

#980

#981 #981

2 1/4

#950 #950

3 2 9/16

2 9/16

#990 #990

#984 #984

#991 #991

3 2 1/4

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 14 -

Door and Drawer Styles 2 1/4” at center

#995 #995

#993 #993

#450 #450 RAILS ONLY

2 1/2

2 1/4

Also applicable on 400 & 475

Drawer Front Rail & Stile Profiles 80DF

84DF 84DF

80DF

383DF 383DF

2 1/4

384DF 384DF

2 1/4

1 1/4

706DF

730DF

731DF

732DF

950DF 950DF

980DF 980DF

981DF 981DF

2 1/4

940DF

1 1/2

1 9/16

984DF

2 1/4

990DF 990DF

1 1/2

2 1/4

991DF 991DF

2 1/2

1 1/2

993DF 993DF

1 3/4

Panel Profiles 100 1/4"Plywood plywood 100 1/4”

384 Tuscan Beaded 384 Tuscan Beaded RaisedRaised

940940 Mitered Raised Mitered Raised

300 Classic Raised 300 Classic Raised

700700 7/16” Flat Panel 7/16" flat panel

980 981Clairmont Bradford

375 Beaded Raised 375 Beaded Raised

720 Beadboard 720 Beadboard

981 Bradford 981 Bradford

Grooves are 1-1/2" O.C.

380 Flat Raised Bead 380 Flat Raised Bead

705 V-groove 705 V-Groove

Grooves are 3" O.C.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 15 -

990 990Chelmsford Chelmsford

Door and Drawer Styles Door Edge Profiles #10

#11

5/16

#12

9/32

3/16

The #11 edge profile is specific to the #99500 mitered door style & is not available for use on other doors or as a slab front.

#13

The #12 edge profile is specific to the #99000 mitered door style & is not available for use on other doors.

#14

5/16

#15

1 9/32

1/2

The #14 edge profile is specific to the #98400 mitered door style & is not available for use on other doors.

#35

#60

#65

3/16

On Designer Overlay, Overlay, doors doors with with the the#60 #60&&65 65edge edge profile will require requirean an1/8” 1/8” fill fillon oncabinets cabinetsthat thatbutt buttinto profile will into a wall or deeper cabinets. . a wall or deeper cabinets.

#66

#67

#70

25/32

5/8

25/32

Designer with #60 OR #65 Door Edge

! WALL OR DEEPER CABINET BOX

VERY IMPORTANT DESIGNERS NOTE

If using a #60 or #65 door edge, the customer must fill 1/8” in any situation where a cabinet with a hinged door butts into a wall or deeper cabinet box. Failure to fill will result in the door edge contacting the wall or deeper cabinet and may inhibit the door from opening.

1/8” FILLER The following mitered doors have a #60 or close derivative of a #65, therefore will need a 1/8” filler used as depicted.

5/16” OF SPACE FOR DOOR TO OPERATE.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 16 -

#94000 #95000 #68000 #99300 #99500

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Moldings Applied to Doors & Drawer Fronts. The left side of the moldings face the outside edges of the doors. Some moldings are available loose, see accessories and modifications section.

AM1

AM2

AM3

1/2” wide X 1/4” tall All wood species available.

5/8” wide X 7/16” tall All wood species available.

1-1/16” wide X 5/8” tall All wood species available.

AM4

AM7

AM12

5/16” wide X 13/16” tall (with nail pegs in corners). All wood species available.

5/32” wide X 1/8” tall Available is soft maple only.

Stile Mold: 1/2” wide X 7/16” tall Rail Mold: 1/2” wide X 9/16” tall All wood species available

AM14 15/16” wide X 9/16” tall. All wood species except Craftwood.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 17 -

Door and Drawer Styles Veneer Slab Door Series CONTEMPO I

#50100

CONTEMPO II

#50200 TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

3 3/8 x 7 -or- 7 x 3 3/8

Minimum Size

3 3/8 x 7 -or- 7 x 3 3/8

Stile / Rail Size

Wood Species

All but Craftwood, Paintgrade, MDF Paint, Knotty or Rustic

Wood Species

All but Craftwood, Paintgrade, MDF Paint, Knotty or Rustic

Slab Drawer Fronts

#63 or #501

Slab Drawer Fronts

#62 or #502

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

Edge Profile

#65 only

Edge Profile

#60 only

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • • • • • •

Notes / Cautions

• • • •

MDF core Solid Wood 3/16” edgebanding. Edgebanding will run through on the left & right side of the doors and drawer fronts. No Paints or Aging Aging (Distressing) Overlay fillers will be solid wood & will not include 3/16” edgebanding. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. Grain direction & potential color difference may be an issue. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• • • •

- 18 -

MDF core Standard veneer edgebanding. No Paints or Aging Aging (Distressing) Overlay fillers will be solid wood & will not include veneer edgebanding. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. Grain direction & potential color difference may be an issue. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay. Top selling door.

Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc CHISHOLM CLASSIC #300-1pc

1-pc LEXINGTON

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

Craftwood

Wood Species

Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Slab Drawer Fronts All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

#301-1pc

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80-1pc

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#87-1pc or #93-1pc

Edge Profile

See below

Edge Profile

See below

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • • •

Notes / Cautions

• •

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #80-1pc not available. #30000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• • • •

- 19 -

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #87-1pc not available. #30100 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series CONTEMPO III

1-pc SHAKER

#50300

#700-1pc

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

3 3/8 x 7 -or- 7 x 3 3/8

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

Craftwood & MDF Paint Only

Wood Species

Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90-1pc or #96-1pc

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96-1pc & #60

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • •

• •

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• • •

- 20 -

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #96-1pc not available. #70000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc VALLEY FORGE

#701-1pc

1-pc VALLEJO MISSION #707-1pc

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

Craftwood

Wood Species

Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Slab Drawer Fronts All but #13, #60, #66 & #67 5 Pc. Drawer Front

#89-1pc or #92-1pc

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#77-1pc

Edge Profile

See below

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

• • • •

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. Door edge #13, #60, #66 ,#67 & #35 on #89-1pc not available. #70100 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 21 -

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70700 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc MODESTO MISSION #708-1pc

1-pc STAFFORD

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

Craftwood

Wood Species

Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#78-1pc

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#95-1pc

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • • •

• •

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #70800 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

#900-1pc

• •

- 22 -

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #90000 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint.

Door and Drawer Styles One-Piece MDF Series 1-pc SALEM

Flat Panel Door Series

#901-1pc

ARLINGTON FLAT

#30700

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#93-1pc

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#95

Edge Profile

All but #13, #60, #66 & #67

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • • •

Notes / Cautions

• •

One-piece MDF construction. Available in any Painted finishes & glazing without Aging (Distressing) or Crackle. Finger slots are not available on this door style. #90100 door will be used when ordering Glass, Mullion or Lattice. This may result in “cracks” at the rail & stile joint. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 23 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series SAVOY #31700

TUSCAN FLAT #38500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 or 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Minimum Size

10 X 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 rails and stiles

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#317

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#384

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Cononial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland) Door Plant: APE_ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 24 -

Watch out for door minimums. 7/16” thick solid wood center panel

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series SHAKER #70000 TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90 or #96

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM1, AM3, AM4, AM6 & AM14

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1, AM3 & AM14 This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #700-1pc. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 25 -

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series VALLEY FORGE

#70100

MESA FLAT

#70600

TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#89 or #92

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#706

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #89

Edge Profile

#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM4, AM12 & AM14

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • • • •

Notes / Cautions

• •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM12 & AM14 This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #701-1pc. Watch out for door minimums. Top selling door

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 26 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Micro-Bevel on rail & stile. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series VALLEJO MISSION

#70700

MODESTO MISSION

#70800

TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All

Wood Species

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#77

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#78

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #707-1pc. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•

- 27 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #708-1pc. Watch our for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series PENBROOK #71000

HUNTINGTON #71100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#91

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#91 or #94

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 28 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series BRIGHTON #71200

BELMONT #71400

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#94

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90 or #96

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

AM4

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 29 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series CRAFTSMAN #71600

SANTIAGO MISSION

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 x 2 3/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 x 2 3/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#716

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#717

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 30 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

#71700

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series TAOS 2 1/4

#73000

TAOS 2 3/4 #73100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 and 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 and 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 rails and stiles

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 rails and stiles

Wood Species

ALL except Craftwood

Wood Species

ALL except Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#730

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#731

Edge Profile

All door edges/slab fronts

Edge Profile

All door edges/slab fronts

Mullions

Colonial and Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial and Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes

Pocket Doors

Yes

Notes / Cautions

•

Notes / Cautions

•

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 31 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series TAOS 3 1/2

COUNTRY SHAKER

#73200

#75000

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 and 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 13 -or- 13 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 rails and stiles

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

ALL except Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#730

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90 or #96

Edge Profile

All door edges/slab fronts

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Mullions

Colonial and Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Use #70000 style door

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), No (Discovery) Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

• • •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 32 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums. If below minimum, this door will revert to #70000 door style and minimum.

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series STAFFORD #90000

SALEM #90100 TOP SELLING DOOR

TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All

Wood Species

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#95

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#93

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM1

Applied Moldings

AM1 & AM3

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • •

Notes / Cautions

• • •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #900-1pc. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 33 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1 & AM3. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #901-1pc. Watch out for door minimums. Top selling door.

Door and Drawer Styles Flat Panel Door Series CAMBRIA #90500

WINDSOR FLAT

#91500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 x 12 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#383

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#95

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

• • • •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 34 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Maximum door width is 24” The lower door style to compliment this is #90000. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Series HAMILTON #10000

HARRISON #11100

1/4” Ply

1/4” Ply 1/4" Ply

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 x 10 -or- 10 x 7

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood, MDF or Paintgrade

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola) Yes for raised panels

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola) Yes for raised panels

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • • •

• • •

1/4” plywood center panel. See #90000 door style for a solid wood center panel. Not available in Painted finishes, or Paintgrade/MDF Paint (even when ordered unfinished). If knotty or rustic wood is ordered, the center panels will not have knots, but may contain mineral streaks. See door information at the beginning of this section for more details.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 35 -

1/4” plywood center panel. See #71100 door style for a solid wood center panel. Not available in Painted finishes, or Paintgrade/MDF Paint (even when ordered unfinished). If knotty or rustic wood is ordered, the center panels will not have knots, but may contain mineral streaks. See door information at the beginning of this section for more details.

Door and Drawer Styles 1/4” Plywood Panel Door Series WASHINGTON

#17000

1/4” Ply

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 x 10 -or- 10 x 7

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood, MDF or Paintgrade

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

None

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • • •

1/4” plywood center panel. See #70000 door style for a solid wood center panel. Not available in Painted finishes, or Paintgrade/MDF Paint (even when ordered unfinished). If knotty or rustic wood is ordered, the center panels will not have knots, but may contain mineral streaks. See door information at the beginning of this section for more details.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 36 -

Door and Drawer Styles Beadboard Panel Door Series WINDSOR BEADBOARD #46600

MESA BEADBOARD

#70300

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 x 12 1/4

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#920 or #95

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#703

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

#10, #13, #15, #60 & #65

Mullions

Colonial

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • • •

• • •

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. The lower door style to compliment this is #92000. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 37 -

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Micro-Bevel on rail & stile. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Beadboard Panel Door Series GROOVED SHAKER

BEADBOARD SHAKER #72000

#70500

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#90 or #96

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#720, #90 or #96

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #96

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

AM1, AM4 & AM14

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

OPTION

Notes / Cautions

•

• •

Grooves are 3” on center.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 38 -

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1& AM14

Door and Drawer Styles Beadboard Panel Door Series HUNTINGTON BEADBOARD #72100

STAFFORD BEADBOARD #92000

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#76, #91 or #94

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#920 or #95

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

•

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 39 -

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center.

Door and Drawer Styles Beadboard Panel Door Series SALEM BEADBOARD

#92100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#921 or #93

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 40 -

Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series CHISHOLM CLASSIC

LEXINGTON #30100

#30000 TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All

Wood Species

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#87 or #93

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #87

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM1

Applied Moldings

AM3

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1. This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #300-1pc. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•

- 41 -

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM3 This door style available as a one-piece MDF. See #301-1pc. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series PROVIDENCE #31000

VALLEY FORGE RAISED #30200

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#89, #92 or #98

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#82 or #94

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #89 & #98

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #82

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM2

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 42 -

Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series VIENNA CLASSIC

RICHMOND #31100

#40000

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#82 or #94

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #82

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

Notes / Cautions

• • •

Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 43 -

The lower door style to compliment this is #30000. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series WINDSOR CLASSIC

BRENTWOOD CLASSIC

#45000

#47500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#80

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #80

Mullions

Colonial

Mullions

Colonial

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • •

• • • •

The lower door style to compliment this is #30000. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 44 -

The lower door style to compliment this is #30000. Maximum door width is 24” Doors below 12” wide will resemble the #40000 door. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Classic Raised Panel Door Series HERITAGE CLASSIC

#77800

WILSON #31600

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

8 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 8 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 3/4 rail and stiles

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#86, #90 or #96

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#316

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #86 & #96

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66, #67 or #316

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door plant; APE_ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM2 & AM6

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes

Notes / Cautions

•

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•

- 45 -

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2

Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series VALLEY FORGE BEADED #30400

ARLINGTON BEADED

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#92 or #99

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#81

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #99

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #81

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM2

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

•

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2 Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 46 -

Watch out for door minimums.

#30600

Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series COVINGTON #31200

CONCORD #31300

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#83

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#83

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #83

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #83

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

Notes / Cautions

•

Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 47 -

Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series CHARLESTON #37400

CHISHOLM BEADED

#37500

TOP SELLING DOOR

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#88 or #93

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#81

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #88

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #81

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM1 & AM3

Applied Moldings

AM1

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • •

Notes / Cautions

• •

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1 & AM3 Watch out for door minimums. Top selling door.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 48 -

Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM1. Top selling door.

Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series TIMBERLINE #38100

DELANO #38300

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

11 3/4 x 11 1/4 -or- 8 3/4 x 14 1/4

Minimum Size

11 1/4 x 14 1/4 -or- 14 1/4 x 11 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#94

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#383

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

• •

#65 door edge recommended when using the #25 drawer front with this door. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 49 -

Watch out for door minimums. If below minimum, door will revert to the #90500 style and minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series TUSCAN #38400

WINDSOR BEADED

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 1/2 x 9 1/4 -or- 7 1/2 x 12 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4 (top rail 2 1/4 at center)

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#384

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#81

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #81

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

• • •

Watch out for door minimums. On BLS, BLSS 33” cabinets, this door will revert to slab doors.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

#46000

- 50 -

The lower door style to compliment this is #37500. Maximum door width is 24” Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Beaded Raised Panel Door Series HERITAGE BEADED

#77600

Mitered Door Series SOHO #98400

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 11 1/2 -or- 11 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3” rail and stiles

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All except Hickory and Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

#14

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#84

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#984

Edge Profile

All but #35, #66 & #67 on #84

Edge Profile

#14

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM2 & AM6

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

• •

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 51 -

7/16” Thick solid wood center panels Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Exceptions on Pocket doors include AM2 An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Design Overlay

Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series STERLING RAISED

#94000

STERLING FLAT

#94500

7/16" Solid Wood

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#940

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#945

Edge Profile

#65

Edge Profile

#65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM7

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

• •

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 52 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series STANTON RAISED

#95000

STANTON FLAT

#95500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#950

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#955

Edge Profile

#65

Edge Profile

#65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Applied Moldings

AM7

Applied Moldings

AM7

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

•

Notes / Cautions

• •

An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 53 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series CLAIRMONT #98000

BRADFORD #98100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16

Minimum Size

10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Stile / Rail Size

2 9/16 x 2 9/16

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#980

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#981

Edge Profile

#65

Edge Profile

#65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• • • •

Notes / Cautions

•

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Pocket doors not available on this door style due to panel rise. Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

• • •

- 54 -

Center panel may be MDF when ordering a painted finish w/out Aging (Distressing) #9 (burn thru). Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay. WARNING: Should be sold with glaze packages only.

Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series CHELMSFORD #99000

ALCOTT #99100

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

8 3/4 x 11 3/4 -or- 11 3/4 x 8 3/4

Minimum Size

10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#12

Slab Drawer Fronts

#13

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#990

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#992

Edge Profile

#12 only available on this door

Edge Profile

#13

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• • •

• •

#990 drawer front will not work on standard overlay top drawers due to 6 1/4” minimum height. Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 55 -

Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series ALCOTT FLAT

#99200

RALSTON FLAT

#99300

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 11/16 x 13 -or- 13 x 10 11/16

Minimum Size

8 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 8

Stile / Rail Size

3x3

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/2 x 2 1/2

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#13

Slab Drawer Fronts

#60

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#992

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#993

Edge Profile

#13

Edge Profile

#60

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• • •

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 56 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. Watch out for door minimums. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

Door and Drawer Styles Mitered Door Series RALSTON BEADBOARD #99400

STONEWALL #99500

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

8 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 8

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/2 x 2 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#60

Slab Drawer Fronts

None

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#994

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#995

Edge Profile

#60

Edge Profile

#11 only available on this door

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Inserts

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Applied Moldings

None

Applied Moldings

None

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

Grooves are 1 1/2” on center. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•

- 57 -

7/16” thick solid wood center panel. This door will be available with a 5-piece drawer front. Any fronts that fall below minimum will be slab with a 3/16” 45º bevel. An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series CHISHOLM CLASSIC w/ AM1

#30001

LEXINGTON #30103 w/ AM3

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8001

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9303

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8001

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9303

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM3

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

• • •

#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #8001 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 58 -

#35 edge profile not available on #9303 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series VALLEY FORGE RAISED #30202 w/ AM2

VALLEY FORGE BEADED #30402 w/ AM2

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9802

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9902

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9802

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9902

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM2

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM2

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• • •

Notes / Cautions

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9802 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 59 -

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9902 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series CHARLESTON w/ AM1

#37401

CHARLESTON #37403 w/ AM3

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9301

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9303

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9303

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM3

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

• • •

Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 60 -

#35 edge profile not available on #9303 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series CHISHOLM BEADED w/ AM1

#37501

DELANO w/ AM1

#38301

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

11 1/4 x 14 1/4 -or- 14 1/4 x 11 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8101

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#38301

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8101

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), No (Discovery) Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Pocket Doors

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #8101 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 61 -

Watch out for door minimums. If below minimum, door will revert to the #90500 style and minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series SHAKER #70003 w/ AM3

SHAKER #70001 w/ AM1

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9601

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9003

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9601

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Pocket Doors

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM3

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #9601 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

• • •

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 62 -

#35 edge profile not available on #9003 front & #70003 door. This door style has 2 1/4” rails & stiles, the AM3 molding is 1 1/16” wide which leaves only 1 3/16” exposed; larger door edges may not be pleasing to the overall appearance. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series SHAKER #70004 w/ AM4

SHAKER #70014 w/ AM14

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9604

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9614

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9604

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9614

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM4

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM14

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9604 front. Micro bevel on rails and stiles

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•

- 63 -

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on the #9614 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series VALLEY FORGE w/ AM4

#70104

VALLEY FORGE w/ AM12

#70112

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x10

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8904

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8912

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8904

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8912

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM4

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM12

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• • •

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8904 front. Watch out for door minimums. Micro bevel on rails and stiles.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 64 -

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8912 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series VALLEY FORGE w/ AM14

#70114

BELMONT #71404 w/ AM4

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x10

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 13 -or- 10 1/2 x 10

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8914 & #9214

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9604

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8914

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9604

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM4

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM14

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• • • •

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8914 front. The minimum size on the #9214 front is 6 1/4” x 11 1/2”, fronts below minimum will revert to the #8914. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 65 -

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9604 front. Watch out for door minimums. Micro bevel on rails and stiles.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series BEADBOARD SHAKER w/ AM1

BEADBOARD SHAKER w/ AM4

#72001

#72004

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9601

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9604

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9601

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9604

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM4

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Stile / Rail Size

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

#15, #35, #66, #67, & #70 edge profiles not available on the #9601 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

- 66 -

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9604 front. Micro bevel on rails and stiles.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series BEADBOARD SHAKER w/ AM14

#72014

HERITAGE BEADED w/ AM2

#77602

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9614

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8402

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9614

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8402

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM14

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM2

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• •

Notes / Cautions

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #9614 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•

- 67 -

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8402 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series HERITAGE CLASSIC w/ AM2

STAFFORD #90001 w/ AM1

#77802

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/4 x 2 1/4

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#8602

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9501

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #8602

Edge Profile

All

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM2

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• •

•

#35, #66, & #67 edge profiles not available on #8602 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 68 -

Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series SALEM w/ AM1

SALEM #90103 w/ AM3

#90101

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

Minimum Size

10 x 13 -or- 13 x 10

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

3 1/2 x 3 1/2

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Wood Species

All but Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

Slab Drawer Fronts

All

#9301

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#9303

Edge Profile

All

Edge Profile

All w/ exceptions on #9303

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style

Prep for Glass

Yes

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Raised Panel Ends

Yes (Heartland), Door Plant; APE__ (Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM1

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM3

Pocket Doors

Stile / Rail Size

5 Pc. Drawer Front

Pocket Doors

Notes / Cautions

• •

Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding. Watch out for door minimums.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 69 -

#35 edge profile not available on #9303 front. Pocket doors are not available due to applied molding.

Door and Drawer Styles Applied Molding Series STERLING #94007 w/ AM7

OPTION

AVAILABILITY

Minimum Size

7 1/2 x 10 1/2 -or- 10 1/2 x 7 1/2

Stile / Rail Size

2 1/2 x 2 1/2

Wood Species

All but Hickory & Craftwood

Slab Drawer Fronts

#65

5 Pc. Drawer Front

#94007

Edge Profile

#65

Mullions

Colonial or Prairie Style Insert

Prep for Glass

Yes

Lattice

Yes

Raised Panel Ends

Door Plants; APE__ (Heartland/ Revola)

Applied Moldings

Comes w/ AM7

Pocket Doors

Yes (Heartland/Revola)

Notes / Cautions

• •

AM7 is available in soft maple only An 1/8” fill must be used on any cabinet that butts into a wall or deeper cabinet with this door style in Designer Overlay.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 70 -

ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*

Door and Drawer Styles

Solid Slab Drawer Fronts

OGEE SLAB

#10

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

CHELMSFORD SLAB

#12

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

REVERSED BEAD SLAB

#13

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

ONLY AVAILABLE WITH THE #99000 DOOR

SOHO SLAB

#14

Minimum Size: 4 3/4 X 7

BEADED SLAB

#15

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

DOUBLE-CUT SLAB

#30

DESIGNER SLAB Minimum Size: 4 3/4 x 7

RECOMMENDED W/ RAISED PANEL DOOR W/ #10 EDGE. REVERTS TO #10 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.

RECOMMENDED W/ WIDE RAIL & STILE DOORS. REVERTS TO #10 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.

1/8” ROUND-OVER SLAB

#65

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 x 7

BEVELED SLAB

DOUBLE-ROUND SLAB

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

#35

SQUARE SLAB

#66

DECOR SLAB Minimum Size: 4 x 7

REVERTS TO #10 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.

REVERTS TO #65 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.

#70

- 71 -

#60

Minimum Size: 2 1/2 X 7

Minimum Size: 4 x 7

Minimum Size: 3 X 7

#25

RECOMMENDED W/ THE #38100 DOOR W/ #65 EDGE. REVERTS TO #65 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM. *7/8” THICK

ONLY AVAILABLE WITH THE #98400 DOOR. REVERTS TO #65 EDGE IF BELOW MINIMUM.

Minimum Size: 4 3/4 X 7

RAISED BEAD SLAB Minimum Size: 4 3/4 x 7

#67

ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*

Door and Drawer Styles

Veneer Slab Drawer Fronts

CONTEMPO II HOR. GRAIN

#62

Minimum Size: 3 3/8 X 7

CONTEMPO II VER. GRAIN

#502

Minimum Size: 4 3/4 X 7

3-PIECE FRONT

#74

Minimum Size: 4 x 9 3/4 Stiles: 3 1/2” with micro-bevel

CONTEMPO I HOR. GRAIN

#63

CONTEMPO I VER. GRAIN

#501

Minimum Size: 3 3/8 X 7

3/16” EDGEBANDING TO MATCH #50100 DOOR

ALL 3 OF THESE DRAWER FRONTS ARE AVAILABLE AS TOP DRAWER FRONTS ONLY. PLEASE NOTE SOMEWHERE, NEED TO ORDER DFSM/B ON DEEPER DRAWERS

3-PIECE FRONT

#33

Minimum Size: 4 x 7 Stiles: 2 1/4”

3-PIECE FRONT

#34

Minimum Size: 4 X 9 3/4 Stiles: 3 1/2”

One-Piece MDF Drawer Fronts

1-PC VALLEJO MISSION

#77-1PC

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

1-PC WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED #87-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” 1/2” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

1-PC MODESTO MISSION

#78-1PC

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

1-PC SPECIAL SHAKER

#89-1PC

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

- 72 -

1-PC CLASSIC RAISED

#80-1PC

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

1-PC SHAKER

#90-1PC

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*

Door and Drawer Styles

One-Piece MDF Drawer Fronts

1-PC WIDE STILE SHAKER #92-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

1-PC WIDE STILE SHAKER #93-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

1-PC FLAT PANEL

#95-1PC

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

1-PC NARROW RAIL SHAKER #96-1PC • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

Five-Piece Flat Panel Drawer Fronts

SAVOY FLAT

#317

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

MESA FLAT

#706

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

DELANO FLAT

#383

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

CRAFTSMAN FLAT • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

TUSCAN FLAT

#716

SANTIAGO MISSION • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 73 -

#384

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3” S

#717

ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*

Door and Drawer Styles

Five-Piece Flat Panel Drawer Fronts

VALLEJO MISSION

#77

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

MODESTO MISSION

#78

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

SHAKER #90 • Minimum Size: 5 ¾ x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SHAKER WITH COVE

#91

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

WIDE STILE FLAT

#93

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” FO:12” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

NARROW RAIL SHAKER

#96

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

MIXED FLAT

#94

TAOS 2 1/4

#730

TAOS 3 1/2

WIDE STILE SHAKER

FLAT PANEL

TAOS 2 3/4 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO:11 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 74 -

#92

#95

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#732

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO: 11 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

#89

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” FO:10 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13” 1/2” DO: 11 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SPECIAL SHAKER • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

#731

ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*

Door and Drawer Styles

Five-Piece Beadboard Panel Drawer Fronts

MIXED BEADBOARD

#76

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

STAFFORD BEADBOARD • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

MESA BEADBOARD

#703

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

#920

SALEM BEADBOARD

SHAKER BEADBOARD • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#921

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 X 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

Beadboard drawer fronts will not line up w/ beadboord doors when used with a super drawer

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 75 -

#720

ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*

Door and Drawer Styles

Five-Piece Raised Panel Drawer Fronts

CLASSIC RAISED

#80

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

WIDE STILE CLASSIC RAISED

MIXED CLASSIC RAISED

#82

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#87

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

COMBO CLASSIC RAISED

SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED

#86

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#98

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

WILSON RAISED

#316

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 12 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:14 1/2” DO:12 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¾” S

Five-Piece Beaded Raised Panel Drawer Fronts

BEADED RAISED

#81

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

WIDE STILE BEADED RAISED • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

MIXED BEADED RAISED

#83

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#88

COMBO BEADED RAISED

SHAKER BEADED RAISED • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#99

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 76 -

#84

ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*

Door and Drawer Styles

Five-Piece Mitered Drawer Fronts

STERLING RAISED

#940

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

STANTON FLAT

#955

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

SOHO FLAT

RALSTON FLAT

#945

#984

CLAIRMONT #980

CHELMSFORD #990

USE CAUTION WHEN ORDERING THE #990 FRONT, DUE TO LARGER MINIMUM REQUIREMENT TOP & SOME MIDDLE FRONTS MAY RESULT IN SLABS.

RALSTON BEADBOARD • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 9 • Min. Cab Width: SO:11” DO: 9 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¾” R, 1 ¾” S

BRADFORD #981

#994

BEADBOARD DF WILL NOT LINE UP W/ BEADBOARD DOORS.

ALCOTT FLAT

AUGUST 2014

- 77 -

#992

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

STONEWALL #995 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

#950

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ½” R, 1 ½” S

• Minimum Size: 6 1/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

#993

STANTON RAISED • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO:10 3/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 9 • Min. Cab Width: SO:11” DO: 9 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¾” R, 1 ¾” S

STERLING FLAT • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cab Width: SO: 9” DO: 9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*

Door and Drawer Styles

Five-Piece Applied Molding Drawer Fronts

DELANO FLAT W/AM1

#38301

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8 • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

SHAKER BEADED RAISED W/AM2 #8402 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SPECIAL SHAKER W/AM12

#8912

WIDE STILE SHAKER W/AM1 #9201

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

#8001

SHAKER CLASSIC RAISED W/AM2 #8602

SPECIAL SHAKER W/AM14

#8914

WIDE STILE SHAKER W/AM14 #9214

USE CAUTION WHEN ORDERING THE #9214 FRONT, DUE TO LARGER MINIMUM REQUIREMENT TOP & SOME MIDDLE FRONTS MAY REVERT TO THE #8914 OR SLAB FRONT.

- 78 -

#8101

SPECIAL SHAKER W/AM4

#8904

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 6 1/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

BEADED RAISED W/AM1 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

CLASSIC RAISED W/AM1 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

SHAKER W/AM3

#9003

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

WIDE STILE FLAT W/AM1 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

#9301

ALL DRAWER FRONTS ARE 3/4” THICK*

Door and Drawer Styles

Five-Piece Applied Molding Drawer Fronts

WIDE STILE FLAT W/AM3

#9303

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 11 1/2 • Min. Cab Width: SO:13 1/2” DO:11 7/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/AM1 #9601 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

COMBO CLASSIC RAISED W/AM2 #9802 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” 1/2” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

STERLING RAISED W/AM7

#94007

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 7 • Min. Cabinet Width: SO:9” DO:9” • Rails & Stiles: 1 9/16” R, 1 9/16” S

NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/AM4 #9604 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

FLAT PANEL W/AM1

NARROW RAIL SHAKER W/AM14 #9614 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” 1/2” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

COMBO BEADED RAISED W/AM2 #9902 • Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 14 • Min. Cab Width: SO:16” 1/2” DO: 14 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 1 ¼” R, 3 ½” S

See Narrow Rail 5-pc Drawer Front Section at the beginning of the Door Section. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 79 -

#9501

• Minimum Size: 5 3/4 x 10 • Min. Cab Width: SO:12” DO: 10 3/8” • Rails & Stiles: 2 ¼” R, 2 ¼” S

Wall Cabinets Index:Wall Section Wall Cabinet Information......................................................10 24” Deep Refrigerator Wall.............................................15 Angle End Wall Cabinet..................................................35 Appliance Garage...........................................................20 Appliance Garage Diagonal............................................30 Blind Corner Wall Cabinets.............................................32 Blind Corner Wall Peninsula............................................34 Combination Wall Cabinets.............................................18 Corner Microwave...........................................................31 Diagonal Corner Cabinet Information.............................27 Extended Wall Angle Cabinet..........................................35 Microwave Built-In..........................................................23 Microwave Built-In with Appliance Garage.....................23 Microwave Countertop...................................................24 Microwave Wall...............................................................22 Recessed Medicine Cabinet...........................................37 Standard Wall Cabinets 12” - 21”...................................11 Standard Wall Cabinets 24” - 27”...................................12 Standard Wall Cabinets 30” - 36”...................................13 Standard Wall Cabinets 39” - 48”...................................14 Standard Wall Cabinets 54” - 60”...................................15 Surface Mount Medicine Cabinet...................................37 Three-Door Wall..............................................................18 Wall Angle Cabinet..........................................................35 Wall Apothecary Cabinet w/ Exposed Dovetails.............39 Wall Apothecary Cabinet w/ Standard Drawers..............38

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Wall Apothecary Unit w/ Exposed Dovetails...................40 Wall Apothecary Unit w/ Standard Drawers....................40 Wall Bath Cabinet...........................................................36 Wall Bath Open Shelf......................................................36 Wall Blind Cabinet Information........................................27 Wall Bottom Open Shelf Cabinet....................................17 Wall Box Filler.................................................................44 Wall Cabinet Construction............................................ 1-9 Wall Cabinet Information.................................................10 Wall Cabinet w/ Cubbies.................................................41 Wall Cabinet w/ DRS Hinged at Top...............................24 Wall Corner Diagonal......................................................28 Wall Corner Diagonal w/Appliance Garage.....................30 Wall Cubby Unit Horizontal.............................................42 Wall Cubby Unit Vertical..................................................42 Wall Drawer Cabinets......................................................16 Wall Easy Reach Cabinet................................................26 Wall Lazy Susan..............................................................28 Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG.................................29 Wall Panel Filler...............................................................43 Wall Peninsula............................................................20-21 Wall Plate Racks.............................................................25 Wall Spice Pull-Out.........................................................26 Wall Top Open Shelf Cabinet..........................................17 Wall Wine Holder.............................................................43

-1-

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL CABINETS

19 1/2" ON 21" 16 1/2" ON 18"

22 1/2" ON 24"

13 1/2" ON 15" 10 1/2" ON 12" 34 1/2" ON 36" 31 1/2" ON 33"

40 1/2" ON 42" 37 1/2" ON 39"

28 1/2" ON 30" 25 1/2" ON 27"

W_12-21 W_24

58 1/2" ON 60" 52 1/2" ON 54" 46 1/2" ON 48"

W_27-36

W_39-42 17 3/4 28 1/2

W_48-60

WBC_30

WBC__30OS 1 9 2 5 /3 2

1 6 2 5 /3 2

1 3 2 5 /3 2

1 0 2 5 /3 2

3 7 3 1 /3 2 3 4 3 1 /3 2 3 1 3 1 /3 2 2 8 3 1 /3 2

CWC1D_42 CWC2D_42

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

CWC1D_48 CWC2D_48

CWC1D_54 CWC2D_54

-2-

CWC1D_60 CWC2D_60

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL CABINETS

30 24 14 29/32 15 29/32 16 29/32

FOR 48" FOR 51" FOR 54"

30 27/32

14 29/32

32 27/32

15 29/32

34 27/32

16 29/32

FOR 48" FOR 51" FOR 54"

W48243D L/R W51243D L/R W54243D L/R

15 29/32 16 29/32

FOR 48" FOR 51" FOR 54"

22 1/2" ON 24" 28 1/2" ON 30" 34 1/2" ON 36" 40 1/2" ON 42"

30 27/32 32 27/32 34 27/32

1 ADJ. 2 ADJ. 2 ADJ. 3 ADJ.

W48363D L/R W51363D L/R W54363D L/R OPENING EQUALS CABINET WIDTH - 14 1/2

XW_ 42

14 29/32 15 29/32 16 29/32

FOR 48" FOR 51" FOR 54"

30 27/32 32 27/32 34 27/32

W48423D L/R W51423D L/R W54423D L/R

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

34 27/32

W48303D L/R W51303D L/R W54303D L/R

14 29/32

30 27/32 32 27/32

-3-

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL DRAWER CABINETS

REVOLA WALL APPLIANCE GARAGE CABINETS

28 1/2 34 1/2

40 1/2

40 23/32 46 23/32 52 23/32

3" 15 3/4 3" 5 1/32 15 3/4

WD_48

W_48AG

5 1/32

15 3/4

WD_54

W_54AG

5 1/32

WD_60

W_60AG

REVOLA WALL SPECIALTY CABINETS

VALANCE

12 15 3/4 ON 30 21 3/4 ON 36 27 3/4 ON 42

10 7/8" ON 24" 13 7/8" ON 30"

13 3/4" ON 30" 19 3/4" ON 36" 25 3/4" ON 42"

15 3/4 ON 30 21 3/4 ON 36 27 3/4 ON 42

8 1/2" ON 30" 14 1/2" ON 36" 20 1/2" ON 42"

28 1/2" ON 30" 34 1/2" ON 36" 40 1/2" ON 42"

10 7/8" ON 24" 13 7/8" ON 30"

WHDT__ WBO___

WTO___

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-4-

PRC__OS PRC__WD

PRC__

WSPO__

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL APPLIANCE CABINETS 2 1/4" APRON

13 3/4 ON 34 19 3/4 ON 40 25 3/4 ON 46

DOOR VARIES

15 3/4

DOOR VARIES

APG_17 APG_17D APG_17DL/R

CLEARANCE 17 1/4

TOHH

TOHH 18

MW_34 MW_40 MW_46

TOHH

MWB_34 MWB_40 MWB_46

TOHH

MWCD_34 MWCD_40 MWCD_46

1 5 3 /4

5 1 /3 2

MWB_60AG MWB_60AGD

MWCT_48 MWCT_54 MWCT_60

REVOLA WALL CORNER DIAGONAL / WALL LAZY SUSAN

28 25/32

28 25/32 34 25/32

34 25/32

40 25/32

2 1/2"

15 1/2

17 23/32

2 1/2"

17 23/32

15 1/2

WCD_ 48AG WLS_48AG

WCD_48AGD WLS_48AGD

15 1/2

WCD_ 54AG WLS_54AG

WCD_54AGD WLS_54AGD WCD_ 60AG WLS_60AG

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

17 23/32

-5-

WCD_60AGD WLS_60AGD

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL SPECIALTY CABINETS 36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48"

4 7/2

4 31/32

6 3/8

4 31/32

36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48"

6 3/8

4 5/16

4 31/32

W18WC

W15WC

W12WC

4 31/32

4 1/8

36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48"

4 5/8

4 31/32

36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48"

4 1/32

4 31/32

W39WC

W36WC

AUGUST 2014

4 31/32

W33WC

28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48"

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

W24WC

36" = 2 ADJ. 42" = 2 ADJ. 48" = 3 ADJ.

4 31/32

W21WC

W30WC

W27WC

4 9/32

3 29/32

-6-

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL SPECIALTY CABINETS 30" = NO ADJ. 36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

30" = NO ADJ. 36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

22 25/32" ON 30" 28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48" 46 25/32" ON 54" 52 25/32" ON 60"

4 7/8

4 31/32

W12AS W12AD

4 31/32

3 29/32

22 25/32" ON 30" 28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48" 46 25/32" ON 54" 52 25/32" ON 60"

4 31/32

4 1/8

W30AS W30AD

30" = NO ADJ. 36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

22 25/32" ON 30" 28 25/32" ON 36" 34 25/32" ON 42" 40 25/32" ON 48" 46 25/32" ON 54" 52 25/32" ON 60"

4 1/32

4 31/32

13 25/32

WINEHOLDER

13 31/32

WWH__30

AUGUST 2014

4 31/32

W39AS W39AD

W36AS W36AD

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

4 31/32

W24AS W24AD

W18AS W18AD

30" = NO ADJ.

4 9/32

30" = NO ADJ. 36" = 1 ADJ. 42",48",54",60" = 2 ADJ.

-7-

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL SPECIALTY CABINETS WCUH12

WCUH15

4 1/2

4 7/8

WCUH18

4 1/2

WCUH21

4 1/2

4 5/16

WCUH24

4 1/2

3 39/32

WCUH27

4 1/2

WCUH30

4 1/2

WCUH33

4 1/2

WCUH36

4 1/2

WCUH39

4 1/2

4 1/8

4 5/8

4 9/32

4 1/32

4 1/2

4 1/8

4 9/32

4 13/32

4 1/2

4 9/16

4 5/8

WAU6S WAU6D

REVOLA WALL ANGLE CABINETS

65˚

13 17/ 32

140˚

2 1/

EWA24__

1/3

65˚

WA13__ 65˚ 2

1/3

115˚

AETB13 AETL13

17 3/16 1 1/2” 1”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-8-

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Construction REVOLA WALL CORNER CABINETS 27

WER2424 30 36 42

WER2724 30 36 42

11 12

11 15 27

WCD, WLS & WLSS2724 30 36 42 WCD, WLS & WLSS2748 54 60AG/AGD

WCD, WLS & WLSS2424 30 36 42 WCD, WLS & WLSS2448 54 60AG/AGD

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

MWCD3334 40 46

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-9-

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet Information Important Note About Material

Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA FB interior deduct will not apply.This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends will be plywood construction. Helpful Notes About Wall Cabinet Section • 13” Deep Wall Cabinets; take this into consideration when designing with blind cabinets, staggering cabinet depths & using crown molding. • Maximum width is 39” wide.Cabinets may be ordered wider than 39” by adding CW (change width) as a modification, but will not be covered under warranty. • All wall cabinets come with 10 5/8” deep (11 5/8” on finished interior cabinets) adjustable shelves, unless stated otherwise. • Bottoms of wall cabinets are flush polyurethane coated maple material; same as the interior.The bottoms of the cabinets sides are edgebanded on the raw edge. • Flip-up pocket door is available on a single door appliance garage. This requires a minimum 18” deep cabinet and the cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMWALL then add PD & HDT as a modification. • HDT is available on the lower portion of the appliance garage cabinet; the door will not retract like it would on a pocket door. The cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMWALL then add HDT as a modification. Minimum Door Sizes

Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned DRS are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered DRS below minimum will be slab. Minimum Cabinet Sizes for Wide Rail & Stile DRS (Stile not trimmed down); Minimum Door Size 13” W x 10” T

• •

26 5/16” W x 10 3/8” T for a double door cabinet 13 3/16” W x 10 3/8” T for a single door cabinet

Minimum Cabinet Sizes for Wide Rail & Stile DRS (Stile not trimmed down); Minimum Door Size 10”W X 13” T

• •

20 5/16” W x 13 3/8” T for a double door cabinet 10 3/16” W x 13 3/8” T for a single door cabinet

Revola Cabinet Yoke & Cut-Outs

• • • • • • • •

All appliance openings will have a yoke The edge of the yoke will match the door edge; in some instances when maximum cutout is used, the complementary edge will be used. Keep in mind, the edge may interfere with the trim kit overlay, depending on the style The top & bottom rails are fixed at 2” The left & right stiles are determined by the cut-out width and cabinet size The maximum cut-out width is 2” less than the overall cabinet width The yoke is held in place with pocket screws and is removable Please specify ALL requested dimensions

3/32" Reveal 3/32” Reveal

3/32" Reveal1/8” 3/32" Reveal 3/32” 3/32” Between 1/8" Between ButtDRS Doors Reveal Reveal Butt

3/32" Reveal 3/32” Reveal

3/16"Reveal Reveal 3/16”

3/16”Reveal Reveal 3/16"

Captive Back 4” Stretchers

13 3/16"Reveal Reveal 3/16”

3/16" 3/16” Reveal Reveal

Single Door Cabinet w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Double Door Cabinet

- 10 -

13”

Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 12”-21” Tall 12” TALL WALL CABINETS

W1212 W1512 W1812 W2112 W2412 W2412BD W2712 W3012 W3312 W3612 W3912 15” TALL WALL CABINETS

W1215 W1515 W1815 W2115 W2415 W2415BD W2715 W3015 W3315 W3615 W3915 18” TALL WALL CABINETS

•• •• •• ••

W1218 W1518 W1818 W2118 W2418 W2418BD W2718 W3018 W3318 W3618 W3918

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelf included on 12”-21” tall. Hinge placement on 12” tall wall cabinet DRS will be 2 1/2” from the end to the center. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width & height cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

21” TALL WALL CABINETS

W1221 W1521 W1821 W2121 W2421 W2421BD W2721 W3021 W3321 W3621 W3921

- 11 -

PRICE FB

$188 $200 $217 $231 $245 $245 $317 $331 $343 $360 $377 PRICE FB

$200 $217 $234 $248 $265 $265 $334 $351 $368 $382 $400 PRICE FB

$214 $225 $248 $265 $283 $283 $374 $385 $394 $408 $425 PRICE FB

$254 $280 $303 $328 $348 $348 $434 $457 $480 $505 $531

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$188 $200 $217 $231 $245 $245 $317 $331 $343 $360 $377

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$200 $217 $234 $248 $265 $265 $334 $351 $368 $382 $400

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$214 $225 $248 $265 $283 $283 $374 $385 $394 $408 $425

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$254 $280 $303 $328 $348 $348 $434 $457 $480 $505 $531

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 7

Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 24”- 27”

W1521R shown

W2727 shown

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. One adjustable shelf on 24” tall & two adjustable shelves on 27” tall. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 12 -

24” TALL WALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W924 W1224 W1524 W1824 W2124 W2424 W2424BD W2724 W3024 W3324 W3624 W3924

$254 $254 $280 $303 $328 $348 $348 $434 $457 $480 $505 $531

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 8

27” TALL WALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W927 W1227 W1527 W1827 W2127 W2427 W2427BD W2727 W3027 W3327 W3627 W3927

$280 $308 $337 $365 $397 $428 $428 $522 $548 $577 $608 $639

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 3 3 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 8 8

Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 30”-36” Tall

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with two adjustable shelves on 30”-36” tall. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 13 -

30” TALL WALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W930 W1230 W1530 W1830 W2130 W2430 W2430BD W2730 W3030 W3330 W3630 W3930

$280 $308 $337 $365 $397 $428 $428 $522 $548 $577 $608 $639

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 9

33” TALL WALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W933 W1233 W1533 W1833 W2133 W2433 W2433BD W2733 W3033 W3333 W3633 W3933

$414 $442 $471 $500 $531 $562 $562 $654 $679 $708 $739 $768

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 4 4 5 6 6 6 7 8 9 9 10

36” TALL WALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W936 W1236 W1536 W1836 W2136 W2436 W2436BD W2736 W3036 W3336 W3636 W3936

$414 $442 $471 $500 $531 $562 $562 $654 $679 $708 $739 $768

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 11

Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 39”-48” Tall 39” TALL WALL CABINETS

W939 W1239 W1539 W1839 W2139 W2439 W2439BD W2739 W3039 W3339 W3639 W3939 W2739 shown with butt DRS

42” TALL WALL CABINETS

W942 W1242 W1542 W1842 W2142 W2442 W2442BD W2742 W3042 W3342 W3642 W3942

W2748 shown with butt DRS Notice DRS become double panel in height

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with three adjustable shelves on 39”-42” tall; Four adjustable shelves on 48” tall. DRS 39 3/4” T & up come with 3 hinges per door unless mullion, glass or lattice door inserts are used, then 4 hinges per door. Standard Wall cabinets over 42” tall will receive double panel DRS. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets. If mullions are ordered, on the 48” tall wall cabinet will have 8 lights. As a result, 1 adj. shelf is deleted from 48” tall wall cabinets. This results in the most pleasing spacing for mullion grids.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 14 -

PRICE FB

$471 $500 $528 $557 $588 $619 $619 $711 $736 $765 $796 $825 PRICE FB

$471 $500 $528 $557 $588 $619 $619 $711 $736 $765 $796 $825

PRICE PLY

$471 $500 $528 $557 $588 $619 $619 $711 $736 $765 $796 $825 PRICE PLY

$471 $500 $528 $557 $588 $619 $619 $711 $736 $765 $796 $825

SHELF

DRS

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 8 8 9 10 11 12

SHELF

DRS

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13

48” TALL WALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W948 W1248 W1548 W1848 W2148 W2448 W2448BD W2748 W3048 W3348 W3648 W3948

$756 $785 $813 $842 $873 $905 $905 $996 $1,022 $1,050 $1,082 $1,110

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 5 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 13 15

Wall Cabinets Standard Wall Cabinets 54"-60" Tall

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with four adjustable shelves on 54”-60” tall. Comes with 3 hinges per door on 54”-60” tall unless mullion, glass or lattice door inserts are used, then 4 hinges per door. Standard Wall cabinets over 42” tall will receive double panel DRS. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

•• ••

54” TALL WALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W954 W1254 W1554 W1854 W2154 W2454 W2454BD W2754 W3054 W3354 W3654 W3954

$899 $928 $956 $985 $1,016 $1,048 $1,048 $1,139 $1,165 $1,193 $1,225 $1,253

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 5 7 8 9 10 10 11 13 14 15 16

60” TALL WALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W960 W1260 W1560 W1860 W2160 W2460 W2460BD W2760 W3060 W3360 W3660 W3960

$1,042 $1,070 $1,099 $1,127 $1,159 $1,190 $1,190 $1,282 $1,307 $1,336 $1,367 $1,396

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 6 7 9 10 11 11 13 14 15 17 18

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

6 6 7 7 8 9 9 9 10 10 11 12 11 12 13 13 14 15

24” Deep Refrigerator Wall CABINET

•• •• •• ••

Additional wall cabinets are available in the 24” deep configuration by adding a change depth (CD) modification charge to the cabinet. If a wider cabinet is needed, use change width (CW) as a modification. This will result in no warranty on the cabinet. No shelf unless opening is 21” tall or greater. Watch out for door minimums on smaller height cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 15 -

W331224 W361224 W391224 W331524 W361524 W391524 W331824 W361824 W391824 W332124 W362124 W392124 W332424 W362424 W392424 W332724 W362724 W392724

$485 $502 $519 $511 $525 $542 $537 $551 $568 $622 $648 $674 $622 $648 $674 $719 $751 $782

Wall Cabinets Wall Drawer Cabinets 48” TALL (RECOMMENDED FOR 84” TALL APPLICATIONS)

WD1248 WD1548 WD1848 WD2148 WD2448 WD2448BD WD2748 WD3048 WD3348 WD3648 54” TALL (RECOMMENDED FOR 90” TALL APPLICATIONS)

WD1254 WD1554 WD1854 WD2154 WD2454 WD2454BD WD2754 WD3054 WD3354 WD3654 60” TALL (RECOMMENDED FOR 96” TALL APPLICATIONS)

WD1260 WD1560 WD1860 WD2160 WD2460 WD2460BD WD2760 WD3060 WD3360 WD3660

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$1,016 $1,088 $1,164 $1,237 $1,309 $1,437 $1,513 $1,582 $1,658 $1,734

$1,002 $1,076 $1,153 $1,227 $1,301 $1,415 $1,492 $1,563 $1,640 $1,716

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

4 6 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$1,067 $1,146 $1,229 $1,308 $1,387 $1,528 $1,611 $1,686 $1,769 $1,851

$1,056 $1,135 $1,219 $1,298 $1,378 $1,504 $1,587 $1,663 $1,746 $1,829

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

5 6 8 8 9 9 11 11 14 15

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$1,104 $1,189 $1,279 $1,364 $1,449 $1,590 $1,680 $1,760 $1,850 $1,940

$1,097 $1,182 $1,271 $1,356 $1,442 $1,567 $1,656 $1,737 $1,827 $1,916

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

5 7 9 10 11 11 13 14 15 17

One full width drawer with a 5 7/8” tall front. Additional drawers may be ordered and will reduce the door opening height. To order additional drawers under the existing drawer, add DRAWER at $125 each. Please state the total number of drawers(WD DRAWER QTY) If you want drawers side by side, cabinet must be entered as CUSTOMWALL (adds $200 to the cabinet list price), then add DRAWER as a modification. Door height is over 42” on the 54” & 60” tall units. Door will become double panel in height, split equally. If depth is less than 11”, cabinet will not have drawer guides.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 16 -

Wall Cabinets Wall Top Open Shelf Cabinet CABINET

WTO2730 WTO3030 WTO3330 WTO3630 WTO3930 WTO2736 WTO3036 WTO3336 WTO3636 WTO3936 WTO2742 WTO3042 WTO3342 WTO3642 WTO3942 •• •• •• •• ••

Doors overlap 9/32” onto mid-shelf

PRICE FB

$665 $691 $719 $751 $782 $796 $822 $851 $882 $911 $853 $879 $908 $939 $968

PRICE PLY

$665 $691 $719 $751 $782 $796 $822 $851 $882 $911 $853 $879 $908 $939 $968

SHELF

DRS

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

7 7 8 9 9 7 8 9 10 10 8 9 10 11 13

Entire cabinet is finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. Top opening is 12” tall . RH (reduce height) will affect the door opening height. Add WTO MODIFY as a modification to change the top opening height

Wall Bottom Open Shelf Cabinet CABINET

WBO2730 WBO3030 WBO3330 WBO3630 WBO3930 WBO2736 WBO3036 WBO3336 WBO3636 WBO3936 WBO2742 WBO3042 WBO3342 WBO3642 WBO3942 •• •• •• •• •• Doors overlap 9/32” onto mid-shelf w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 17 -

PRICE FB

$629 $655 $684 $715 $746 $761 $786 $815 $846 $875 $818 $843 $872 $903 $932

PRICE PLY

$629 $655 $684 $715 $746 $761 $786 $815 $846 $875 $818 $843 $872 $903 $932

SHELF

DRS

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

7 7 8 9 9 7 8 9 10 10 9 10 10 11 12

Entire cabinet is finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. Bottom opening is 12” tall . RH (reduce height) will affect the door opening. Add WBO MODIFY as a modification to change bottom opening height.

Wall Cabinets Combination Wall Cabinets

•• •• •• ••

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

CWC1D942 CWC1D1242 CWC1D1542 CWC1D1842 CWC1D2142 CWC1D2442 CWC2D2742 CWC2D3042 CWC2D3342 CWC2D3642 CWC2D3942

$682 $711 $751 $796 $842 $888 $1,053 $1,093 $1,133 $1,182 $1,230

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 11 11 12

CWC1D954 CWC1D1254 CWC1D1554 CWC1D1854 CWC1D2154 CWC1D2454 CWC2D2754 CWC2D3054 CWC2D3354 CWC2D3654 CWC2D3954

$835 $869 $918 $973 $1,029 $1,085 $1,287 $1,336 $1,384 $1,444 $1,504

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4

4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

CWC1D948 CWC1D1248 CWC1D1548 CWC1D1848 CWC1D2148 CWC1D2448 CWC2D2748 CWC2D3048 CWC2D3348 CWC2D3648 CWC2D3948

$758 $789 $833 $885 $936 $988 $1,172 $1,216 $1,260 $1,314 $1,369

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4

3 4 5 6 7 8 10 10 11 13 15

CWC1D960 CWC1D1260 CWC1D1560 CWC1D1860 CWC1D2160 CWC1D2460 CWC2D2760 CWC2D3060 CWC2D3360 CWC2D3660 CWC2D3960

$909 $948 $1,000 $1,062 $1,123 $1,185 $1,406 $1,459 $1,511 $1,576 $1,640

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4

4 5 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 17

Changes in height will affect the bottom opening. 3/4” fixed shelf between top & bottom openings. Top opening is 10 25/32”, bottom opening is 28 31/32” for a 42” tall cabinet. CWC MODIFY can be added as a modification to change the top opening of this cabinet.

•STOP•

Watch out for door minimums on upper section and smaller width cabinets. •STOP• Top DRS align with a 12” tall cabinet on 42”, 15” tall cabinet on 48”, 18” on a 54” 21” on a 60”, but bottom DRS DO NOT align with any tall cabinet due to reveals.

Three-Door Wall Cabinet •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Cabinet consists of a single door and a pair of DRS. Hinge direction notates single door side. 3/4” partition is between the single & double DRS. No shelf unless opening is 21” tall or greater.

- 18 -

CABINET

W48243D W48303D W48363D W48423D W51243D W51303D W51363D W51423D W54243D W54303D W54363D W54423D

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$629 $764 $892 $949 $647 $792 $921 $1,006 $669 $821 $949 $1,035

1 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

9 11 13 15 9 12 14 16 10 12 15 17

Wall Cabinets Wall with Appliance Garage

W2754AG

W2754AGD

•• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on 18"-24" wide single door cabinets. Cabinet available with tambour or hinged DRS. Finished ends must be specified Appliance garage opening 15 3/4” tall.Use APGOH to modify the appliance garage opening height.Allow 1 ½” clearance for tambour handle (14 1/4” opening w/ tambour). •• To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR as a modification. •• The cabinet with tambour is completely finished interior due to construction process & always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. •• The track for the tambour is routed into the side of the cabinet box. •• See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material. •• Watch out for door minimums in lower section on smaller width cabinets. •STOP • See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 19 -

APPLIANCE GARAGE WITH TAMBOUR

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W1848_AG W2148_AG W2448_AG W2448AGBD W2748AG W3048AG W3348AG W3648AG W1854_AG W2154_AG W2454_AG W2454AGBD W2754AG W3054AG W3354AG W3654AG W1860_AG W2160_AG W2460_AG W2460AGBD W2760AG W3060AG W3360AG W3660AG

$851 $882 $913 $913 $1,093 $1,119 $1,147 $1,179 $985 $1,016 $1,048 $1,048 $1,225 $1,250 $1,279 $1,310 $1,042 $1,073 $1,105 $1,105 $1,282 $1,307 $1,336 $1,367

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

9 11 12 12 13 13 14 15 11 12 13 13 13 14 15 15 11 13 14 14 14 15 16 17

APPLIANCE GARAGE WITH DRS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

W1848_AGD W2148_AGD W2448_AGD W2448AGDBD W2748AGD W3048AGD W3348AGD W3648AGD W1854_AGD W2154_AGD W2454_AGD W2454AGDBD W2754AGD W3054AGD W3354AGD W3654AGD W1860_AGD W2160_AGD W2460_AGD W2460AGDBD W2760AGD W3060AGD W3360AGD W3660AGD

$851 $882 $913 $913 $1,093 $1,119 $1,147 $1,179 $985 $1,016 $1,048 $1,048 $1,225 $1,250 $1,279 $1,310 $1,042 $1,073 $1,105 $1,105 $1,282 $1,307 $1,336 $1,367

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4

9 11 12 12 13 13 15 15 11 12 13 13 13 14 15 15 11 13 14 14 14 15 16 17

Wall Cabinets Appliance Garage WITH TAMBOUR

APG1517 APG1817 APG2117 APG2417 APG2717 APG3017 APG3317 APG3617

APG1517DL

PRICE FB

$485 $485 $485 $485 $571 $571 $571 $571

PRICE PLY

$485 $485 $485 $485 $571 $571 $571 $571

SHELF

DRS

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6

SHELF

DRS

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6

SHELF

DRS

0 0 0 0

1 1 1 1

5 5 6 6

SHELF

DRS

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4

3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

APG1517

APG1517D

•• •• •• ••

18” high by 13” deep. Fits under wall cabinet. Both ends always finished plywood. The cabinet with tambour is completely finished interior due to construction process & always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. •• Tambour cabinet opening is 14 1/4” •• Cabinet with door opening is 15 3/4” •• Watch out for door minimums on smaller cabinets. •STOP• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.

WITH DRS

PRICE FB

APG1517D APG1817D APG2117D APG2417D APG2717D APG3017D APG3317D APG3617D

$485 $485 $485 $485 $571 $571 $571 $571

WITH 1 DOOR

APG1517DL/R APG1817DL/R APG2117DL/R APG2417DL/R

PRICE FB

$485 $485 $485 $485

PRICE PLY

$485 $485 $485 $485 $571 $571 $571 $571 PRICE PLY

$485 $485 $485 $485

Wall Peninsula CABINET

3" Stringer Centered in Cabinet Box Front to Back.

WP1221 WP1521 WP1821 WP2121 WP2421 WP2721 WP3021 WP3321 WP3621 WP3921

30”

•• •• •• •• •• 13” 13

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 20 -

PRICE FB

$394 $434 $468 $508 $539 $674 $708 $742 $782 $822

PRICE PLY

$394 $434 $468 $508 $539 $674 $708 $742 $782 $822

Specify hinge direction on 12” - 24” wide cabinets. Single door cabinets always hinged on same side. 3” stringer centered in cabinet box front to back; for support. This cabinet must be attached to a wall or adjacent cabinet for stability. No shelf included on 21” tall

Wall Cabinets Wall Peninsula Continued... CABINET

3" Stringer Centered in Cabinet Box Front to Back.

WP1224 WP1524 WP1824 WP2124 WP2424 WP2724 WP3024 WP3324 WP3624 WP3924 WP1230 WP1530 WP1830 WP2130 WP2430 WP2730 WP3030 WP3330 WP3630 WP3930 WP1236 WP1536 WP1836 WP2136 WP2436 WP2736 WP3036 WP3336 WP3636 WP3936 WP1242 WP1542 WP1842 WP2142 WP2442 WP2742 WP3042 WP3342 WP3642 WP3942

30”

13” 13

WP2130

•• •• •• •• •• WP2736

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 21 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$394 $434 $468 $508 $539 $674 $708 $742 $782 $822 $465 $508 $554 $602 $651 $791 $831 $876 $925 $968 $685 $731 $775 $822 $871 $1,013 $1,053 $1,099 $1,145 $1,190 $748 $791 $833 $882 $928 $1,065 $1,105 $1,147 $1,193 $1,236

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4

3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12

Wall Cabinets Microwave Wall CABINET

MW2734 MW3034 MW3334 MW2740 MW3040 MW3340 MW2746 MW3046 MW3346

••

MW2734

4” stretcher Captive back

18” from bottom to mid-shelf

13”

AUGUST 2014

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$811 $836 $908 $911 $936 $1,008 $1,010 $1,036 $1,107

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

7 8 10 9 10 10 9 11 12

13” deep with an 18” deep protruding shelf (3/4” with CTE2 edge). •• Cut-out height can be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclature as a modification. •• Microwave opening width is 1 1/2” less than the cabinet (this cannot be modified) x 17 1/4" high unless otherwise specified. •• If specifying cut-out height, allow 3/4” in height for the thickness of the protruding shelf. •• Cutout nomenclature for this cabinet is TOHH •• Entire cabinet is finished interior & has a 1/4” captive back. •• Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. •• Door overlaps mid-shelf 9/32”. •• If you change the depth to 18” or deeper you will not get a protruding shelf. •STOP• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding yokes (cutouts). •STOP• Wide rail & stile DRS may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your CSR for options to keep the 5 piece door.

18” Deep protruding shelf

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

PRICE FB

- 22 -

Wall Cabinets Microwave Built-In

MWB2734

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

MWB2734 MWB3034 MWB3334 MWB3634 MWB2740 MWB3040 MWB3340 MWB3640 MWB2746 MWB3046 MWB3346 MWB3646

$989 $1,015 $1,086 $1,112 $1,089 $1,115 $1,186 $1,212 $1,189 $1,215 $1,286 $1,312

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

12 13 14 16 14 15 17 18 16 17 19 20

Yoke included

••

Cabinet is 21” deep but you can change depth to 24” for Yoke included no charge by adding CDNC as a modification. Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures asmodifications. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH Opening is not finished interior, has a 1/4” back and requires the use of a trim kit.

•• •• ••

••

Will receive an adjustable shelf in the upper section only if the opening height is 21” or greater. •STOP• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding yokes (cutouts). •STOP• Wide rail & stile DRS may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your CSR for options to keep the 5 piece door.

Microwave Built-In Cabinet with APG

Yoke included

MWB2760AG

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

AUGUST 2014

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

MWB2760AG MWB3060AG MWB3660AG

$1,760 $1,785 $1,882

0 0 0

2 2 2

20 19 27

CABINETW/DRS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

MWB2760AGD MWB3060AGD MWB3660AGD

$1,760 $1,785 $1,882

0 0 0

4 4 4

20 22 27

Yoke included

MWB2760AGD

Cabinet is 21” deep x 60" tall; change depth to 24” for no charge by adding CDNC as a modification. Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures asmodifications. Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH The cabinet with tambour is completely finished interior due to construction process & always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. The tambour track is routed into the side of the cabinet. Cabinet has a 1/4” back and requires the use of a trim kit due to pocket screw visibility. Will receive an adjustable shelf in the upper section only if the opening height is 21” or greater. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

CABINET W/ TAMBOUR

••

Tambour opening is 14 1/4” or APG door opening is 15 3/4”; adjustable by using APGOH as a modification. •• To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR •• See the ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS section for notes about the tambour material. •STOP• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for helpful information regarding yokes cutouts) & optional flip up pocket door. •STOP• Wide rail & stile DRS may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your CSR for options to keep the 5 piece door.

- 23 -

Wall Cabinets Microwave Countertop CABINET

MWCT2748 MWCT3048 MWCT2754 MWCT3054 MWCT2760 MWCT3060

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

DRS

$2,204 $2,331 $2,499 $2,652 $2,622 $2,781

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

16 15 18 20 20 22

MWCT2748

•• ••

Yoke included

•• ••

Cabinet is 21” deep but you can change depth to 24” for no charge by adding CDNC as a modification. Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications.

Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH Entire cabinet is finished interior & has a 1/4” back. Use of a trim kit is optional. Skins cover pocket screws in MW opening. •• Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. •• Drawer front is 5 7/8" tall. •• Will receive an adjustable shelf in the upper section only if the opening height is 21” or greater. •STOP • See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding yoke (cutouts). •STOP • Wide rail & stile DRS may not meet minimum height requirements. Call your CSR for options to keep the 5-piece door.

Wall Cabinet with DRS Hinged at Top

WHDT1524

•• •• •• •• ••

DRS will be double panel in width on 27"-39". SDPW (single door panel width) can be added as a modification. There is no warranty when using SDPW. Door stays are included. Equal openings. Arched DRS not available on this cabinet.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 24 -

24” TALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

WHDT1524 WHDT1824 WHDT2124 WHDT2424 WHDT2724 WHDT3024 WHDT3324 WHDT3624 WHDT3924

$1,470 $1,504 $1,533 $1,561 $1,704 $1,733 $1,755 $1,790 $1,824

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 7

30” TALL CABINETS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

WHDT1530 WHDT1830 WHDT2130 WHDT2430 WHDT2730 WHDT3030 WHDT3330 WHDT3630 WHDT3930

$1,504 $1,539 $1,567 $1,601 $1,738 $1,773 $1,807 $1,835 $1,870

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 4 5 6 6 7 7 9 9

Wall Cabinets Wall Plate Racks WITH STANDARD ARCHED VALANCE CABINET

Shown with roman arched valance, Other valance options can be specified.

PRC2430

Shown with roman arched valance, Other valance options can be specified.

PRC2430 PRC2730 PRC3030 PRC3330 PRC3630 PRC2436 PRC2736 PRC3036 PRC3336 PRC3636 PRC2442 PRC2742 PRC3042 PRC3342 PRC3642

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

# OF PLATES

$925 $965 $1,002 $1,042 $1,079 $1,088 $1,133 $1,179 $1,225 $1,267 $1,250 $1,299 $1,353 $1,404 $1,459

10 12 14 16 16 10 12 14 16 16 10 12 14 16 16

5 6 7 7 8 7 7 8 9 10 8 9 9 10 11

WITH OPEN SHELF

PRC2430OS

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

# OF PLATES

PRC2430OS PRC2730OS PRC3030OS PRC3330OS PRC3630OS PRC2436OS PRC2736OS PRC3036OS PRC3336OS PRC3636OS PRC2442OS PRC2742OS PRC3042OS PRC3342OS PRC3642OS

$925 $965 $1,002 $1,042 $1,079 $1,088 $1,133 $1,179 $1,225 $1,267 $1,250 $1,299 $1,353 $1,404 $1,459

10 12 14 16 16 10 12 14 16 16 10 12 14 16 16

5 6 7 7 8 7 7 8 9 10 8 9 9 10 11

WITH DRS (NO VALANCE)

PRC2430WDBD

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

13” deep. Both openings have finished interior, including the PRC__WD. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. The lower portion has wooden dowel plate racks spaced on 2” centers.Lower opening is 14” tall. Wooden dowels are removable for cleaning. RH will affect the upper opening. To add plate racks to other cabinets, see the Accessories & Modifications section.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 25 -

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

# OF PLATES/ DRS

PRC2430WD(BD) PRC2730WD PRC3030WD PRC3330WD PRC3630WD PRC2436WD(BD) PRC2736WD PRC3036WD PRC3336WD PRC3636WD PRC2442WD(BD) PRC2742WD PRC3042WD PRC3342WD PRC3642WD

$1,088 $1,127 $1,165 $1,205 $1,242 $1,250 $1,296 $1,342 $1,387 $1,430 $1,413 $1,461 $1,516 $1,567 $1,621

10/1(2) 12/2 14/2 16/2 16/2 10/1(2) 12/2 14/2 16/2 16/2 10/1(2) 12/2 14/2 16/2 16/2

5 6 7 7 8 7 7 8 9 10 8 9 9 10 11

Wall Cabinets Wall Spice Pull-Out Cabinet CABINET

WSPO930 WSPO936 WSPO942 WSPO1230 WSPO1236 WSPO1242 •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

$965 $1,079 $1,136 $993 $1,107 $1,165

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 3 3 3 3 4

Three shelf spice rack mounts to door and pulls out on full extension drawer guides. Soft close guides are not available. Rack is 1” less than opening. Chrome Rails. NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization Shelf placement can be changed by adding an OM-SP as a modification. Watch out for door minimums.

WSPO930

Wall Easy Reach Cabinet 24”W X 24”D WITH 13” SIDES

WER2424 WER2430 WER2436 WER2442 27”W X 27”D WITH 15” SIDES

WER2724 WER2730 WER2736 WER2742

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$796 $825 $939 $1,025

1 2 2 3

2 2 2 2

8 10 12 14

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$1,082 $1,110 $1,225 $1,310

1 2 2 3

2 2 2 2

9 13 16 18

WER2424

•• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction. Comes standard with pie-cut hinge in center and 170 degree hinge on the cabinet box. Bi-pass DRS available upon request and recommended when increasing the width & depth, which result in a door opening larger than 12 x 12. 27” x 27” should be considered the maximum and is the limit under the warranty.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• •• ••

- 26 -

To increase the width on one back leg (or wall), add 1 ½ change width (CW) charges.To change both back legs equally, add 1 CW charge. May reduce depth of one side only by using RD and specifying “left only” or “right only”. 24" wide has 13" deep sides; 27" wide has 15" deep sides.

Wall Cabinets Diagonal Corner Cabinet Information •• •• •• ••

Frameless diagonal corner cabinets incorporate the use of transition molding on the left and right side panels This allows the box to be used in any application including 1) open on one or both ends, 2) closed on one or both ends, 3) the use of a filler on one or both ends 4) or any combination of the above. DRS, drawer fronts, yokes and face frames will be bracketed by the transition molding attached to each side panel (see below). Diagonal corner cabinets with either a cut-out or appliance garage with tambour will have yoke or faceframe attached using frameless mounting rail.

Frameless mounting rail

Predrill & screw

Staple

Faceframe

Cabinet side panel

Transition molding

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 27 -

Wall Cabinets Wall Corner Diagonal 24”W X 24”D WITH 13” SIDES

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

WCD2424 WCD2430 WCD2436 WCD2442

$796 $825 $939 $1,025

0 2 2 3

1 1 1 1

8 10 12 14

27”W X 27”D WITH 15” SIDES

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

WCD2724 WCD2730 WCD2736 WCD2742

$939 $968 $1,082 $1,167

0 2 2 3

1 1 1 1

11 13 16 18

•• ••

Specify hinge direction. Use WCD TWO DOOR as a modification to modify to butt DRS. •• 24” wide has 13” deep sides; 27” wide has 15” deep sides. •• Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. •STOP • Front angle must remain 45°. Backs and sides must remain equal to one another.

WCD2724

Wall Lazy Susan Cabinet 24”W X 24”D WITH 13” SIDES

WLS2424 WLS2430

WLS2424R

•• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

# TURNS

DRS

$796 $825

2 3

1 1

8 11

WLS2436 WLS2442 WLSS2424 WLSS2430 WLSS2436 WLSS2442

$939 $1,025 $1,225 $1,253 $1,367 $1,453

3 4 2 3 3 4

1 1 1 1 1 1

15 15 8 10 12 14

27”W X 27”D WITH 15” SIDES

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

# TURNS

DRS

WLS2724 WLS2730 WLS2736 WLS2742 WLSS2724 WLSS2730 WLSS2736 WLSS2742

$939 $968 $1,082 $1,167 $1,367 $1,396 $1,510 $1,596

2 3 3 4 2 3 3 4

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

10 13 17 18 11 13 16 18

Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. •STOP• If width or depth reductions are needed use the WCD cabinet as these modifications may eliminate the rounds. •STOP• Front angle must remain 45 degrees.Backs and sides must remain equal to one another.

- 28 -

Wall Cabinets Wall Lazy Susan Cabinets w/ APG

WLS2424RAG shown

WLS2424RAGD shown

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction. Wall Lazy Susans (WLS__) use 20” diameter revolving plastic trays with a center post. Wall Lazy Super Susans (WLSS__) use 20” diameter revolving wooden trays attached to adjustable shelves (no center post). Tambour opening is 14 1/4” or APG door opening is 15 3/4”; adjustable by using APGOH as a modification. Change height will affect upper opening. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR.Add WCD TWO DOOR as a modification to modify to butt DRS. Both ends are always finished plywood construction; charges apply. 24” wide has 13” deep sides; 27” wide has 15” deep sides. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

24”W X 24”D WITH 13” SIDES W/ TAMBOUR

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

# TURNS

DRS

WLS2448_AG WLS2454_AG WLS2460_AG WLSS2448_AG WLSS2454_AG WLSS2460_AG

$1,396 $1,510 $1,596 $1,824 $1,938 $2,024

3 3 4 3 3 4

1 1 1 1 1 1

16 18 20 16 18 20

24” W X 24”D WITH 13” SIDES W/DRS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

# TURNS

DRS

WLS2448_AGD WLS2454_AGD WLS2460_AGD WLSS2448_AGD WLSS2454_AGD WLSS2460_AGD

$1,396 $1,510 $1,596 $1,824 $1,938 $2,024

3 3 4 3 3 4

3 3 3 3 3 3

16 18 20 16 18 20

27”W X 27”D WITH 15” SIDES W/ TAMBOUR

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

# TURNS

DRS

WLS2748_AG WLS2754_AG WLS2760_AG WLSS2748_AG WLSS2754_AG WLSS2760_AG

$1,539 $1,653 $1,738 $1,967 $2,081 $2,166

3 3 4 3 3 4

1 1 1 1 1 1

21 23 26 21 23 26

27”W X 27”D WITH 15” SIDES W/ DRS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

# TURNS

DRS

WLS2748_AGD WLS2754_AGD WLS2760_AGD WLSS2748_AGD WLSS2754_AGD WLSS2760_AGD

$1,539 $1,653 $1,738 $1,967 $2,081 $2,166

3 3 4 3 3 4

3 3 3 3 3 3

21 23 26 21 23 26

••

APG section will have a yoke attached when ordered with tambour. •• Watch out for door minimums in lower section. •• 48” unit lines up w/ 30” tall wall; used in 84” tall applications •• 54” unit lines up w/ 36” tall wall; used in 90” tall applications •• 60”unit lines up w/ 42” tall wall; used in 96” tall applications •STOP• If width or depth reductions are needed use the WCD w/ APG cabinet as these modifications may eliminate the rounds. •STOP• Front angle must remain 45 degrees.Backs and sides must remain equal to one another. •STOP• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.

- 29 -

Wall Cabinets Wall Corner Diagonal w/ APG WITH TAMBOUR

WCD2448_AG WCD2454_AG WCD2460_AG WCD2748_AG WCD2754_AG WCD2760_AG WITH DOORS

WCD2448_AGD WCD2454_AGD WCD2460_AGD WCD2748_AGD WCD2754_AGD WCD2760_AGD •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction. Tambour opening is 14 1/4” or APG door opening is 15 3/4”; adjustable by using APGOH as a modification. Change height will affect upper opening. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR.Add WCD TWO DOOR as a modification to modify to butt DRS. Both ends are always finished plywood construction; charges apply. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. APG section will have a yoke attached when ordered with tambour.

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$1,396 $1,510 $1,596 $1,539 $1,653 $1,738

2 2 3 2 2 3

1 1 1 1 1 1

16 18 20 21 23 26

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$1,396 $1,510 $1,596 $1,539 $1,653 $1,738

2 2 3 2 2 3

3 3 3 3 3 3

16 18 20 21 23 26

••

48” unit lines up w/ 30” tall wall; used in 84” tall applications •• 54” unit lines up w/ 36” tall wall; used in 90” tall applications •• 60”unit lines up w/ 42” tall wall; used in 96” tall applications •• 24” wide has 13” deep sides; 27” wide has 15” deep sides. •• Watch out for door minimums in lower section. •STOP• Front angle must remain 45 degrees. Backs and sides must remain equal to one another. •STOP• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.

Appliance Garage Diagonal APGD W/ TAMBOUR

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

CLEARANCE

APGD2418 APGD2718 APGD3314

$571 $714 $856

0 0 0

141/4”tall 141/4”tall 101/4”tall

6 7 8

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

CLEARANCE

$571 $714 $856

2 2 2

153/4”tall 153/4”tall 113/4”tall

6 7 8

APGD W/ DRS

APGD2418D APGD2718D APGD3314D •• •• •• •• •• ••

24” W & 27” W units are 18” H and fit under a WCD, WLS, or WLSS. 33” W unit is 14” H and fits under the MWCD33__ diagonal microwave cabinet. Side panels are 13” deep. To modify to single door in appliance opening, use APG ONE DOOR as a modification. See ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS for notes about the tambour material. Both ends are always finished plywood construction; charges apply. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

••

Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. •• APG section will have a yoke attached when ordered with tambour. •• Watch out for door minimums on smaller cabinets. •STOP• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding optional flip up pocket door.

- 30 -

Wall Cabinets Corner Microwave Cabinet CABINET

MWCD3334 MWCD3340 MWCD3346 ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$1,225 $1,324 $1,424

0 0 0

2 2 2

22 26 29

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. •• 25” maximum cutout width. •• Cutout nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH •• Opening is finished interior & has a 1/4” back. Use of a trim kit is optional. •• Cabinet is 33” x 33” with 13” sides. •• Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. •STOP• See Wall Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding yokes (cutouts). •STOP• Front angle must remain 45°.Backs and sides must remain equal to on another

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 31 -

Wall Cabinets Blind Corner Wall Cabinets

XW453

XW3030R

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

CABINET

PRICE FB

XW2424 XW2724 XW3024 XW3324 XW3624 XW3924 XW4224 XW4524 XW4824 XW2430 XW2730 XW3030 XW3330 XW3630 XW3930 XW4230 XW4530 XW4830 XW2436 XW2736 XW3036 XW3336 XW3636 XW3936 XW4236 XW4536 XW4836 XW2442 XW2742 XW3042 XW3342 XW3642 XW3942 XW4242 XW4542 XW4842

$334 $420 $442 $465 $491 $517 $534 $562 $579 $405 $497 $522 $551 $582 $611 $639 $671 $699 $605 $696 $722 $751 $782 $811 $839 $871 $899 $605 $696 $722 $751 $782 $811 $839 $871 $899

Specify L for blind left and R for blind right. Blind area is completely finished. All corner wall cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½” and filled around the corner 1 ½”.Recommended pull is 3” and the fill around the corner should match. A filler is not included; must order separately You may wish to complete the look with an overlay by ordering solid stock with edge detail. Blind end of cabinet box to door edge is 13 3/32”. Blind end of cabinet box to door opening is 13 3/4”. Opening size is the cabinet width minus 14 1/2” Door size is cabinet width minus 13 3/16” (subtract 1/8” and divide by 2 on a double-door cabinet). To modify door opening, add MODIFY BLIND as a modification & specify the opening. This can be used to create a built in pull.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 32 -

PRICE PLY

$334 $420 $442 $465 $491 $517 $534 $562 $579 $405 $497 $522 $551 $582 $611 $639 $671 $699 $605 $696 $722 $751 $782 $811 $839 $871 $899 $605 $696 $722 $751 $782 $811 $839 $871 $899

SHELF

DRS

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 9 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 10 11 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 8 8 9 10 12 12 14 14 15

Wall Cabinets Information you should know about Wall Blind Cabinets ••

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Blind cabinets must be pulled ► 1 1/2” pull minimum ► 3” recommended ► Consider issues such as pulls / handles ► We recommend you fill what you pull Entire blind panel is finished You will need to order a filler for the adjacent cabinet The measurement from the blind side to the door edge is 13 3/32” The measurement from the blind side to the door opening is 13 3/4” Opening size is the cabinet width minus 14 1/2” Door size is cabinet width minus 13 3/16” (subtract 1/8” and divide by 2 on a double-door cabinet) Two overlay fillers can be ordered with the door edge and mitered together in the corner to complete the look Use MODIFY BLIND as a modification to create a built in pull.

•STOP•

JUST A REMINDER THAT YOU ARE WORKING WITH A 13” DEEP CABINET

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 33 -

Wall Cabinets Blind Corner Wall Peninsula 12”,15” OR 18” TALL CABINET

Specify 12, 15 or 18 as the second dimension for these heights.

16 3/32" to door edge

13” 13

13 3" Fill

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

XWP24__ XWP27__ XWP30__

$525 $659 $694

0 0 0

2 3 3

5 5 6

XWP33__ XWP36__ XWP39__

$728 $768 $808

0 0 0

3 3 4

6 7 8

SHELF

DRS

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 3 3 3 3 4

5 5 6 6 7 8

SHELF

DRS

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 3 3 3 3 4

7 7 7 8 9 9

3 3/32" to door edge

24” TALL CABINET

XWP2424 XWP2724 XWP3024 XWP3324 XWP3624 XWP3924 27” OR 30” TALL CABINET

XWP24__ XWP27__ XWP30__ XWP33__ XWP36__ XWP39__ 36” TALL CABINET

XWP2436 XWP2736 XWP3036 XWP3336 XWP3636 XWP3936

Specify 27 or 30 as the second dimension for these heights.

PRICE FB

42” TALL CABINET

XWP2442 XWP2742 XWP3042 XWP3342 XWP3642 XWP3942

PRICE FB

$525 $659 $694 $728 $768 $808 PRICE FB

$637 $719 $816 $862 $911 $953

PRICE PLY

$525 $659 $694 $728 $768 $808 PRICE PLY

$637 $719 $816 $862 $911 $953

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$836 $919 $1,016 $1,062 $1,110 $1,153

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 3 3 3 3 4

8 8 9 10 11 12

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

$836 $919 $1,016 $1,062 $1,110 $1,153

3 3 3 3 3 3

2 3 3 3 3 4

8 8 9 10 11 12

We recommend use of a 3” (or larger) overlay filler if you pull the cabinet for a more refined look. •• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify L for blind left and R for blind right. Blind area is completely finished. Blind end of cabinet box to door edge is 16 3/32”. Blind end of cabinet box to door opening is 16 3/4”. Opening size is the cabinet width minus 17 1/2” Door size is cabinet width minus 16 3/16” (subtract 1/8” and divide by 2 on a double-door cabinet)

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•STOP•

- 34 -

Cabinet has a 3” pull built in & does not need to be pulled from the wall.

Wall Cabinets Wall Angle Cabinet 13

CABINET

WA1330 WA1336 WA1342

PRICE FB

$565 $705 $765

PRICE PLY

$565 $705 $765

SHELF

DRS

2 2 3

1 1 1

3 4 5

1 1/4”

•• •• •• •• •• 1”

Diagonal end is 45 degrees. Door opening is 12 1/2” wide. Specify hinge direction. Finished ends are not available When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Must remain equal to each other. •• Deleting the door on this cabinet is not recommended due to the wings & overlay fillers. •STOP• Cabinet comes with molded solid stock wings with overlay fillers which allows a smooth blend from one cabinet to the next

1 1/2”

Adjacent Cab.

Extended Wall Angle Cabinet CABINET

EWA2430 EWA2436 EWA2442 ••

PRICE FB

$642 $776 $833

PRICE PLY

$642 $776 $833

SHELF

DRS

2 2 3

2 2 2

5 6 7

65˚ angle matches the AEB24.Cabinet will maintain 65˚ angle when changing width or depth. 24” wide x 13” deep. Shelves are fixed. Cabinet will always be finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply.

•• •• •• ••

Angled End Wall Cabinet 13” 65°

90°

13”

CABINET

AEW1330 AEW1336 AEW1342

140° 65°

Adjacent Cab.

•• •• •• •• ••

AUGUST 2014

$679 $819 $879

PRICE PLY

$679 $819 $879

SHELF

DRS

2 2 3

2 2 2

3 3 4

Cabinet comes with fixed shelves Finished ends are not available Width and depth must remain equal Cabinet will always be finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. •STOP• 1/4” reveal from edge of cabinet box to edge of cabinet door

1/4” reveal

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

PRICE FB

- 35 -

Wall Cabinets Wall Bath Cabinet - 10” Deep CABINET

WBC2430 WBC2730 WBC3030 WBC3330 WBC3630 WBC3930 •• •• ••

PRICE FB

$420 $511 $537 $565 $597 $625

PRICE PLY

$420 $511 $537 $565 $597 $625

SHELF

DRS

2 2 2 2 2 2

5 5 6 6 7 7

Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep Both ends are always finished; plywood construction.

Wall Bath Open Shelf - 10” Deep CABINET

PRICE FB

WBC2430OS WBC2730OS WBC3030OS WBC3330OS WBC3630OS WBC3930OS

$608 $699 $725 $754 $785 $813

•• •• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 36 -

PRICE PLY

$608 $699 $725 $754 $785 $813

SHELF

DRS

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

5 5 6 6 7 7

Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep Both ends are always finished Bottom opening is 10” tall Entire cabinet is finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply.

Wall Cabinets Recessed Medicine Cabinet

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Natural maple print interior Specify hinge direction Allow 3” less than the stated frame dimensions for wall openings. 3 1/2” interior depth with 1/4” back. A mitered 2 1/4” frame surrounds an inset door. Offered in the same box sizes as our framed line. To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass DRS) as a modification.Mirror is not included.

PRICE PLY

CABINET

PRICE FB

WMC1725

$377

WMC1731

$434

WMC1931

$491

COMMENT

SHELF

DRS

14”x22” wall opening 14”x28” wall opening 16”x28” wall opening

•STOP•

Choose any door edge for the frame.The door will have a #60 edge. •STOP• Box has 1/4” back without hang rails.Box must be mounted by screwing through sides into studs.

Surface Mount Medicine Cabinet

•• •• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 37 -

CABINET

PRICE FB

WMCSM1230 WMCSM1530 WMCSM1830 WMCSM2130

$308 $337 $365 $397

PRICE PLY

$308 $337 $365 $397

SHELF

DRS

3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2

Natural maple print interior Specify hinge direction Interior cabinet depth is 3” Designed for surface mounting Both ends, top and bottom of this cabinet are finished To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass DRS) as a modification.Mirror is not included.

Wall Cabinets Wall Apothecary Cabinet w/ Standard Drawers

Knobs not included. W3036AS shown

CABINET

W1230AS W1830AS W2430AS W2430ASBD W3030AS W3630AS W3930AS W1236AS W1836AS W2436AS W2436ASBD W3036AS W3636AS W3936AS W1242AS W1842AS W2442AS W2442ASBD W3042AS W3642AS W3942AS

•• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

SHELF

$679 $843 $1,013 $1,013 $1,240 $1,407 $1,479 $813 $978 $1,147 $1,147 $1,372 $1,539 $1,610 $871 $1,035 $1,205 $1,205 $1,429 $1,596 $1,667

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

2 3 5 5 6 7 8 2 3 5 5 6 7 8 2 3 5 5 6 7 8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Drawer slides on wood. Drawer fronts cover apothecary drawers. Apothecary openings are 4 31/32” tall. Change in height will affect the door opening. This cabinet is designed so that the DRS line up with a wall cabinet that is 6” shorter. Drawer fronts do not come with knobs.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

CABINET

W1248AS W1848AS W2448AS W2448ASBD W3048AS W3648AS W3948AS W1254AS W1854AS W2454AS W2454ASBD W3054AS W3654AS W3954AS W1260AS W1860AS W2460AS W2460ASBD W3060AS W3660AS W3960AS

•STOP•

- 38 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

SHELF

$928 $1,092 $1,262 $1,262 $1,486 $1,653 $1,724 $985 $1,149 $1,319 $1,319 $1,543 $1,710 $1,781 $1,042 $1,206 $1,376 $1,376 $1,600 $1,767 $1,838

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

2 3 5 5 6 7 8 2 3 5 5 6 7 8 2 3 5 5 6 7 8

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Drawer fronts will not be equal width.The two end fronts will be larger than the middle fronts.

Wall Cabinets Wall Apothecary w/ Exposed Dovetails

W3030AD shown

CABINET

W1230AD W1830AD W2430AD W2430ADBD W3030AD W3630AD W3930AD W1236AD W1836AD W2436AD W2436ADBD W3036AD W3636AD W3936AD W1242AD W1842AD W2442AD W2442ADBD W3042AD W3642AD W3942AD •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

SHELF

$679 $843 $1,013 $1,013 $1,240 $1,407 $1,479 $813 $978 $1,147 $1,147 $1,372 $1,539 $1,610 $871 $1,035 $1,205 $1,205 $1,429 $1,596 $1,667

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

2 3 5 5 6 7 8 2 3 5 5 6 7 8 2 3 5 5 6 7 8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CABINET

W1248AD W1848AD W2448AD W2448ADBD W3048AD W3648AD W3948AD W1254AD W1854AD W2454AD W2454ADBD W3054AD W3654AD W3954AD W1260AD W1860AD W2460AD W2460ADBD W3060AD W3660AD W3960AD

Drawer slides on wood. •• Exposed dovetail boxes with scooped front will be stained •• to match the exterior. •• Entire cabinet will be finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 39 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

SHELF

$928 $1,092 $1,262 $1,262 $1,486 $1,653 $1,724 $985 $1,149 $1,319 $1,319 $1,543 $1,710 $1,781 $1,042 $1,206 $1,376 $1,376 $1,600 $1,767 $1,838

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

2 3 5 5 6 7 8 2 3 5 5 6 7 8 2 3 5 5 6 7 8

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Apothecary openings are 4 31/32” tall. Change in height will affect the door opening. This cabinet is designed so that the DRS line up with a wall cabinet that is 6” shorter.

Wall Cabinets Wall Apothecary Unit - Standard Drawers CABINET

WAU630S WAU636S WAU642S WAU648S WAU654S WAU660S

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

OPENINGS

$928 $1,113 $1,299 $1,484 $1,670 $1,855

6 7 8 9 10 11

2 2 2 3 3 3

••

Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. •• Finished ends are standard. •STOP• Drawer fronts will not be equal height.The top & bottom fronts will be slightly larger than the middle fronts.

WAU642Shown

Wall Apothecary Unit - Exposed Dovetails CABINET

WAU630D WAU636D WAU642D WAU648D WAU654D WAU660D

•• •• •• ••

WAU642DShown

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 40 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

OPENINGS

$928 $1,113 $1,299 $1,484 $1,670 $1,855

6 7 8 9 10 11

2 2 2 3 3 3

Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. Finished ends are standard. Finished interior is standard. Exposed dovetails are stained to match the exterior.

Wall Cabinets Wall Cabinet w/ Cubby 36” TALL

W1236WC W1536WC W1836WC W2136WC W2436WC W2436WCBD W2736WC W3036WC

•• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

SHELF

DIVIDERS

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 2 3 4 4 4 5

W3336WC W3636WC W3936WC

$970 $1,028 $1,079

2 2 2

5 6 7

42” TALL

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

SHELF

DIVIDERS

$602 $631 $657 $711 $768 $768 $882 $933 $985 $1,042 $1,093

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 2 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 7

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

SHELF

DIVIDERS

$617 $645 $671 $725 $782 $782 $896 $948 $999 $1,056 $1,107

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

1 1 2 3 4 4 4 5 5 6 7

W1248WC W1548WC W1848WC W2148WC W2448WC W2448WCBD W2748WC W3048WC W3348WC W3648WC W3948WC

- 41 -

DRS

$588 $617 $642 $696 $754 $754 $868 $919

48” TALL

Entire cabinet will be finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. Cubby openings are 4 31/32” tall. Change in height will affect the door opening. This cabinet is designed so that the DRS line up with a wall cabinet that is 6” shorter.

PRICE PLY

$588 $617 $642 $696 $754 $754 $868 $919

W1242WC W1542WC W1842WC W2142WC W2442WC W2442WCBD W2742WC W3042WC W3342WC W3642WC W3942WC

W3048WC Shown

PRICE FB

Wall Cabinets Wall Cubby Unit CABINET

WCU630 WCU636 WCU642 WCU648 WCU654 WCU660 •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

$388 $440 $491 $542 $594 $645

PRICE PLY

OPENINGS

6 7 8 9 10 11

2 2 2 3 3 3

OPENINGS

2 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 8

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

$388 $440 $491 $542 $594 $645

6” wide x 13” deep. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. Finished ends are standard. Finished interior is standard.

WCU630 SHOWN WCU630 Shown

Horizontal Wall Cubby Unit CABINET

WCUH12 WCUH15 WCUH18 WCUH21 WCUH24 WCUH27 WCUH30 WCUH33 WCUH36 WCUH39 •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 42 -

PRICE FB

$234 $260 $285 $311 $337 $363 $388 $414 $440 $465

PRICE PLY

$234 $260 $285 $311 $337 $363 $388 $414 $440 $465

6” high x 13” deep. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. Finished ends are standard. Finished interior is standard.

Wall Cabinets Wall Wine Holder

•• •• •• •• •• ••

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

SHELF

DRS

WWH2730

$1,093

WWH3030 WWH3330 WWH3630

$1,119 $1,147 $1,179

0 0 0

2 2 2

7 7 8

Entire cabinet is finished interior. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. Upper opening is 13 25/32” tall; Lower opening is 13 31/32” tall. Change height will affect upper opening. No changes in width allowed over 36" without prior approval. Reductions in depth are not allowed.

Wall Panel Fillers 1 1/2” WIDE PANEL FILLERS

13”

* ••

•• •• •• •• •• ••

13” deep 3/4” plywood panel with 1 ½”, 3”, or 6” stile attached. Indicate left or right to determine the flush, finished end. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. WPF has a floor and backband. Can be increased up to 16” deep at no charge by using CDNC. Change width available for $50.Change depth over 16” available for $50. Change height is 1/2 of the CH charge. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 43 -

PRICE PLY

WPF1.5 30 WPF1.5 36 WPF1.5 42

$254 $254 $254

1 1 1

WPF1.5 48 WPF1.5 54 WPF1.5 60

$290 $325 $361

1 1 1

3” WIDE PANEL FILLERS

* 1.5” 3” or 6”

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

WPF3 30 WPF3 36 WPF3 42 WPF3 48 WPF3 54

$265 $265 $265 $301 $337

1 1 1 2 2

WPF3 60

$372

6” WIDE PANEL FILLERS

WPF6 30 WPF6 36 WPF6 42 WPF6 48 WPF6 54 WPF6 60

PRICE FB

$294 $294 $294 $330 $365 $401

PRICE PLY

$294 $294 $294 $330 $365 $401

1 2 2 2 2 3

Wall Cabinets Wall Box Filler 3” WALL BOX FILLERS

WBF330 WBF336 WBF342 WBF348 WBF354 WBF360

13 3

6” WALL BOX FILLERS

WBF630 WBF636 WBF642 WBF648 WBF654 WBF660 3” PENINSULA BOX FILLERS

PRICE FB

$400 $407 $414 $457 $500 $542 PRICE FB

$428 $435 $442 $485 $528 $571 PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$400 $407 $414 $457 $500 $542 PRICE PLY

$428 $435 $442 $485 $528 $571 PRICE PLY

1 1 1 2 2 2 CU

2 2 2 3 3 3 CU

WBFP330 WBFP336

$364 $371

1 1

WBFP342 WBFP348 WBFP354 WBFP360

$378 $421 $464 $507

1 1 2 2

6” PENINSULA BOX FILLERS

WBFP630 WBFP636 WBFP642 WBFP648 WBFP654 WBFP660

PRICE FB

$392 $400 $407 $450 $492 $535

PRICE PLY

$392 $400 $407 $450 $492 $535

2 2 2 2 3 3

3” Angled Wall BOX FILLERS

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

3” or 6” wide x 13” deep. Both ends are always flush finished. Always plywood construction; REVOLA FB interior deduct does not apply. Box filler has a flush toe kick. Can be increased up to 16” deep at no charge by using CDNC. Change width available for $50.Change depth over 16” available for $50. Change height is 1/2 of the CH charge. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back side. Must specify left or right on the Angled Fillers . Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 44 -

WBFA330 WBFA336 WBFA342 WBFA348 WBFA354 WBFA360

PRICE FB

$364 $371 $378 $421 $464 $507

PRICE PLY

$364 $371 $378 $421 $464 $507

1 1 1 2 2 2

Base Cabinets Index: Base Section 2 Drawer Base................................................................13 2 Drawer Cook-Top Base................................................28 3 Drawer Base................................................................13 3 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep....................13 4 Drawer Base................................................................14 4 Drawer Base w/Equal Fronts - 24” Deep.....................14 Angle End Base-24”........................................................25 Base 2 Drawer / Door Cabinet..........................................9 Base Angle - 13” or 24”..................................................24 Base Apothecary Units...................................................31 Base Bookcase...............................................................17 Base Bookcase w/ Overlay Frame..................................18 Base Bookcase w/ Valance.............................................18 Base Box Filler................................................................32 Base Cabinet....................................................................8 Base Cabinet Construction........................................... 2-6 Base Cabinet Information.................................................8 Base Cook-Top Vent.......................................................28 Base Cubby Units...........................................................31 Base Diagonal Corner.....................................................22 Base Easy Reach............................................................20 Base End Shelf...............................................................26 Base Full Door - 13” Deep................................................8 Base Full Door - 24” Deep................................................8 Base Full Door Peninsula................................................18 Base Lazy Susan............................................................20 Base Lazy Susan Diagonal.............................................21 Base Lazy Susan Diagonal w/ Drawer............................21 Base Microwave Built-In.................................................10 Base Oven Cabinet.........................................................11 Base Panel Filler.............................................................32 Base Peninsula...............................................................19

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Base Transition Cabinet-24”...........................................25 Base Trash Bin................................................................16 Base Trash Bin Bottom Mount........................................17 Base Wine Rack..............................................................30 Base Wine Holder...........................................................30 Base Wine Cubby...........................................................30 Blind Corner Base-24”....................................................24 Blind Corner Peninsula-24”............................................23 Clipped Corner Spice Base............................................29 Corner Recycle Bin.........................................................19 Diagonal Sink Front.........................................................19 Dispensa Base Pull-Out..................................................15 Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer....................................9 Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer in Middle....................9 Farm Sink Base...............................................................11 Information on Base Blind Cabinets...............................23 Inverted Base Cabinet....................................................26 Mid Line Trash Bin..........................................................17 Range Base.....................................................................10 Range Base Drawer Stack..............................................27 Recycle Bin Center.........................................................16 Recycle Bin Deluxe.........................................................16 Sink Base........................................................................12 Sink Base Diagonal.........................................................22 Sink Base Full Door........................................................12 Spice Base Cabinet........................................................29 Spice Base Cabinet with Filler Front...............................28 Split 4 Drawer Base........................................................15 Split 5 Drawer Base........................................................15 Three Door Base.............................................................27 Three Door Base w/ Full Height Doors............................27 Warming Drawer Cabinet w/ Doors................................10

-1-

Base Cabinets Base Cabinet Construction 2" 6

5 1/32

5 5/16

11 3/8

30 1/2

5 5/16

26 1/8

34 1/2

23 3/4

11 3/32

2" 4

B_D3 RBDB_

SWR

5 3/16

SWR

5 3/16

BBC_

B_D4

5 1/32

5 5/16 11 3/8

30 1/2 SWR

5 3/16

SWR

5 3/16

BBC_WOF

BBC_VAL

5 3/16

23 7/32

5 5/16

34 1/2

11 3/32

5 1/32

5 1/14

SWR

6 3/8

5 1/4

7 7/8

BWC6

BAU65S BAU65D BCU6

B_SD5

5 1/32

B_SD4

B_ INVERT

5 1/32

6" APRON

BCU15 2ROWS

BCU18 2ROWS

5 1/32

5 5/16

14 1/8

30 1/2 34 1/2

23 7/32

23 17 5/32

14 1/8

23 7/32

BFD__

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

B_ RB_ CT_

BTB_WD SB_ RBC_ SBD_ BWH_

-2-

SBFD_

B_2D

B_D2

Base Cabinets Base Cabinet Construction REVOLA APPLIANCE CABINETS

5 1/32 TOHH TOHH

TOHH

EQUAL FRONT

30 1/2 34 1/2

2" TOHH

DOOR VARIES

EQUAL FRONT

FRONT VARIES VARIES

BWD__

BWDM__

BMWB__

BWD_WD

2" FSOH

DTTDH

TOHH

EQUAL FRONT

VARIES 12

EQUAL FRONT 2"

BOC_

CT2D_

BTC12

1 1/2" 1"

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-3-

FSB_

Base Cabinets Base Cabinet Construction REVOLA CORNER CABINETS 36 19 1/2

33 19 1/2

CRB36 BLS36 BER36

19 1/2

BLS33 BLSS33 BER33

19 1/2 12

9 33

25 3/4

19 1/2

BLSS36

25 3/4

BLSD33 BLSSD33 BLSSD33WD

/3 2

19 1/2

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

25 3/4

19 1/2

BLSSD36 BLSSD36WD

BLSD36

25 3/4

/3 2

19 1/2

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

-4-

Base Cabinets Base Cabinet Construction REVOLA CORNER CABINETS 39 20

36 20

24 24

BDC36 BDCFD36 SBD36 SBDFD36

BDC39 BDCFD39 SBD39 SBDFD39

20 29

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

/3 2

5/ 32

45 20

42 20

24 24

BDC42 BDCFD42 SBD42 SBDFD42

5/ 8

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

/3 2

BDC45 BDCFD45 SBD45 SBDFD45

-5-

Base Cabinets Base Cabinet Construction 48" 51" 54"

15 7/32

14 7/8

16 7/32

15 7/8

17 7/32

16 7/8 5 1/32

30 1/2

23 7/32

34 1/2

FOR 48"

14 29/32

FOR 51"

15 29/32

FOR 54"

16 29/32

30 27/32 FOR 48"

14 29/32

32 27/32 34 27/32

30 27/32

FOR 51"

15 29/32

32 27/32

FOR 54"

16 29/32

34 27/32

BFD483DL/R BFD513DL/R BFD543DL/R

B483DL/R B513DL/R B543DL/R 5 1/32

2 3 7 /3 2

5 1/32

23 7/32

30 1/2 34 1/2

FOR 48"

14 29/32

FOR 51"

15 29/32

FOR 54"

16 29/32

30 27/32 CABINET OPENING EQUALS CABINET WIDTH MINUS 25 1/2

32 27/32 34 27/32

XB__

B483DL/RSD B513DL/RSD B543DL/RSD

48 20

30 1/2 34 1/2

CABINET OPENING EQUALS CABINET WIDTH MINUS 25 1/2

SBD48 SBDFD48

7/ 8

XBFD__

TR M AN O SI LD TI IN ON G

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-6-

Base Cabinets Base Cabinet Information Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends may be plywood construction. Helpful Notes About the Base Cabinet Section

•• •• •• ••

Bases are 34 1/2” tall x 24” deep, unless otherwise stated. Shallow base cabinets are 13” deep to correspond with wall cabinet depth. Diagonal cabinets with wooden rounds will come with a separate toe kick. The toe kick will be attached to the cabinet with screws to prevent it from being lost in shipping. Toe kick is 4” tall Adjuster legs are available, see Accessories & Modifications section.

Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab.

Revola Cabinet Yoke & Cut-Outs

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Example of how a D3/D4/B1D will look when installed side by side 3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal

Continuous reveal line.

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front 3/16" Reveal

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front

11 15/16" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal

11 15/16" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal 4" Tall Bottom Toe Kick Space

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-7-

24 1/16" Tall Door Continuous reveal line.

Base Cabinets Base Full Door - 13” Deep PRICE PLY

DRS

$303 $331 $360 $388 $422 $448 $448 $531 $562 $591 $602 $648

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 10 11

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

$394 $428 $465 $500 $537 $574 $574 $679 $716 $754 $791 $828

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

5 7 8 10 11 13 13 15 16 18 19 21

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRAWERS

$614 $651 $688 $725 $761 $837 $874 $1,059 $1,097 $1,135 $1,170

$604 $641 $679 $716 $752 $818 $856 $1,042 $1,082 $1,121 $1,159

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

7 8 10 11 13 13 15 16 18 19 19

CABINET

•• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

••

Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

BFD913 BFD1213 BFD1513 BFD1813 BFD2113 BFD2413 BFD2413BD BFD2713 BFD3013 BFD3313 BFD3613 BFD3913

13” deep cabinet comes with two 10 5/8” deep adjustable shelves.

PRICE FB

Base Full Door - 24” Deep CABINET

•• •• ••

BFD9 BFD12 BFD15 BFD18 BFD21 BFD24 BFD24BD BFD27 BFD30 BFD33 BFD36 BFD39

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with one 15 1/2” deep adjustable shelf. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Base Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET

B12 B15 B18 B21 B24 B24BD B27 B30 B33 B36 B39

Double Drawer cabinet has solid top for more support

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with one 15 1/2” deep adjustable shelf. Super drawers (full width) are available on 30”-39” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. B36SD) w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• ••

-8-

If double drawer, cabinet will have solid top for stability. Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Base Cabinets Base 2 Drawer / Door Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET

B12_2D B15_2D B18_2D B21_2D B24_2D B24BD2D B272D B302D B332D B362D

•• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRAWERS

$826 $869 $913 $956 $913 $1,109 $1,127 $1,168 $1,212 $1,256

$798 $841 $885 $928 $883 $1,071 $1,087 $1,129 $1,173 $1,217

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

7 8 10 11 13 13 13 15 16 18

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelves included 5 7/8” tall drawer fronts. Changes in height will affect door height. Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer - 24” Deep Yoke Included

•• •• •STOP •

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRAWERS

BWD27

$1,242

$1,232

BWD30 BWD33 BWD36

$1,294 $1,346 $1,399

$1,286 $1,342 $1,397

0 0 0

2 2 2

16 18 18

CABINET

See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.

•• ••

Drawer Stack w/ Warming Drawer Middle - 24” Deep CABINET

Yoke Included

BWDM27 BWDM30 BWDM33 BWDM36

•• •• •STOP•

•• See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

••

-9-

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRAWERS

$1,253 $1,307 $1,362 $1,417

$1,263 $1,323 $1,383 $1,443

0 0 0 0

2 2 2 2

15 16 18 18

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Yoke edge will match door edge detail. May be an issue with #30 drawer fronts. Fixed shelves above and below warming drawer cut-out opening. Top drawer front height is 5 7/8”; Bottom drawer front height will vary based on cutout height.

Base Cabinets Warming Drawer Cabinet w/ Doors - 24” Deep

Yoke Included

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRAWERS

BWD27WD BWD30WD BWD33WD

$962 $1,005 $1,042

2 2 2

0 0 0

15 16 18

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. •• Yoke edge will match door edge detail. May be an issue with #30 drawer fronts. •• Comes with one 15 1/2” deep adjustable shelf depending on the bottom opening height. If less than 21” tall, there will not be a shelf in the opening. •STOP• See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.

Range Base Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET

RB27 RB30 RB33 RB36 RB39

•• ••

PRICE FB

$648 $676 $736 $751 $782

PRICE PLY

$648 $676 $736 $751 $782

DRS

FRONTS

2 2 2 2 2

1 2 2 2 2

15 16 18 19 21

Full width fronts are available in 30”-39” cabinets at no upcharge by adding “FF” after the product number. (Ex. RB33FF) Comes with one 15 ½” depth shelf.

Base Microwave Built-In - 24” Deep CABINET

BMWB27 BMWB30 BMWB33 BMWB36

••

Yoke Included

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRAWERS

$985 $1,030 $1,076 $1,122

$1,006 $1,054 $1,104 $1,153

0 0 0 0

1 1 1 1

15 16 18 18

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. •• Yoke edge will match door edge detail. May be an issue with #30 drawer fronts. •• Bottom drawer varies according to cut-out height. •• A finished interior may be ordered. •STOP• See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.

- 10 -

Base Cabinets Base Oven Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET

BOC27 BOC30 BOC33 BOC36 BOC39

PRICE FB

$510 $538 $565 $594 $622

PRICE PLY

$510 $538 $565 $594 $622

15 16 18 19 21

Yoke Included

•• Floor is not flush with top edge of frame on yoke STOP •• STOP

See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.

••

Designed to accept oven in an under-the-counter application.

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

•• ••

Yoke edge will match door edge detail. Yoke will have equal top & bottom rails; size will be determined by the cut-out.

Farm Sink Base - 24” Deep CABINET

FSB27 FSB30 FSB33 FSB36 FSB39

••

Yoke Included Top stretchers will be cutwill by be the -Top stretchers cutcustomer by customeron onsite. site.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

PRICE FB

$599 $622 $648 $685 $708

PRICE PLY

$599 $622 $648 $685 $708

DRS

2 2 2 2 2

15 16 18 19 21

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. •• Yoke edge will match door edge detail. May be an issue with #30 drawer fronts. •• Yoke has 2” bottom rail & a 3/16” reveal at top. •• The top, front stretcher will need to be cut on-site. The cabinet is shipped with the stretcher in place for structure during shipping. •STOP• See Base Cabinet Information page at the beginning of this section for information regarding cutouts.

- 11 -

Base Cabinets Sink Base - 24” Deep CABINET

SB18 SB21 SB24 SB24BD SB27 SB30 SB33 SB36 SB39

•• •• ••

PRICE FB

$505 $505 $505 $505 $599 $622 $648 $685 $708

PRICE PLY

$505 $505 $505 $505 $599 $622 $648 $685 $708

DRS

FRONTS

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

10 11 13 13 15 16 18 19 21

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelf included Full width false fronts are available on 30”-39” cabinets by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. SB36FF)

Sink Base Full Door - 24” Deep

•• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 12 -

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

SBFD18 SBFD21 SBFD24 SBFD24BD SBFD27 SBFD30 SBFD33 SBFD36 SBFD39

$672 $709 $746 $746 $852 $889 $926 $963 $1,000

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

10 11 13 13 15 16 18 19 21

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No shelf included 6” finished veneer plywood apron sits behind the doors; special hinge placement

Base Cabinets 2 Drawer Base - 24” Deep •• •• ••

Maximum height is 34 ½” Two equal sized drawer fronts. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.

CABINET

B12D2 B15D2 B18D2 B21D2 B24D2 B27D2 B30D2 B33D2 B36D2

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$738 $782 $823 $867 $910 $955 $996 $1,039 $1,082

$709 $752 $793 $835 $877 $920 $961 $1,002 $1,044

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

7 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19

3 Drawer Base - 24” Deep •• •• •• •• ••

Top drawer front is 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front heights are 11 15/16” tall. Change height will affect the lower drawer front heights equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Bottom drawer front aligns with the bottom drawer front on the D4 cabinet. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

CABINET

B12D3 B15D3 B18D3 B21D3 B24D3 B27D3 B30D3 B33D3 B36D3

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$894 $944 $990 $1,039 $1,087 $1,136 $1,183 $1,231 $1,279

$845 $893 $939 $986 $1,033 $1,080 $1,126 $1,172 $1,219

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

7 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$894 $944 $990 $1,039 $1,087 $1,136 $1,183 $1,231 $1,279

$845 $893 $939 $986 $1,033 $1,080 $1,126 $1,172 $1,219

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

7 8 10 11 12 15 16 18 19

3 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep CABINET

B12D3E B15D3E B18D3E B21D3E B24D3E B27D3E B30D3E B33D3E B36D3E

•• •• •• ••

Openings are not necessarily equal. Change height will affect drawer fronts equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 13 -

Base Cabinets 4 Drawer Base - 24” Deep CABINET

B12D4 B15D4 B18D4 B21D4 B24D4 B27D4 B30D4 B33D4 B36D4

•• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$1,019 $1,071 $1,121 $1,171 $1,222 $1,274 $1,324 $1,374 $1,425

$955 $1,005 $1,053 $1,103 $1,152 $1,202 $1,251 $1,300 $1,350

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

7 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19

Top three drawer fronts are 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front is 11 15/16” tall. Change height will affect bottom drawer front height. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Bottom drawer front aligns with the bottom drawer front on the D3 cabinet. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

4 Drawer Base w/ Equal Fronts - 24” Deep CABINET

B12D4E B15D4E B18D4E B21D4E B24D4E B27D4E B30D4E B33D4E B36D4E

•• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 14 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$1,019 $1,071 $1,121 $1,171 $1,222 $1,274 $1,324 $1,374 $1,425

$955 $1,005 $1,053 $1,103 $1,152 $1,202 $1,251 $1,300 $1,350

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

7 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19

Change height to 48” to use this cabinet in a walk-in closet

Base Cabinets Split 4 Drawer Base - 24” Deep CABINET

B30SD4 B33SD4 B36SD4

•• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$1,457 $1,510 $1,563

$1,404 $1,457 $1,511

4 4 4

16 18 19

Top drawer front is 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front heights are 11 15/16” tall. Solid top for support. Change height will affect the lower drawer front heights equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.

Split 5 Drawer Base - 24” Deep CABINET

B30SD5 B33SD5 B36SD5

•• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$1,612 $1,667 $1,723

$1,542 $1,598 $1,655

5 5 5

16 18 19

Top four drawer fronts are 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front is 11 15/16” tall. Solid top for support. Change in height will affect the bottom drawer front heights equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.

Dispensa Base Pull-Out - 24” Deep CABINET

DBPO12 DBPO15 DBPO18 DBPO21

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 15 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

$1,613 $1,674 $1,733 $1,892

1 1 1 1

6 8 9 11

No Reduce Heights No Change Depths No Reduce Widths on 12” units Comes with 2 trays Always door mount Champagne; non-slip finish Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Base Cabinets Recycle Bin Center - 24” Deep CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

BINS

RBC18-2 RBC30-4

$1,443 $2,412

$1,411 $2,337

1 2

2 4

10 16

•• •• ••

Available in 2 and 4 bin units.

•• ••

No depth changes available on these units.

••

Weight capacity: 150 lbs.

Each plastic bin has a 27 qt. capacity. Door mounted units are available by adding RBMD as a modification. The 30” unit has 2 independent pairs of bins so the left & right sides will pull out separately. Width changes are available: minimum opening for 2 bin = 12” / 4 bin = 23 ½”

Recycle Bin Deluxe

•• •• •• •• •• ••

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

BINS

RBC24DLX

$2,682

$2,526

Unit consists of a heavy duty brushed aluminum frame w/ epoxy covered wire cage. Recycle bins pull out on full extension soft close guides. Only available as door mount. Unit comes with three 25qt. polymer bins for glass, plastic, and aluminum in blue, yellow & green. A forth section is occupied by a canvas bag for recycleable paper. Weight capacity: 100 lbs No dimension changes.

Base Trash Bin - 24” Deep WITH FULL DOOR

BTB15 BTB18 BTB21 WITH DRAWER

BTB15WD BTB18WD BTB21WD

•• •• •• ••

Unit is made of UV coated maple material. Trash bins pull-out on white epoxy coated full extension side mount guides & are not self closing. Only available as door mount. 15” wide unit has one 35 qt. trash bin & small storage space at back for trash liner storage.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• •• •• •• ••

- 16 -

PRICE FB

$870 $995 $1,029

PRICE PLY

$826 $939 $972

DRS

DRWRS

BINS

1 1 1

0 0 0

1 2 2

8 9 11

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

BINS

$1,066 $1,196 $1,234

$997 $1,114 $1,152

1 1 1

1 2 2

8 9 11

18” & 21” wide units have two 35 qt. trash bins. Trash bins are 35 quart white polymer plastic Weight capacity: 150 lbs. No dimension changes. Lids available for trash bins. See LID TB SS in the Accessories & Modifications section.

Base Cabinets Base Trash Bin Bottom Mount - 24” Deep PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

BINS

$1,533 $1,624 $1,659

$1,430 $1,515 $1,551

1 1 1

0 0 0

1 1 2

8 9 11

WITH DRAWER

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

BINS

BTB15BMWD BTB18BMWD BTB21BMWD

$1,770 $1,866 $1,908

$1,639 $1,729 $1,771

1 1 1

1 1 2

8 9 11

WITH FULL DOOR

BTB15BM BTB18BM BTB21BM

•• •• •• •• ••

•• •• •• ••

Unit consists of a bottom mount off white wire cage. Trash bins pull-out on full extension soft closed guides. Only available as door mount. 15” wide unit has one 35 qt. trash bin & small storage basket at back for trash liner storage. 18” & 21” wide units have two 35 qt. trash bins.

Trash bins are 35 quart white polymer plastic Weight capacity: 100 lbs. No dimension changes. Lids available for trash bins. See LID TB SS in the Accessories & Modifications section.

Mid-Line Trash Bin WITH FULL DOOR

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWS

BINS

$1,068 $1,138

$1,024 $1,091

1 1

0 0

1 2

WITH DRAWER

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWS

BINS

BTB15MWD BTB18MWD

$1,305 $1,380

$1,234 $1,305

1 1

1 2

BTB15M BTB18M

8 9 CU

8 9

SOFT-CLOSE

•• •• •• •• ••

High quality bottom mount bin. Only available as a door mount. 15" wide unit has one 36 qt. Trash Bin and small storage space at back for trash liner storage. 18" wide units will have (2) 36 qt. bins. Full extension drawer slides with 110 lbs weight capacity with soft-close.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• •• •• ••

- 17 -

Trash bins are white polymer plastic. Guides are also white. No dimension changes. Lids available for trash bins. See LID TB SS in the accessories & Modifications section. Use FMS to add fixed mid shelf in between door & drawer opening behind rail.

Base Cabinets Servo-Drive Trash Bin CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DOOR/ DRAWER

BTB15WDSDR BTB18WDSDR BTB21WDSDR BTB15SDR BTB18SDR BTB21SDR

$2,884 $2,994 $3,031 $2,700 $2,807 $2,838

$2,468 $2,566 $2,603 $2,317 $2,412 $2,446

1/1 1/1 1/1

FULL DOOR

1 1 1

9 10 11 9 10 11

Electronic Servo-Drive mechanism will not allow for ANY cabinet depth modifications.

•• •• •• ••

High-end electronically assisted single and double 35 quart trash receptacle available in various cabinet sizes. Single or Double bin maple dovetail drawer box for housing the trash containers. To close, it will behave the same as all Blum soft close equipped drawers. This amazing feature is based on an electrical drive that, when activated, opens the door for you providing the highest quality of motion in the kitchen.

•• ••

15" single 35-quart units have space for trash bags storage behind the 35-quart trash receptacle.

NOMENCLATURE

† Servo drive extension kit 26'

Unit comes with a 6' lead. You may order an extension kit which it includes the 26' cable with caps, cable connector, and cable clips.† Servo-Drive will not allow for ANY cabinet depth modifications or other dimension changes.

SRVOEX KIT

Base Bookcase - 13” Deep CABINET

BBC2413 BBC2713 BBC3013 BBC3313 BBC3613

•• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 18 -

PRICE FB

$751 $838 $869 $899 $913

PRICE PLY

$751 $838 $869 $899 $913

Finished interior is standard. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Shelves come standard with CTE2 Shelves constructed of 3/4” material. Recessed toe kick is standard

13 14 16 17 19

Base Cabinets Base Bookcase with Valance - 13” Deep CABINET

BBC2413VAL BBC2713VAL BBC3013VAL BBC3313VAL BBC3613VAL

•• •• ••

Shown w/ Standard Valance

•• •• ••

PRICE FB

$751 $838 $869 $899 $913

PRICE PLY

$751 $838 $869 $899 $913

13 14 16 17 19

Finished interior is standard. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Comes with Standard Valance set between cabinet sides; can be changed by specifying in the cabinet notes. See Accessories & Modifications section for valance options.

Shelves come standard with CTE2 Shelves constructed of 3/4” material. Recessed toe kick is standard

Base Bookcase with Overlay Frame - 13” Deep CABINET

BBC2413WOF BBC2713WOF BBC3013WOF BBC3313WOF BBC3613WOF

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

$751 $838 $869 $899 $913

PRICE PLY

$751 $838 $869 $899 $913

13 14 16 17 19

Finished interior is standard. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Overlay frame will have 2” rails & stiles; outside edge of frame will have matching door edge. Overlay frame will be attached with pocket screws and 3/16” horizontal & 3/32” vertical reveals. Shelves come standard with CTE2 Shelves constructed of 3/4” material. Recessed toe kick is standard

Base Full Door Peninsula - 24” Deep

•• •• •STOP• w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 19 -

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

BFDP24 BFDP24BD BFDP27 BFDP30 BFDP33 BFDP36 BFDP39

$916 $916 $1,085 $1,145 $1,205 $1,264 $1,324

2 4 4 4 4 4 4

13 13 14 16 17 19 20

Full-height doors & recessed toe kick on both sides. One full depth adjustable shelf. Not to be used as a stand-alone cabinet; relies on integration with wall or another cabinet for stability.

Base Cabinets Base Peninsula - 24” Deep PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWS

FRONTS

$1,238 $1,238 $1,490 $1,777 $1,846 $1,915 $1,978

$1,211 $1,211 $1,438 $1,726 $1,796 $1,867 $1,932

2 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 2 2 2 2

13 13 15 16 18 19 21

CABINET

BP24 BP24BD BP27 BP30 BP33 BP36 BP39

••

Base cabinets with doors & recessed toe kick on both sides. Drawers on the kitchen side & false fronts on the other.

•• ••

One full depth adjustable shelf.

•• •STOP•

If double drawer, cabinet will have solid top for stability.

Super drawers (full width) are available on 30”-39” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex: BP36SD) Not to be used as a stand-alone cabinet; relies on integration with wall or another cabinet for stability.

Diagonal Sink Front CABINETS

DSF36 DSF39 DSF42

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

$400 $414 $428

PRICE PLY

$400 $414 $428

DRS

FRONTS

1 1 2

1 1 1

18 19 21

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Front of case is angled at 45º. Size denotes wall requirements. Toe kick shipped attached. Bottom is not included. Order loose 3/4” INT paneling to be fit on site. 4” deep. This cabinet works the same way as our diagonal cabinets. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

Corner Recycle Bin CABINET

CRB36

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

$1,437

•• ••

Three removable, 32 qt. bins; pole mounted.

•• •• STOP

Pie-cut hinge is standard on this cabinet.

Specify hinge direction. Bi-pass doors available upon request. No modifications on this cabinet.

- 20 -

Base Cabinets Base Easy Reach PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

$1,130 $1,130

2 2

22 26

CABINET

BER33 BER36

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction. Bi-pass doors available upon request and recommended when you have requested a change in width. 33” x 33” and 36” x 36” with one 3/4” thick fixed shelf. Cabinets may be built with a back dimension longer than 36”, but it is not recommended. To change the legs to different dimensions you need to use CWL/CWR or RWL/RWR. The Super Susan cabinet is deeper overall than the regular Susan and Base Easy Reach cabinets, therefore, Super Susan shelves cannot be retrofit later in the BER or BLS cabinets This cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOMBASE if you opt to delete the fixed shelf. Pie-cut hinge is standard on this cabinet.

Base Lazy Susan PLASTIC TRAYS

BLS33 BLS36 WOOD TRAYS

BLSS33 BLSS36

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

TRAYS

$1,130 $1,130

2 2

2) 28”dia. 2) 28”dia.

22 26

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

TRAYS

$1,558 $1,558

2 2

2) 28”dia. 2) 32”dia.

22 26

••

Specify hinge direction. Bi-pass doors available upon request.

••

The Super Susan, BLSS, comes with wooden revolving shelves attached to fixed shelves (no center pole).

••

33” x 33” and 36” x 36”, changes in width & depth are not recommended. May eliminate rounds.

PIE-CUT hinge is standard.

••

To change the legs to different dimensions you need to use CWL/CWR or RWL/RWR.

•• •STOP•

••

The standard susan, BLS, comes with plastic trays attached to a center pole.

•STOP•

Removable, recessed toe kick on super susan cabinet. Recessed on all sides. Any finished end will not include the toe kick portion.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 21 -

Any time you order a 33” BLS or BLSS, the cabinet may result in a slab door.

Base Cabinets Base Lazy Susan Diagonal PLASTIC TRAYS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

TRAYS

$1,207 $1,207

1 1

2)28”dia. 2)28”dia.

28 28

WOOD TRAYS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

TRAYS

BLSSD33 BLSSD36

$1,636 $1,636

1 1

2)28”dia. 2)32”dia.

28 28

BLSD33 BLSD36

BLSD33R shown

BLSSD33R shown

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction. 33” x 33” and 36” x 36”, changes in width & depth are not recommended. May eliminate rounds. 30” front to clip on BLS. 34” front to clip on BLSS The standard susan, BLSD, comes with plastic trays attached to a center pole. The Super Susan, BLSSD, comes with wooden revolving shelves attached to fixed shelves (No center pole). Legs must remain equal in length. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

•STOP•

It is not necessary to fill on either side for adjacent cabinets to function properly, however, may be necessary when next to an appliance or in situations when using over-sized knobs. In this instance an overlay filler should be used. •STOP• Removable, recessed toe kick on Super Susan cabinet. Recessed on all sides. Any finished end will not include the toe kick portion.

Base Lazy Susan Diagonal w/ Drawer WOOD TRAYS

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWS

BLSSD33WD BLSSD36WD

$1,980 $2,074

$1,966 $2,060

1 1

TRAYS

2)28”dia. 28 2)32”dia 28

BLSSD33RWD shown

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction. 33” x 33” and 36” x 36”, changes in width & depth are not recommended. May eliminate rounds. One drawer. 34” front to clip on BLSS. Wooden revolving shelves attached to 3/4” fixed shelves. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

••

Removable, recessed toe kick on super susan cabinet. STOP Recessed on all sides. Any finished end will not include the toe kick portion. •STOP• It is not necessary to fill on either side for adjacent cabinets to function properly, however, may be necessary when next to an appliance or in situations when using over-sized knobs. In this instance an overlay filler should be used.

- 22 -

Base Cabinets Base Diagonal Corner WITH DRAWER

BDC36 BDC39 BDC42 BDC45 FULL DOOR

BDCFD36 BDCFD39 BDCFD42 BDCFD45

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWS

$1,394 $1,500 $1,603 $1,672

$1,641 $1,778 $1,852 $1,933

1 1 2 2

1 1 1 1

28 32 37 43

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWS

$1,136 $1,190 $1,264 $1,322

1 1 2 2

0 0 0 0

28 32 37 43

BDC36R shown

BDCFD36R shown

•• •• •• •• ••

•STOP•

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. One drawer (on BDC only); one 3/4” thick fixed shelf centered in door opening. 30” front to clip. Legs must remain equal in length.

Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels.

Sink Base Diagonal WITH DRAWER

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

FRONTS

$999 $1,050 $1,150 $1,207 $1,264

1 1 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1

28 32 37 43 49

FULL DOOR

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

FRONTS

SBDFD36 SBDFD39 SBDFD42 SBDFD45 SBDFD48

$999 $1,050 $1,150 $1,207 $1,264

1 1 2 2 2

0 0 0 0 0

28 30 37 43 49

SBD36 SBD39 SBD42 SBD45 SBD48

SBD36R shown

SBDFDR shown

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. False front on SBD; No shelf. 30” front to clip. Remove bracing strut on-site during installation. Remains in cabinet for support during shipping. Legs must remain equal in length. Transition molding will be used in place of edge banding on side panels. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•STOP•

- 23 -

Base Cabinets Information you should know about Base Blind Cabinets •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

Blind cabinets must be pulled •• 1 1/2” pull minimum •• 3” recommended •• Consider issues such as pulls / handles Entire blind panel is finished A return filler for adjacent cabinet should be ordered The measurement from the blind side to the door edge is 24 3/32” The measurement from the blind side to the door opening is 24 3/4” Opening size is the cabinet width minus 25 1/2” Door size is cabinet width minus 24 3/16” Use MODIFY BLIND as a modification to create a built in pull.

Blind Corner Base - 24” Deep WITH DRAWER

XB36 XB39 XB42 XB45 XB48 XB48BD FULL DOOR

•• •• •• •• ••

Door is hinged on the blind side; specify blind left or right. Entire blind is finished One 15 ½” depth adjustable shelf. Corner base cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½”; a 3” pull is recommended. Blind cabinets must be pulled a minimum of 1 ½”; maximum pull is 4”. A 3” pull is recommended, especially with full overlay. To create a built in pull use MODIFY BLIND as a modification.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

OPENING

$955 $995 $1,036 $1,076 $1,116 $1,199

$958 $999 $1,040 $1,081 $1,121 $1,193

1 1 1 1 1 2

1 1 1 1 1 1

101/2” 131/2” 161/2” 191/2” 221/2” 221/2”

18 19 21 22 26 26

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

OPENING

XBFD36 XBFD39 XBFD42

$736 $759 $788

1 1 1

0 0 0

101/2” 131/2” 161/2”

18 19 21

XBFD45 XBFD48 XBFD48BD

$851 $876 N/A

1 1 2

0 0 0

191/2” 221/2” 221/2”

22 26 N/A

•• •• ••

- 24 -

Adjacent cabinet should also have a filler the same width as the pull. Adjust accordingly for any knobs or hardware added to the doors and/or drawer fronts. Opening width is stated dimension minus 25 1/2”. To modify door opening, add MODIFY BLIND as a modification & specify the opening.

Base Cabinets Blind Corner Peninsula - 24” Deep CABINET

XBP36 XBP39 XBP42 XBP45 XBP48

Cabinet has 3” pull built in 27 3/32”

doorTo edge door edge 27to 3/32" 24”24" Fill 3" To door edge 3 3/32"

••

3 3/32” to door edge

Dining Room Side

for ll top

supp

•• •• •• •• ••

ort

Kitchen Side

••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS/ FRONTS

OPENING

$1,603 $1,664 $1,727 $1,792 $1,853

$1,567 $1,628 $1,693 $1,758 $1,820

3 3 3 3 3

2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1 2/1

71/2 101/2 131/2 161/2 191/2

13 16 21 22 26

Two doors on the back side and one door on the kitchen side, hinged on the blind side. There are two working drawers and one full depth shelf. Entire blind is finished. Opening width is stated dimension minus 28 1/2”. Kitchen side door size = cabinet width minus 27 3/16” Cabinet has built-in 3” pull. No pull shown on dining side. Adjacent cabinet(s) must have at least a 1 1/2” filler around the corner, or the same width as the pull. Adjust accordingly for any knobs or hardware added to the doors and/or drawer fronts.

Base Angle - 13” or 24” Deep 13”X 13” UNIT

BA13 Adjacent Cab.

$838

PRICE PLY

$838

DRS

BA Cabinet 24”X 24” UNIT

BA24 Ears & fillers included

Approximate measurement across the front: 13” = 14” 24” = 29 17/32”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

PRICE FB

$959

PRICE PLY

$959

•• •• •• ••

Diagonal end is 45º.

••

When modifying dimensions: L=width, R=depth. Depth & Width must always be equal.

- 25 -

One full depth adjustable shelf. Finished ends are not available. Not available with ND (no doors) / FI (finished interior); if needed the Base End Shelf can be substituted.

Base Cabinets Angle End Base - 24” Deep Adjacent Cab.

CABINET

AEB Cabinet

AEB24 90 24

140 65

1/4” reveal

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$959

•• ••

Cabinet will always be finished interior.

•• •• •STOP•

One fixed shelf

DRS

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Always comes with butt doors. 1/4” reveal from edge of cabinet box to edge of cabinet door

Base Transition Cabinet - 24” Deep 12 Adjacent Cab.

CABINET BTC

BTC12R BTC12L

•• Small filler required

Ear & Filler included

•• •• •• ••

AUGUST 2014

- 26 -

$749 $749

PRICE PLY

$749 $749

DRS

1 1

7 7

Single door base cabinet with one full depth adjustable shelf. 12” wide transitioning from 24”-13” deep. Cabinet is always hinged on the short side. Changes in depth will maintain a 45˚ angle; both sides will change the same amount in depth. Changes in width will maintain a 45˚ angle which will affect the short depth side.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

PRICE FB

Base Cabinets Base End Shelf 12” WIDE X 24” DEEP

BES_-L/R 12” WIDE X 24 7/8” DEEP

BESD_-L/R 24” WIDE X 24” DEEP

STYLE A

STYLE B

BES24_-L/R

STYLE C

24 7/8” WIDE X 24 7/8” DEEP

Shown here at 24” Deep x 24” Wide

BES25_-L/R

Flush with adjacent cabinet box

Shown here at 24 7/8” Deep x 24 7/8” Wide

Flush with adjacent cabinet door

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$959

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$959

7 CU

$959

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$986

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$986

••

34 ½” tall x 12” or 24” wide x 24” or 24 7/8”deep; designed to fit at the end of a base cabinet.

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify left or right.

•STOP•

Style A is only available in equal widths & depths (24” x 24” or 24 7/8” x 24 7/8” for a 45º angle)

•STOP•

Styles B & C are available at 13” wide at no charge. (Use CWNC as an “Add Mod”)

7 CU

12 CU

Cove route on exposed edges of shelves Shelves are secured with screws 9 ½” between shelves Choose style in nomenclature (Ex. BESA-L) Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Inverted Base Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET

B12INVERT B15INVERT B18INVERT B21INVERT B24INVERT B24BDINVERT B27INVERT B30INVERT B33INVERT B36INVERT B39INVERT

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRAWERS

$678 $720

$677 $721

1 1

6 8

$763 $804 $845 $928 $971 $1,171 $1,214 $1,256 $1,253

$766 $810 $854 $926 $971 $1,161 $1,206 $1,251 $1,257

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

9 11 12 12 13 15 16 18 19

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

••

Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

- 27 -

Comes with one 15 1/2” deep adjustable shelf. Super drawers (full width) are available on 30”-39” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. B36SD INVERT)

Base Cabinets Three-Door Base - 24” Deep CABINET

B483DL/R B513DL/R B543DL/R

•• •• •• •• B483DL Shown

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

$1,600 $1,637 $1,678

$1,553 $1,590 $1,630

3 3 3

23 25 26

Hinge direction notates single door side. Comes with two 15 ½” depth adjustable shelves; one on each side of the partition. Comes with a full top. Super drawer (full width) is available over the double doors by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. B483DLSD).

Three-Door Base w/ Full Height Doors - 24” Deep

•• ••

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

BFD483DL/R BFD513DL/R BFD543DL/R

$1,180 $1,216 $1,252

3 3 3

23 25 26

Hinge direction notates single door side. Comes with two 15 ½” depth adjustable shelves; one on each side of the partition.

BFD483DL Shown

Range Base Drawer Stack - 24” Deep CABINET

RBDB27 RBDB30 RBDB33 RBDB36 RBDB39

•• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 28 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,356 $1,413 $1,473 $1,533 $1,591

$1,302 $1,359 $1,417 $1,476 $1,533

FRONTS DRAWERS

1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2

13 15 16 18 19

Full width false front at top. Middle and bottom fronts are equal height. Drawer boxes are 18” deep to allow for ducting and power supplies. Change height will affect the lower drawer fronts equally.

Base Cabinets Base Cooktop Vent - 24” Deep •• •• •• •• •• CT36 Shown

12” deep top drawer with scoop leaving a 2 ½” tall drawer box. Shelf is 10 5/8” deep; cabinet has a ¾” partition used as a removable, false back at 12” deep. POS not available in this cabinet. 42” & 48” wide two-door cabinets will always come with a center partition. The 48” wide four-door cabinets will come standard with two sets of butt doors.

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRAWERS

CT36 CT39 CT42 CT45 CT48 CT484D

$1,358 $1,456 $1,657 $1,706 $1,753 $1,962

$1,363 $1,457 $1,637 $1,689 $1,737 $1,917

2 2 2 2 2 4

1 1 2 2 2 2

18 19 21 22 23 23

2 Drawer Cooktop Cabinet - 24” Deep ••

•• •• ••

Cabinet comes with a finished panel to be cut on site. The distance from the top of the cabinet to the top of the mid drawer front must be supplied using DTTDH as a modification. Middle & Bottom fronts are equal height. A drawer front to place on site can be ordered as a separate line item. To figure the drawer front size: Drawer front width = DTTDH-3/8” Drawer front length = cabinet width 3/16”

CABINET

CT2D27 CT2D30 CT2D33 CT2D36 CT2D39

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$1,169 $1,221 $1,274 $1,328 $1,381

$1,142 $1,194 $1,247 $1,300 $1,353

2 2 2 2 2

13 15 16 18 19

Spice Base Cabinet with Filler Front - 24” Deep CABINET

REDESIGNED

SBCFF6L/R

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

$1,293

SBCFF6L Shown

•• •• •• •• •

Door is slab must add overlay to flush out with doors. Filler Face will be flush with cabinet frame. Three shelf spice rack mounts to door and pulls out on two full extension drawer guides. Rack is ¾” less than opening. Chrome rails. Specify left or right to designate which side the shelves are accessible on. 24” deep overall, including filler front.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• •• •• ••

- 29 -

NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization. Shelf placement can be changed by adding an OM-SP as a modification. SBCFF6 comes with an FTK, 1/8” reveal top & bottom & ¼” reveal left & right. It should be used with decorative attachments, i.e. table legs. See Clipped Spice Base cabinet for details on attaching table legs.

Base Cabinets Spice Base Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET

SBC9 SBC12 SBC6L/R

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

$1,079 $1,113 $1,293

1 1 1

5 6 3

SBC6L Shown

•• •• •• •• ••

Three shelf spice rack mounts to door and pulls out on two full extension drawer guides. Not available with soft close guides. Rack is 1” less than opening on 9” & 12”, 3/4” on 6”. Chrome rails. Insert is accessible on both sides on 9 & 12, one side on 6”

•• •• •• ••

NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization. Shelf placement can be changed by adding an OM-SP as a modification. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets. Specify left or right to designate which side the shelves are accessible on 6” size only.

Clipped Spice Base Cabinet - 24” Deep CABINET

6”

CCSBC6L CCSBC6R

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,329 $1,329

3 3

1 13/32” ”

4¼

1 13/32” CCSBC6R Shown

•• •• •• •• ••

Three shelf spice rack mounts to 3” clip and pulls out on two full extension drawer guides.

••

Chrome rails.

••

A 3” clip sits flush to adjacent cabinet frame with an 1/8” reveal on top, 3/32” reveal at sides. Shelves are accessible from the deepest side. Specify L or R to designate the shortest side. (Ex: CCSBC6R) 24” on the deepest side.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 30 -

NO modifications to this cabinet without prior authorization. If ordering one CCSBC6 with a table leg attached, charge for one leg + SPLIT LEG as a modification to split the leg. If ordering a pair, there will only be one leg charge and one fee to split. To attach table leg to clip add OM-ATT as a modification.

Base Cabinets Base Wine Rack - 13” Deep CABINET

BWR1213 BWR1513 BWR1813 BWR2113 BWR2413 BWR2713 BWR3013 BWR3313 BWR3613 BWR3913

•• •• ••

Wine grid on 4” spacing; the number of holes depends on the cabinet size. The number of bottle openings listed is an estimate; actual number may vary. This cabinet comes with a finished interior, ¼” back & a full top.

•• •• ••

PRICE FB

$464 $504 $544 $591 $628 $744 $788 $828 $843 $883

PRICE PLY

$464 $504 $544 $591 $628 $744 $788 $828 $843 $883

APPROX. # OF OPENINGS

3 11 11 17 17 25 25 25 31 31

4 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11

Wine racks are available in other cabinets by adding WWR as a modification which may make the cabinet custom. See Accessory & Modification section for this option. Recessed toe kick is standard Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Base Wine Holder - 24” Deep CABINET

BWH27 BWH30 BWH33 BWH36

•• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,339 $1,414 $1,489 $1,564

13 15 16 18

Comes with a standard base depth, full width drawer. Finished interior is standard. A 3/4” false back set at 12” deep in the lower opening. No dimension changes or modifications without approval. Recessed toe kick is standard Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Base Wine Cubby - 24” Deep CABINET

BWC6

•• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 31 -

PRICE FB

$669

PRICE PLY

$669

# OPENINGS

Both ends finished. Finished interior is standard. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Base Cabinets Base Apothecary Unit - 24” Deep W/ DRAWER FRONT

BAU65S EXPOSED DOVETAIL

BAU65D

•• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$1,130

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRAWERS

$1,130

Exposed dovetails are finished to match the exterior. Fronts may not be equal in height. Both ends finished. Finished interior is standard on the BAU65D. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Base Cubby Unit - 24” Deep CABINET

BCU6 BCU15 2ROWS BCU18 2ROWS

•• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 32 -

PRICE FB

$384 $768 $839

PRICE PLY

$384 $768 $839

# OPENINGS

5 10 10

3 5 5

Finished ends are standard. Finished interior is standard. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Base Cabinets Base Panel Filler - 24” Deep 24

CABINET

24”

BPF1.5 BPF3 BPF6

3 3”

45° ANGLE ON FRONT

BPFA3 BPFA6

•• •• •• •• ••

3/4” panel with 1 ½”, 3”, or 6” stile. Indicate left or right to determine the flush, finished end. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Can be increased up to 30” deep by using CDNC. Change width and height available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost and specify the dimension change.

•• ••

PRICE FB

$243 $263 $283 PRICE FB

$298 $318

PRICE PLY

$243 $263 $283 PRICE PLY

$298 $318

1 2 4 CU

2 3

Flush toe kick is available at no charge by adding FTK as a modification. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

Base Box Filler - 24” Deep CABINET

24”

BBF3 BBF6

3 3”

WITH 45° ANGLE

BBFA3 BBFA6 PENINSULA

BBFP3 BBFP6

•• •• •• •• •• ••

3” or 6” wide. Both ends are always flush finished. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Box filler has a flush toe kick. Can be increased up to 30” deep by using CDNC. Change width and height available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost and specify the dimension change.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• •• ••

- 33 -

PRICE FB

$428 $457 PRICE FB

$392 $421 PRICE FB

$392 $421

PRICE PLY

$428 $457 PRICE PLY

$392 $421 PRICE PLY

$392 $421

2 4 CU

4 4 CU

2 4

Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back side. Must specify left or right on the Angled Fillers . Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

Vanity Cabinets Index: Vanity Section Desk Panel Leg.......................................................................10 Pencil Drawer...........................................................................8 Recessed Medicine Cabinet.....................................................9 Surface-Mount Medicine Cabinet.............................................9 Vanity 3 Drawer.........................................................................5 Vanity 4 Drawer.........................................................................6 Vanity Angle..............................................................................7 Vanity Base...............................................................................4 Vanity Box Filler......................................................................10 Vanity Cabinet Information.......................................................3 Vanity Cabinet Construction.....................................................2 Vanity Desk Drawer..................................................................8 Vanity Full Door........................................................................4 Vanity Full Door-13â&#x20AC;? Deep........................................................4

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Vanity Panel Filler...................................................................10 Vanity Sink Base.......................................................................5 Vanity Sink Base w/ Double Stack............................................6 Vanity Sink Base w/ Drawers....................................................7 Vanity Special w/ Drawers........................................................6 Wall Bath Cabinet.....................................................................8 Wall Bath Open Shelf................................................................9

-1-

Vanity Cabinets Vanity Cabinet Construction 5 1/32

5 1/32

12 1/2 5 5/16

9 3/4

27 1/4 25 3/4

31 1/4

5 5/16

19 31/32

12 1/2

9 15/32

7 27/32

VFD_

V_ VSB_

V_D3

5 1/32

9 3/4

VFDC_

V_D4

27 1/4 31 1/4

19 31/32

9 31/32

9 15/32

VBSP_

VSB_DB 18

5 1/32

17 /3

27 1/4 18

25 /3 2

19 31/32

31 1/4

VA18

VA21 4

VSB__D 4 5 /8

3 1/8

VD_ VD_ SD 3 7/8

3 1/8

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

1 1/2"

-2-

1 1/2"

Vanity Cabinets Vanity Cabinet Information Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends may be plywood construction. Helpful Notes About Vanity Cabinet Section

•

Vanities are 31 1/4” tall x 21” deep unless otherwise stated.

•

All vanities are available at base height, 34 1/2” tall. To order Base Height Vanities, add a “B” (base height) in front of the “V”. (Ex. BV24) - The only exceptions to this are the VSF, VA, VDF, VBF cabinets.

•

See Accessories & Modifications section for availability of adjuster legs. Order STK (Separate Toe Kick) as a modification to the cabinet; note in the comments Do not build; Do not ship

•

Adjustments in height will affect the bottom drawer front on a D4 cabinet and the change will be split equally on the bottom 2 drawer fronts of a D3 cabinet.

•

Vanity sink base units with drawers may not be large enough to receive 5-piece drawer fronts. Check drawer front minimums and notes on each cabinet.

•

Mirror Frames to match the cabinetry are available. These can be found in the Accessories & Modifications section.

Example of how a VD3/VD4/V1D will look when installed side by side.

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal

Continuous Reveal Line

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front 3/16" Reveal

10 5/16" Tall Drawer Front

20 13/16" Tall Door

5 7/8" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal

8 11/16" Tall Drawer Front

10 15/16" Tall Drawer Front

3/16" Reveal 4" Tall Bottom Toe Kick Space

Example of how a VD3/VD4/V1D will look when installed side by side.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-3-

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Cabinets

Vanity Full Door - 13” Deep CABINET

•• •• ••

VFD913 VFD1213 VFD1513 VFD1813 VFD2113 VFD2413 VFD2413BD VFD2713 VFD3013 VFD3313 VFD3613 VFD3913

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. 13” deep cabinet comes with one 10 5/8” deep adjustable shelf. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

PRICE FB

$274 $300 $323 $348 $371 $445 $445 $474 $497 $522 $542 $565

PRICE PLY

$274 $300 $323 $348 $371 $445 $445 $474 $497 $522 $542 $565

DRS

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 9

Vanity Full Door CABINET

•• •• ••

VFD9 VFD12 VFD15 VFD18 VFD21 VFD24 VFD24BD VFD27 VFD30 VFD33 VFD36 VFD39

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with one 15 ½” deep adjustable shelf. Watch out for door minimums on smaller width cabinets.

PRICE FB

$328 $354 $380 $405 $428 $497 $497 $525 $554 $579 $605 $631

PRICE PLY

DRS

$328 $354 $380 $405 $428 $497 $497 $525 $554 $579 $605 $631

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

4 5 6 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 15 16

DRS

DRWS

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

5 6 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 15 16

Vanity Base CABINET

Double Drawer cabinet has solid top for more support

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Comes with one 15 ½” deep adjustable shelf. Super drawers (full width) are available on the 30”–39” cabinets by adding “SD” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. V36SD) w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• ••

-4-

V12 V15 V18 V21 V24 V24BD V27 V30 V33 V36 V39

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$585 $580 $620 $616 $657 $653 $692 $689 $727 $725 $802 $790 $838 $827 $1,006 $997 $1,042 $1,036 $1,078 $1,074 $1,112 $1,110

Solid top for stability and strength on double drawer cabinet. Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Cabinets

Vanity Sink Base CABINET

VSB18 VSB21 VSB24 VSB24BD VSB27 VSB30 VSB33 VSB36 VSB39

•• •• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. No Shelf included. Full width false fronts are available on the 30”-39” cabnets

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$400 $422 $442 $442 $537 $557 $579 $611 $634

DRS

FRONTS

1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

8 9 10 10 11 12 13 15 16

by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. VSB30FF)

Vanity 3 Drawer CABINET

V12D3 V15D3 V18D3 V21D3 V24D3 V27D3 V30D3 V33D3 V36D3

•• •• ••

Top drawer front is 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front heights are 10 5/16” tall. Change height will affect the lower drawer front heights equally. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty.

••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRWS

$847 $894 $939 $986 $1,032 $1,080 $1,125 $1,171 $1,217

$809 $856 $900 $946 $992 $1,038 $1,083 $1,128 $1,174

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15

Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Vanity 4 Drawer •• •• •• ••

CABINET

Top three drawer fronts are 5 7/8” tall; lower drawer front is 8 11/16” tall. Change height will affect the bottom drawer front height. 36” wide cabinet is the maximum covered under warranty. Watch out for drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

V12D4 V15D4 V18D4 V21D4 V24D4 V27D4 V30D4 V33D4 V36D4

-5-

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRWS

$958 $1,007 $1,055 $1,104 $1,153 $1,203 $1,251 $1,299 $1,348

$908 $957 $1,004 $1,052 $1,101 $1,149 $1,197 $1,245 $1,293

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Cabinets

Vanity Special w/ Drawers Full top for support during shipping

CABINET

VBSP24 VBSP27 VBSP30 VBSP33 VBSP36 VBSP39 VBSP42

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

WORKING DRAWERS

DOOR OPENING

DRAWER OPENING

$974 $1,010 $1,088 $1,125 $1,161 $1,301 $1,331

$945 $983 $1,057 $1,096 $1,133 $1,257 $1,288

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 3 3

12” 13 1/2” 15” 16 1/2” 18” 19 1/2” 22 1/2”

9” 10 1/2” 12” 13 1/2” 15” 16 1/2” 16 1/2”

10 11 12 13 15 16 17

VBSP36L Shown

••

Specify drawers right or left (Ex. Drawers left would be VBSP24L)

••

Change height will affect the lower drawer front heights equally.

••

All drawers in bank are functional on 39” & 42”. One false drawer front over door opening.

••

Changes in width will affect both openings equally.

••

Full width false fronts standard on VBSP24 & VBSP27.

••

Full width false fronts are available on the 30”-36” cabinets by adding “FF” to the end of the product nomenclature. (Ex. VBSP30FF)

••

•• Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on STOP smaller width cabinets.

•STOP • 24”- 36” will have a 2” deep double partition at top and 4” deep double partition in drawer section. 39”- 42” will have a full depth double partition.

Door hinges on opposite side of drawer stack.

Vanity Sink Base w/ Double Stack

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Sink in the middle of two drawer banks. Center opening has butt doors. Change height will affect the lower drawer fronts equally. Change width will affect the drawer openings equally. One 22 13/16” wide false drawer front in center on 48-51” One 26 13/16” wide false drawer front in center on 54”60”. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

DOOR OPENING

DRAWER OPENING

VSB48DB VSB51DB VSB54DB VSB57DB VSB60DB

$1,970 $2,016 $2,040 $2,086 $2,132

$1,860 $1,905 $1,930 $1,975 $2,019

2 2 2 2 2

6 6 6 6 6

22 3/16 22 3/16 26 3/16 26 3/16 26 3/16

11 13/32 12 29/32 12 13/16 13 29/32 15 13/16

19 20 21 22 23

••

Distance between stretchers leaves 22 3/16” on 48”-51” and 26 3/16” on 54”-60” for sink installation. •STOP • Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

-6-

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Cabinets

Vanity Sink Base w/ Drawers Full top for support during shipping

•• •• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

WORKING DRAWERS

DF WIDTH

VSB36D VSB39D VSB42D VSB45D VSB48D

$1,079 $1,111 $1,146 $1,181 $1,392

$1,059 $1,092 $1,128 $1,164 $1,358

2 2 2 2 4

2 2 2 2 2

7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 12 3/8

15 16 17 18 19

VSB51D VSB54D VSB57D VSB60D

$1,426 $1,455 $1,488 $1,522

$1,393 $1,422 $1,455 $1,489

4 4 4 4

2 2 2 2

13 7/8 13 3/8 14 7/8 16 3/8

20 21 22 23

CABINET

Sink in the middle of two drawers. Change width will affect the drawer openings equally. Center opening has butt doors on 48” wide and up. One 20 9/16” wide false drawer front in center on 36”-45” One 22 13/16” wide false drawer front in center on 48-51” One 26 13/16” wide false drawer front in center on 54”-60”. 36”-45” cabinet has one large opening; no center partitions.

••

48”-60” cabinet comes with partitions and one adjustable shelf in the single door openings. •• Distance between stretchers leaves 19 3/16” on 36”-45”, 22 3/16” on 48”-51” and 26 3/16” on 54”-60” for sink installation. •STOP • Watch out for door & drawer front minimums on smaller width cabinets.

Vanity Angle Cabinet CABINET

VA18 VA21

VA Cabinet Adjacent Cabinet

PRICE FB

$674 $674

PRICE PLY

$674 $674

DRS

2 2

9 9

Ears & fillers included

•• •• •• ••

Diagonal end is 45˚. One full depth adjustable shelf. Finished ends are not available. When modifying dimensions: L=width, R=depth. Depth & width must remain equal. •STOP • Cabinet comes with molded solid stock wings with overlay fillers which allows a smooth blend from one cabinet to the next.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-7-

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Cabinets

Vanity Desk Drawer PRICE FB

CABINET

VD18 VD21 VD24 VD27 VD30SD VD33SD VD36SD VD39SD

•• •• •• •• ••

Vanity Desk Drawer is 4 5/8” high by 21” deep. Drawer front is 4 1/4” tall. Usable drawer height is 2”. All widths will have a single drawer. May be built 24” deep (CDNC). Finished ends are not available.

PRICE PLY

$378 $390 $402 $414 $426 $438 $450 $462

DRAWERS

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

$355 $369 $383 $397 $411 $425 $439 $453

•• ••

Cabinet has a full bottom. Designed to line up with the top drawer of the Desk Cabinet and the FDC. •• Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height. •STOP • No height reductions allowed

Pencil Drawer PRICE FB

CABINET

PD18 PD21 PD24 PD27 PD30 PD33 PD36 PD39

•• •• •• •• ••

Pencil Drawer is 3 7/8” high by 21” deep. 3 1/8” drawer opening. Cabinet has a full top and no bottom. May be built 24” deep (CDNC). Finished ends are not available.

PRICE PLY

$482 $504 $526 $547 $569 $591 $613 $635

DRAWERS

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

$418 $437 $456 $475 $494 $513 $531 $550

•• ••

Drawer front is set flush at the bottom; no 3/16” reveal. Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height. •STOP • No reductions in height allowed.

Wall Bath Cabinets - 10” Deep CABINET

WBC2430 WBC2730 WBC3030 WBC3330 WBC3630 WBC3930

•• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-8-

PRICE FB

$420 $511 $537 $565 $597 $625

PRICE PLY

$420 $511 $537 $565 $597 $625

SHELVES

DRS

2 2 2 2 2 2

5 5 6 6 7 7

Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep Both ends are always finished; plywood construction

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Vanity Cabinets

Wall Bath Open Shelf - 10” Deep PRICE FB

CABINET

WBC2430OS WBC2730OS WBC3030OS WBC3330OS WBC3630OS WBC3930OS

•• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE PLY

$608 $699 $725 $754 $785 $813

SHELVES

DRS

1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2

5 5 6 6 7 7

Designed to fit over bathroom stool for storage 10” deep Both ends are always finished; plywood construction Bottom opening is 10” tall Entire cabinet is finished interior Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Recessed Medicine Cabinet PRICE FB

CABINET

•• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE PLY

WMC1725

$377

WMC1731

$434

WMC1931

$491

COMMENT

SHELVES

DRS

14”x 22” wall opening 14”x 28” wall opening 16”x 28” wall opening

••

To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors)as a modifcation. Mirror is not included. •STOP • Choose any door edge for the frame. The door will have a #60 edge. •STOP • Box has 1/4” back without hang rails. Box must be mounted by screwing through sides into studs.

Surface-Mount Medicine Cabinet CABINET

WMCSM1230 WMCSM1530 WMCSM1830 WMCSM2130

•• •• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-9-

PRICE FB

$308 $337 $365 $397

PRICE PLY

$308 $337 $365 $397

SHELVES

DRS

3 3 3 3

1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2

Natural maple print interior Specify hinge direction Interior cabinet depth is 3” Designed for surface mounting Both ends, top and bottom of this cabinet are finished; plywood construction. To order prepped for mirror, add GD (glass doors) as a modification. Mirror is not included.

Vanity Cabinets

Vanities come standard at 31 1/4” tall, but may be ordered at 34 1/2” tall at no extra charge by adding a “B” in front of the nomenclature. (Ex. BVSB36)

Desk Panel Leg 21"

CABINET 31 1/4” PRICE FB

21"

DPL DPLT

$134 $157

CABINET 34 1/2” PRICE FB

BDPL BDPLT

12"

DPL

DPLT

•• ••

$170 $193

PRICE PLY

$134 $157 PRICE PLY

$170 $193

1 1 CU

1 1

¾” panel, edge banded one edge, finished both sides. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. To match desk cabinets, order 28 ½” tall using RH (reduced height) as a modification. Can be increased up to 24” deep, use Misc. and refer to Pricing Book. For use with VD & PD cabinets.

•• •• ••

Vanity Panel Filler CABINET

VPF1.5 L/R VPF3 VPF6

21 21”

PRICE FB

$157 $177 $197

PRICE PLY

$157 $177 $197

1 2 3

3”

•• •• ••

3/4” panel with 1 ½”, 3”, or 6” stile. Indicate left or right to determine the flush finished end. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Depth can be increased up to 22” (CDNC) Flush toe kick is available. Order FTK as a modification. Change width and height available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

•• •• •• ••

Vanity Box Filler CABINET

VBF3 VBF6

21”

PRICE FB

$250 $278

PRICE PLY

$250 $278

2 2

3”

•• •• •• •• •• ••

3” or 6” wide. Both ends are always flush finished. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Box filler has a flush toe kick. Can be increased up to 22” deep by using CDNC Change width and height available. Change depth over 30” available. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change.

••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 10 -

Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

Tall Cabinets Index: Tall Section 84” Tall Broom Cabinet............................................................5 84” Tall Linen Cabinet..............................................................9 90” Tall Broom Cabinet............................................................6 90” Tall Linen Cabinet..............................................................9 96” Tall Broom Cabinet............................................................7 96” Tall Linen Cabinet............................................................10 Angle End Tall Broom Cabinet.................................................8 Angled End Tall Linen............................................................12 Linen Closet w/ Hamper........................................................11 Linen w/ Drawers...................................................................10 Multi-Storage Unit.................................................................13 Open-Shelf Oven...................................................................16 Oven & Microwave w/ 2 Drawers...........................................23 Oven & Microwave w/ Drawer...............................................22 Oven Cabinet Guidelines.......................................................15 Oven Microwave w/ Warming Drawer....................................24 Oven w/ 2 Drawers................................................................19 Oven w/ Drawer.....................................................................18 Oven w/ Warming Drawer......................................................20 Oven w/ Wide Bottom Rail....................................................21 Pantry Pull-Out......................................................................13

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Tall Angle Broom Cabinet........................................................8 Tall Angled Linen....................................................................11 Tall Box Filler.........................................................................14 Tall Cabinet Construction.................................................... 2-3 Tall Cabinet Information...........................................................4 Tall Cubby Unit......................................................................13 Tall End Shelf.........................................................................13 Tall Oven................................................................................17 Tall Panel Filler.......................................................................14 Tall Panel Straight..................................................................13 Tall Refrigerator Cabinet........................................................12

-1-

Tall Cabinets Tall Cabinet Construction

2 ADJ. ON 84" 3 ADJ. ON 90" & 96"

28 25/32 ON 84 34 25/32 ON 90 40 25/32 ON 96

ONE ADJ. IN UPPER

2 ADJ. ON 84" 3 ADJ. ON 90" & 96"

38 7/8 ON 84 41 7/8 ON 90 44 7/8 ON 96

13 1/2 ON 84 19 1/2 ON 90 25 1/2 ON 96

3 ADJ.

48 15/32 ON 84 54 15/32 ON 90 60 15/32 ON 96

5 5/16

ONE ADJ. IN UPPER ONE ADJ. IN UPPER

22 25/32 ON 84 28 25/32 ON 90 34 25/32 ON 96

28 25/32 ON 84 34 25/32 ON 90 40 25/32 ON 96

3 ADJ. IN LOWER IF ORDERED WITH SHELVES 2 ADJ. ON 84" 3 ADJ. ON 90" & 96" 69

54 31/32

48 31/32

R_24

PPO_24

MSU_

48 31/32

38 7/8 ON 84 41 7/8 ON 90 44 7/8 ON 96

11 3/8

23 7/32

11 3/32

BR_

DOOR VARIES

LCHD18

LCD_

LC_

DOOR VARIES

2" 2"

TOHH

TOHW

TOHH

BOHH

BOHH 29 9/32

5 5/16 2"

WDHH

5 1/32

5 1/32 2"

OVWD_

OVWBR_

5 1/32

2" 2" WDHH 2"

OVD_

OV_ OVOS_

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

OV2D_

-2-

OVMWD_

OVMW2D_

OVMWWD_

Tall Cabinets Tall Cabinet Construction

TAB36 TAL36

TAB13 TAL13

1”

1 1/2”

1 1/2"

18 1/1 6

TAB24 TAL24

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

1 1/2"

-3-

1/1

AETB24 AETL24

Tall Cabinets Tall Cabinet Information Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends may be plywood construction. Helpful Notes about Tall Cabinet Section

•• •• •• •• ••

When ordered on tall cabinets, the Glass Doors (GD) option only changes the top doors to Glass Doors. If you would like glass doors on the lower section, specify in the notes of the cabinet. Upper openings 21” and over will receive 1 shelf. Openings 24” and over will receive 2 shelves, unless otherwise stated. Separate Toe Kicks (STK) are available at no charge by specifying STK as a modification. If the cabinet has a flush toe, you must specify RTKF (recessed toe kick) if you order an STK. We will build some cabinets wider than 39” by adding CW (change width) as a modification. However, we do not recommend as it would not be covered under warranty. Please call your CSR for availability. 96” tall cabinets are the maximum height available in the Revola line.

NO EXCEPTIONS!!!

Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab.

OUCH !!! CABINET DEPTH (RTK = RECESSED TOE KICK / FTK = FLUSH TOE KICK)

A C

CABINET HEIGHT

13” RTK

13” FTK

18” RTK

18” FTK

21” RTK

21” FTK

24” RTK

84”

85”

85 ¼”

85 ¾”

86 ¼”

86 ¾”

87 ¾”

90”

91”

91 ¼”

91 ½”

92”

92 ¼”

92 ¾”

93 ½”

96”

97”

97 ¼”

97 ½”

98”

98 ¼”

98 ¾”

99 ¼”

Don’t Get Stuck!!! Ceiling heights needed to stand up a tall cabinet: B

(A x A) + (B x B) = the square root of C

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-4-

24” FTK

Tall Cabinets 84” Tall Broom Cabinet 13” DEEP

BR1213 BR1513 BR1813 BR2113 BR2413 BR2413BD BR2713 BR3013 BR3313 BR3613 BR3913 24” DEEP

Shown with optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

Show with optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

BR1224 BR1524 BR1824 BR2124 BR2424 BR2424BD BR2724 BR3024 BR3324 BR3624 BR3924

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$731

1/1

$785 $836 $891 $942 $942 $1,179 $1,230 $1,284 $1,344 $1,399

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

9 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 22 23

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$968 $1,030 $1,093 $1,159 $1,222 $1,222 $1,450 $1,530 $1,596 $1,670 $1,730

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

15 18 22 25 29 29 32 36 39 43 46

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Upper door opening: 28 25/32”; upper door height is 29 5/8”, which lines up with a 30” tall wall cabinet. Lower door opening: 48 31/32”; lower door height is 49 13/16” Adjustments in height affect the upper opening. 21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change 24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BR3021) To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height. One adjustable shelf is standard in the top opening. Three adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS.

Shown w/ optional shelves

To line up lower doors with: Base cabinet = use a BBROH of 29 9/32” Vanity cabinet = use a BBROH of 26 1/32”

AUGUST 2014

-5-

$731

Shown w/ optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door SDPH shown on lower door SDPH shown on lower door

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

DRS U/L

Tall Cabinets 90” Tall Broom Cabinet 13” DEEP

BR129013 BR159013 BR189013 BR219013 BR249013 BR249013BD BR279013 BR309013 BR339013 BR369013 BR399013 24” DEEP

Shown with optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

Show with optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

BR129024 BR159024 BR189024 BR219024 BR249024 BR249024BD BR279024 BR309024 BR339024 BR369024 BR399024

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,016 $1,070 $1,122 $1,176 $1,227 $1,227 $1,464 $1,516 $1,570 $1,630 $1,684

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

8 9 13 13 15 15 16 18 20 22 23

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,396 $1,459 $1,521 $1,587 $1,650 $1,650 $1,878 $1,958 $2,024 $2,098 $2,158

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

15 19 23 27 30 30 34 38 42 45 49

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Upper door opening: 34 25/32”; upper door height is 35 5/8”, which lines up with a 36” tall wall cabinet. Lower door opening: 48 31/32”; lower door height is 49 13/16” Adjustments in height affect the upper opening. 21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change 24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BR309021) To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height. One adjustable shelf is standard in the top opening. Three adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS.

Shown w/ optional shelves

Shown w/ optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door SDPH shown on lower door SDPH shown on lower door

To line up lower doors with: Base cabinet = use a BBROH of 29 9/32” Vanity cabinet = use a BBROH of 26 1/32”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-6-

Tall Cabinets 96” Tall Broom Cabinets 12” DEEP

BR129613 BR159613 BR189613 BR219613 BR249613 BR249613BD BR279613 BR309613 BR339613 BR369613 BR399613 24” DEEP

Shown with optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

Show with optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

BR129624 BR159624 BR189624 BR219624 BR249624 BR249624BD BR279624 BR309624 BR339624 BR369624 BR399624

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,016 $1,070 $1,122 $1,176 $1,227 $1,227 $1,464 $1,516 $1,570 $1,630 $1,684

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

8 9 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 22 23

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,396 $1,459 $1,521 $1,587 $1,650 $1,650 $1,878 $1,958 $2,024 $2,098 $2,158

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

16 20 24 28 32 32 36 40 44 48 52

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Upper door opening: 40 25/32”; upper door height is 41 5/8”, which lines up with a 42” tall wall cabinet. Lower door opening: 48 31/32”; lower door height is 49 13/16” Adjustments in height affect the upper opening. 21” deep cabinets are the same price. To order change 24 to 21 in nomenclature. (Ex: BR309621) To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height. One adjustable shelf is standard in the top opening. Three adjustable shelves are optional in the lower opening. To order, specify BR__ __WS.

Shown w/ optional shelves

Shown w/ optional shelves SDPH shown on lower door SDPH shown on lower door SDPH shown on lower door

To line up lower doors with: Base cabinet = use a BBROH of 29 9/32” Vanity cabinet = use a BBROH of 26 1/32”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-7-

Tall Cabinets Tall Angle Broom Cabinet 84” TALL

TAB1384 TAB2484 TAB3684 90” TALL

TAB1390 TAB2490 TAB3690 Comes with ears and overlays for smooth transition

96” TALL

TAB1396 TAB2496 TAB3696

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,558 $1,932 $2,532

1/1 2/2 2/2

15 29 43

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,987 $2,361 $2,960

1/1 2/2 2/2

15 29 43

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,987 $2,361 $2,960

1/1 2/2 2/2

15 32 43

•• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

••

Upper door opening & height is based on corresponding Broom Cabinets.

A recessed toe kick is standard, flush toe kick is available by adding FTK as a modification.

•• ••

••

Adjustments in height affect the upper opening.

One adjustable shelf in the top opening and three adjustable shelves in the lower opening are standard.

••

When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Width & depth must remain equal.

To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height.

••

Finished ends are not available.

First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height.

Angled End Tall Broom Cabinet 84” TALL

AETB1384 AETB2484

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,558 $1,932

2/2 2/2

15 29

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,987 $2,361

2/2 2/2

15 30

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,987 $2,361

2/2 2/2

15 29

140 65

90” TALL

AETB1390 AETB2490

1/4” reveal

96” TALL

AETB1396 AETB2496

••

Upper door opening & height is based on corresponding Broom Cabinets.

••

One adjustable shelf in the top opening and three adjustable shelves in the lower opening are standard.

•• ••

Adjustments in height affect the upper opening.

••

To change the opening height (no charge), use the BBROH modification and specify the bottom opening height.

First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height.

•• ••

Finished ends are not available

•• •• ••

A recessed toe kick is standard, flush toe kick is available by adding FTK as a modification.

•STOP•

Entire cabinet is finished interior due to construction process.

The diagonal end is 65˚, 13” deep unit has same top view as the AEW, 24” deep unit has the same top view as an AEB. When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Width & depth must remain equal.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-8-

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

Tall Cabinets 84” Tall Linen Closet 13” DEEP 84” TALL

LC1213 LC1513 LC1813 LC2113 LC2413 LC2413BD LC2713 LC3013 LC3313 LC3613 LC3913

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

21” OR 24” DEEP 84” TALL

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$836 $908 $973 $1,039 $1,105 $1,105 $1,419 $1,487 $1,556 $1,621 $1,687

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

8 9 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 22 23

LC12__ LC15__ LC18__ LC21__ LC24__ LC24__BD LC27__ LC30__ LC33__ LC36__ LC39__

$1,130 $1,222 $1,319 $1,413 $1,504 $1,504 $1,833 $1,924 $2,015 $2,104 $2,195

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

15 18 22 25 29 29 32 36 39 43 46

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction single door cabinets Equal height doors with a fixed shelf between 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LC1221 or LC1224). A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification. If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. Four full depth adjustable shelves: 10 5/8” in 13” deep & full depth in 21” & 24” deep in 84” tall cabinets.

90” Tall Linen Closet 90”TALL-13” DEEP

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

90”TALL-21/24” DEEP

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

LC129013 LC159013 LC189013 LC219013 LC249013 LC249013BD LC279013 LC309013 LC339013 LC369013 LC399013

$1,150 $1,222 $1,287 $1,353 $1,419 $1,419 $1,733 $1,801 $1,870 $1,935 $2,001

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

8 9 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 22 23

LC1290__ LC1590__ LC1890__ LC2190__ LC2490__ LC2490__BD LC2790__ LC3090__ LC3390__ LC3690__ LC3990__

$1,601 $1,693 $1,790 $1,884 $1,975 $1,975 $2,303 $2,395 $2,486 $2,575 $2,666

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

15 18 22 25 29 29 32 36 39 43 46

SDPH shown on upper

SDPH shown on upper & lower doors & lower doors

•• •• •• ••

Specify hinge direction single door cabinets Equal height doors with a fixed shelf between 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LC129021 or LC129024). A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• ••

-9-

If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. Six full depth adjustable shelves: 10 5/8” in 13” deep & full depth in 21” & 24” deep in 84” tall cabinets.

Tall Cabinets 96” Tall Linen Closet 96”TALL-13” DEEP

LC129613 LC159613 LC189613 LC219613 LC249613 LC249613BD LC279613 LC309613 LC339613 LC369613 LC399613

PRICE FB

$1,150 $1,222 $1,287 $1,353 $1,419 $1,419 $1,733 $1,801 $1,870 $1,935 $2,001

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

96”TALL21/24” DEEP

PRICE FB

$1,150 $1,222 $1,287 $1,353 $1,419 $1,419 $1,733 $1,801 $1,870 $1,935 $2,001

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

8 9 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 24 23

LC1296__ LC1596__ LC1896__ LC2196__ LC2496__ LC2496__BD LC2796__ LC3096__ LC3396__ LC3696__ LC3996__

$1,601 $1,693 $1,790 $1,884 $1,975 $1,975 $2,303 $2,395 $2,486 $2,575 $2,666

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,601 $1,693 $1,790 $1,884 $1,975 $1,975 $2,303 $2,395 $2,486 $2,575 $2,666

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

15 18 22 25 29 29 32 36 39 43 46

SDPH shown on upper & lower doors

•• •• •• ••

•• ••

Linen w/ Drawers CABINET

LCD12__ LCD15__ LCD18__ LCD21__ LCD24__ LCD24__BD LCD27__ LCD30__ LCD33__ LCD36__

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

$1,537 $1,649 $1,762 $1,873 $1,984 $2,096 $2,212 $2,318 $2,432 $2,545

$1,529 $1,639 $1,749 $1,858 $1,968 $2,066 $2,178 $2,283 $2,395 $2,506

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

15 18 22 25 29 29 32 35 39 42

SDPH shown on upper door

•• •• ••

•• ••

SDPH shown on upper door

Specify hinge direction on single cabinet doors. Upper opening will change with adjustments to height. 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LCD1221 or LCD1224). Drawers line up with a Base Height D3 cabinet. Two full depth adjustable shelves in the 84” & three full depth adjustable shelves in the 90” & 96”. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• •• ••

- 10 -

A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification. If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. To change height to 90” or 96”, add CH as a modification.

Tall Cabinets Linen Closet w/ Hamper CABINET

LCHD18

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

DRWRS

$1,829

$1,837

1/1

Pull-out wooden hamper behind lower door, mounted on TUFEBM guides. Specify hinge direction. Can specify RBDM (door mount) on bottom as a modification. Upper opening will change with adjustments to height. The lower section of this cabinet lines up with the standard 34 1/2” base height cabinet. Three full depth adjustable shelves in upper opening, A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification. If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. No deduct for deleting the hamper To change height to 90” or 96”, add CH as a modification. 21” & 24” deep cabinets are the same price. To order, specify 21” or 24” in the nomenclature. (Ex. LCHD1821 or LCHD1824).

SDPH shown on upper door

Tall Angled Linen 84” TALL

TAL1384 TAL2484 TAL3684 90” TALL

Ears & overlays included for a more complete look

•• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Equal height doors with a fixed shelf between. First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height. When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Width & depth must remain equal. A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available by adding RTKF as a modification.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

96” TALL

TAL1396 TAL2496 TAL3696

TAL3684 Shown

•• •• ••

TAL1390 TAL2490 TAL3690

•• •• ••

- 11 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,558 $1,932 $2,532

1/1 2/2 2/2

15 29 43

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,987 $2,361 $2,960

1/1 2/2 2/2

15 30 68

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,987 $2,361 $2,960

1/1 2/2 2/2

15 32 43

Tall Cabinets Angled End Tall Linen 84” TALL

90º

65º

AETL1384 AETL2484 90” TALL

140º

AETL1390 AETL2490

65º

96” TALL

AETL1396 AETL2496

1/4” reveal

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,558 $1,932

2/2 2/2

15 29

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,987 $2,361

2/2 2/2

15 29

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,987 $2,361

2/2 2/2

15 29

AETL3684 Shown

•• •• •• •• ••

Equal height doors with a fixed shelf between. The diagonal end is 65˚, 13” deep unit has same top view as the AEW, 24” deep unit has the same top view as an AEB. First dimension is width & depth; the second dimension is height. When modifying dimensions: L=width; R=depth. Width & depth must remain equal. A flush toe kick is standard, recessed toe kick is available at no charge by adding RTKF (recessed toe kick) as a modification.

•• •• •• •• ••

STOP

If ordering a STK (separate toe kick), you must also order a RTKF as a modification. Four adjustable shelves in 84” unit and six adjustable shelves in the 90” and 96” unit. Finished ends are not available Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Entire cabinet is finished interior due to construction process.

Tall Refrigerator Cabinet 84” TALL

R3624 R3924 90” TALL

R369024 R399024 96” TALL

R369624

•• •• •• ••

Door opening height is 13 1/2” on 84” tall, 19 1/2” on 90” tall & 25 1/2” on 96” tall. Entire cabinet has finished interior; no back in the

•• ••

refrigerator area. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Refrigerator opening clearance is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width by 69” high. To modify openings: RHH – Opening Height w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,213 $1,239

43 46

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,499 $1,524

45 49

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,499

Specify finished ends. Unit can be ordered with only 1 leg at no charge; add RLRO (Refrigerator Leg Right Only) or RLLO (Refrigerator Leg Left Only) as a modification. This will add 3/4” clearance.

Door will overlay is 9/32” at bottom, which leaves 15/32” below. •STOP• See Tall Information page at the beginning of this section for helpful information regarding shelves.

- 12 -

Tall Cabinets Pantry Pull-Out - 24” Deep 84” TALL

PPO1224 PPO1524 PPO1824

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

SHELVES

$2,395 $2,458 $2,520

1/1 1/1 1/1

1 1 1

14 18 21

Specify hinge direction for top door. 84” Tall Opening Heights: 22 25/32” upper; 54 31/32” lower. Pantry pull-out hardware is mounted at the top & bottom of the pull-out shelf system and slides out with the door. Pull-out unit is divided into one 15” lower opening and three 12” openings as standard. Pull-out unit supports 440 lbs. (200 kg). To change height to 90” or 96”, add CH as a modification. Height changes will affect the upper opening. Comes with a shelf in the upper opening. Changes in width are limited. Please call for approval. To add the pantry insert to other cabinets, use CUSTOMTALL and add PANTRY as a modification. If using BBROH to modify bottom opening height, always state how pantry unit shelf spacing will need to modify. REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply to this cabinet.

STOP Minimum 18” deep allowed.

Multi-Storage Unit - 24” Deep 84” TALL

MSU18 MSU36 90” TALL

MSU1890 MSU3690 96” TALL

MSU1896 MSU3696

•• ••

Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

••

Opening Height: Upper = Overall cabinet height – 55 7/32”; Bottom = 48 31/32””

••

MSU 36 has butt doors. The lower opening has 2 door-mounted can racks, 2 swing-out can racks and 8 adjustable shelves.

•• ••

MSU18 lower opening has 1 door-mounted can rack, 1 swing-out can rack and 4 adjustable shelves.

•• •• STOP

Swing-out can racks will be shipped seperate. Add MSU18SO or MSU36SO as a line item following this cabinet for shipping. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 13 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,801 $3,702

1/1 2/2

21 42

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$2,229 $4,130

1/1 2/2

23 45

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$2,229 $4,130

1/1 2/2

24 48

A 3” pull from any obstruction for door opening clearance is recommended. Dimension changes are limited; no changes to the width. Modifications are limited, please call for approval. REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply to this cabinet. Do not place this cabinet next to a wall. Door must open at least 105º in order for internal parts to operate.

Tall Cabinets Tall Panel Straight •• •• ••

84” TALL

Both sides are finished. ¾” plywood panel with standard tape edge-banding. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

PRICE FB

TPS13 TPS24 TPS30

$220 $385 $417

96” TALL

PRICE FB

TPS9613 TPS9624 TPS9630

$274 $440 $465

PRICE PLY

$220 $385 $417 PRICE PLY

$274 $440 $465

1 2 3 CU

1 2 3

23 1/4

3/4

Tall Panel Filler 1 1/2 WIDE

PRICE FB

TPF84X24 TPF84X27 TPF84X30 TPF96X24 TPF96X27 TPF96X30 24 27 30

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

$457 $474 $488 $511 $525 $537

PRICE PLY

$457 $474 $488 $511 $525 $537

3” WIDE

4 4 4 4 4 4

TPF(3)84X24 TPF(3)84X27 TPF(3)84X30 TPF(3)96X24 TPF(3)96X27 TPF(3)96X30

PRICE FB

$457 $474 $488 $511 $525 $537

PRICE PLY

$457 $474 $488 $511 $525 $537

4 4 4 4 5 5

••

1 ½” or 3” stile attached to a 3/4” panel; available 24”, 27” & 30” deep.

••

Both ends are finished; indicate left or right to determine the flush end.

••

Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

•• ••

FTK is standard.

•• ••

Cabinet comes with a top.

- 14 -

Change width available for $50. Change depth over 30” available for $100. Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost & specify the dimension change. Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

Tall Cabinets Tall Box Filler CABINET

TBF384 TBF684 TBF390 TBF690 TBF396 TBF696 CABINET

TBFA384 TBFA390 TBFA396

PENINSULA

TBFP396

•• •• ••

3” or 6” wide x 84”, 90” & 96” tall x 24” deep.

•• •• ••

Box filler has a flush toe kick.

•• •• ••

Both ends are always flush finished. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. Can be increased up to 30” deep by using CDNC. Change dimensions available Use MISC as a modification to enter the cost from the Pricing Book.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 15 -

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$785 $813 $792 $821 $799 $828 PRICE FB

$785 $813 $792 $821 $799 $828 PRICE PLY

$749 $756 $764 PRICE FB

$749 $756 $764 PRICE PLY

$764.00

$764

4 7 4 8 4 8 CU

4 4 4 CU

Peninsula Box Filler has a stile on the front and back. Must specify left or right on the angled fillers Flutes and other decorative details can be added see Accessories & Modifications section.

Tall Cabinets Oven Cabinet Guidelines Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends will be plywood construction. Helpful Notes about Tall Oven Cabinets

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Upper openings 21” and over will receive 1 shelf. Openings 24” and over will receive 2 shelves, unless otherwise stated. Our tall oven cabinets with warming drawer cut-outs allow for a full 24” deep appliance depth. Any cut-out that has a finished interior will have 1/4” skins 96” tall cabinets are the maximum height available in the Revola line. Separate Toe Kicks (STK) are available at no charge by specifying STK as a modification. We will build some cabinets wider than 39” by adding CW (change width) as a modification. However, we do not recommend as it would not be covered under warranty. Please call your CSR for availability.

Minimum Door Sizes Every effort will be made to provide the 5-piece door style. Mortise & Tenoned doors are programmed to have the stile trimmed down. Mitered doors below minimum will be slab. Revola Oven Cabinet Yoke & Cut-Outs

•• ••

All appliance openings will have a yoke

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Keep in mind, the edge may interfere with the trim kit overlay, depending on the style

The edge of the yoke will match the door edge; in some instances when maximum cutout is used, the complementary edge will be used. The top & bottom rails are fixed at 2” The left & right stiles are determined by the cut-out width and cabinet size The maximum cut-out width is 2” less than the overall cabinet width The yoke is held in place with pocket screws and is removable Please specify ALL requested dimensions

Revola oven yoke

OUCH !!!

CABINET DEPTH (RTK = RECESSED TOE KICK / FTK = FLUSH TOE KICK)

HEIGHT

13” RTK

13” FTK

18” RTK

18” FTK

21” RTK

21” FTK

24” RTK

24” FTK

84”

85”

85 ¼”

85 ¾”

86 ¼”

86 ¾”

87 ¾”

90”

91”

91 ¼”

91 ½”

92”

92 ¼”

92 ¾”

93 ½”

96”

97”

97 ¼”

97 ½”

98”

98 ¼”

98 ¾”

99 ¼”

CABINET

A C

Don’t Get Stuck!!! (A x A) + (B x B) = the square root of C

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Ceiling heights needed to stand up a tall cabinet:

- 16 -

Tall Cabinets Open-Shelf Oven - 24” Deep 84” TALL

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,676 $1,764 $1,850 $1,938

2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

32 36 39 43

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$2,104 $2,192 $2,278 $2,366

2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

34 38 39 45

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$2,104 $2,192 $2,278 $2,366

2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

36 40 39 48

OVOS2724 OVOS3024 OVOS3324 OVOS3624 90” TALL

OVOS279024 OVOS309024 OVOS339024 OVOS369024 96” TALL

OVOS279624 OVOS309624 OVOS339624 OVOS369624

OVOS__

•• •• ••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Lower opening can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + door height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke. One full depth adjustable shelf in lower opening. Number

2”

Cabinet Height

of shelves will vary in top opening. •STOP• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

A TOHH B TOHW 2”

FTO (if given) FTO 36 ½” is standard

Rules: Open-Shelf Oven

•• Height of lower door is 30 1/8” to match base cabinets with standard FTO.

•• Open shelf area has finished interior and back panel. Top and bottom sections are not finished interior.

•• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and

AUGUST 2014

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

TOHH

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

RTK (recessed toe kick)

- 17 -

Tall Cabinets Tall Oven - 24” Deep 84” TALL

OV2724 OV3024 OV3324 OV3624 90” TALL

OV279024 OV309024 OV339024 OV369024 96” TALL

OV279624 OV309624 OV339624 OV369624

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,473 $1,550 $1,627 $1,701

2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

32 36 39 43

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,901 $1,978 $2,055 $2,129

2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

34 38 39 43

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS U/L

$1,901 $1,978 $2,055 $2,129

2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2

32 36 44 43

OV__

•• •• ••

Lower opening can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + door height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke. One full depth adjustable shelf in lower opening. Number

2”

of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no back See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

Cabinet Height

•• •STOP•

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

A TOHH B TOHW 2”

FTO (if given) FTO 36 ½” is standard

Rules: Tall Oven

•• Height of lower door is 30 1/8” to match base cabinets with standard FTO.

RTK (recessed toe kick)

•• Oven opening does not have finished interior. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and

Cabinet Width

TOHH

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

- 18 -

Tall Cabinets Oven w/ Drawer - 24” Deep 84” TALL

OVD2724 OVD3024 OVD3324 OVD3624 90” TALL

OVD279024 OVD309024 OVD339024 OVD369024 96” TALL

OVD279624 OVD309624 OVD339624 OVD369624

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,456 $1,527 $1,604 $1,682

$1,568 $1,646 $1,729 $1,812

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,518 $1,594 $1,677 $1,760

$1,635 $1,717 $1,804 $1,892

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,574 $1,654 $1,741 $1,829

$1,695 $1,780 $1,872 $1,964

DRS

DRWRS

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

32 36 39 43

DRS

DRWRS

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

32 38 42 43

DRS

DRWRS

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

36 40 44 48

OVD__

•• ••

Drawer height can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

2”

Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no back. See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

Cabinet Height

•• •• •• STOP

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

TOHH A

Rules: Oven w/ Drawer

•• Height of drawer front is 5 7/8” with standard FTO.

B TOHW

Reduction of FTO is not allowed.

•• Changing the FTO to 18 5/16” will line the bottom drawer

2”

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and

RTK (recessed toe kick)

up with the bottom drawer of a D3 or D4 base cabinet.

TOHH

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

- 19 -

FTO (if given) FTO 12 ¼” is standard

Tall Cabinets Oven w/ 2 Drawers - 24” Deep 84” TALL

OV2D2724 OV2D3024 OV2D3324 OV2D3624 90” TALL

OV2D279024 OV2D309024 OV2D339024 OV2D369024 96” TALL

OV2D279624 OV2D309624 OV2D339624 OV2D369624

•• ••

PRICE PLY

$1,636 $1,715 $1,798 $1,882

$1,731 $1,816 $1,905 $1,994

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,744 $1,828 $1,917 $2,006

$1,837 $1,926 $2,020 $2,114

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,805 $1,892 $1,987 $2,082

$1,902 $1,995 $2,093 $2,192

DRS

DRWRS

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

32 36 39 43

DRS

DRWRS

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

32 38 42 43

DRS

DRWRS

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

32 40 44 43

OV2D__

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. Drawer height can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

2”

A TOHH

Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no back. See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

Cabinet Height

•• •• •STOP•

PRICE FB

Rules: Oven w/ 2 Drawers

•• Height of both drawer fronts are 5 7/8” with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed.

•• The standard FTO of 18 5/16” will line up with the bottom drawer up of a D3 or D4 base cabinet.

B TOHW 2”

FTO (if given) FTO 18 5/16” is standard

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW and TOHH.

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______ w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 20 -

Tall Cabinets Oven w/ Warming Drawer - 24” Deep 84” TALL

OVWD2724 OVWD3024 OVWD3324 OVWD3624 90” TALL

OVWD279024 OVWD309024 OVWD339024 OVWD369024 96” TALL

OVWD279624 OVWD309624 OVWD339624 OVWD369624

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,376 $1,439 $1,501 $1,578

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,804 $1,855 $1,930 $2,007

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,804 $1,855 $1,930 $2,007

DRS

2 2 2 2

32 36 39 43

DRS

2 2 2 2

32 36 42 43

DRS

2 2 2 2

36 40 44 43

OVWD__

••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

••

TOHH A

Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no back See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

Cabinet Height

•• •• •• STOP

2”

FTO is 6 3/16” and can’t be modified without becoming a custom. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

Rules: Oven w/ Warming Drawer

•• FTO is 6 3/16” and can’t be modified without becoming a custom.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW, TOHH,

TOHW B 2”

WDHW and WDHH

2”

WDHH C

WDHWD 2”

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

FTO 6 3/16”

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ WDHW:______ X WDHH:______ w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 21 -

Tall Cabinets Oven w/ Wide Bottom Rail - 24” Deep PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,376 $1,439 $1,501 $1,578

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

OVWBR279024 OVWBR309024

$1,804 $1,855

OVWBR339024 OVWBR369024

84” TALL

OVWBR2724 OVWBR3024 OVWBR3324 OVWBR3624 90” TALL

96” TALL

OVWBR279624 OVWBR309624 OVWBR339624 OVWBR369624

DRS

2 2 2 2

32 36 39 43

DRS

$1,804 $1,855

2 2

32 36

$1,930 $2,007

2 2

42 43

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

$1,804 $1,855 $1,930 $2,007

2 2 2 2

36 36 44 43

OVWBR__

•• •• •• •• •STOP•

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time. FTO is 6 3/16” and can be modified. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + 2” (or greater) bottom rail of yoke. Number of shelves will vary in top opening.

TOHH A Cabinet Height

Oven opening has no back See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

2”

Rules: Oven w/ Wide Bottom Rail

•• FTO is 6 3/16” as standard. If modified the additional increase will affect the bottom rail of the yoke.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW & TOHH.

TOHW B 2” (or greater) RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ FTO:_______

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 22 -

FTO (if given) FTO 6 3/16” as standard

Tall Cabinets Oven & Microwave w/ Drawer - 24” Deep PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

OVMWD2724 OVMWD3024

$1,869 $1,973

OVMWD3324 OVMWD3624

84” TALL

DRS

DRWRS

$1,908 $2,012

2 2

1 1

32 36

$2,080 $2,187

$2,119 $2,225

2 2

1 1

39 43

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

OVMWD279024 OVMWD309024

$1,929 $2,037

$1,972 $2,080

2 2

1 1

32 38

OVMWD339024 OVMWD369024

$2,150 $2,262

$2,191 $2,302

2 2

1 1

42 45

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

$1,988 $2,101 $2,218 $2,336

$2,035 $2,147 $2,263 $2,379

2 2 2 2

1 1 1 1

36 40 44 43

90” TALL

96” TALL

OVMWD279624 OVMWD309624 OVMWD339624 OVMWD369624

•• ••

Drawer height can be adjusted using FTO as a modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

2”

A TOHH

Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no finished interior or back. Microwave opening (upper) has finished interior and a back.

•• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven STOP cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

Cabinet Height

•• ••

OVMWD__

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

TOHW B 2” 2”

C BOHH

Rules: Oven & Microwave w/ Drawer

•• Height of drawer front is 5 7/8” with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed.

•• Changing the FTO to 18 5/16” will line the bottom drawer up with the bottom drawer of a D3 or D4 base cabinet.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW, TOHH, BOHW & BOHH.

D BOHW 2”

FTO (if given) FTO 12 1/4” as standard RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:_____ BOHW:______ X BOHH:______ FTO:_______ w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 23 -

Tall Cabinets Oven & Microwave w/ 2 Drawers - 24” Deep PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$2,058 $2,166 $2,276 $2,387

$2,070 $2,177 $2,286 $2,395

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

OVMW2D279024 OVMW2D309024 OVMW2D339024

$2,154 $2,270 $2,389

OVMW2D369024

84” TALL

OVMW2D2724 OVMW2D3024 OVMW2D3324 OVMW2D3624 90” TALL

96” TALL

OVMW2D279624 OVMW2D309624 OVMW2D339624 OVMW2D369624

DRS

DRWRS

2 2 2 2

32 36 39 43

DRS

DRWRS

$2,174 $2,289 $2,406

2 2 2

32 36 42

$2,508

$2,524

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRS

DRWRS

$2,213 $2,333 $2,457 $2,581

$2,237 $2,356 $2,478 $2,600

2 2 2 2

32 40 44 43

OVMW2D__

•• ••

Drawer height can be adjusted using FTO as a

2”

modification. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + drawer front height + 3/16” mid reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

A TOHH B TOHW

Number of shelves will vary in top opening.

Oven opening has no finished interior or back. Microwave opening (upper) has finished interior and a back. •STOP• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

Rules: Oven & Microwave w/ 2 Drawers

•• Height of both drawer fronts are 5 7/8” with standard FTO. Reduction of FTO is not allowed.

•• The standard FTO of 18 5/16” will line up with the bottom

Cabinet Height

•• ••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

2” 2”

BOHH C

D BOHW 2”

drawer up of a D3 or D4 base cabinet.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW, TOHH, BOHW & BOHH.

FTO (if given) FTO 18 5/16” as standard RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

TOHW:______ X TOHH:_____ BOHW:______ X BOHH:______ FTO:_______ w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 24 -

Tall Cabinets Oven Microwave w/ Warming Drawer - 24” Deep 84” TALL

OVMWWD2724 OVMWWD3024 OVMWWD3324 OVMWWD3624 90” TALL

OVMWWD279024 OVMWWD309024 OVMWWD339024 OVMWWD369024 96” TALL

OVMWWD279624 OVMWWD309624 OVMWWD339624 OVMWWD369624

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,461 $1,536 $1,607 $1,687

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,890 $1,964 $2,035 $2,115

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

$1,890 $1,964 $2,035 $2,115

DRS

2 2 2 2

32 36 39 43

DRS

2 2 2 2

32 36 39 43

DRS

2 2 2 2

32 40 44 43

OVMWWD__

•• ••

••

FTO is 6 3/16” and can’t be modified without becoming a custom. FTO = 4” toe space + 3/16” bottom reveal + 2” bottom rail of yoke.

2”

A TOHH

Number of shelves will vary in top opening. Oven opening has no finished interior or back. Microwave opening (upper) has finished interior and a back.

Warming Drawer opening at bottom, oven in center, microwave opening above oven. •STOP• See Oven Cabinet Guidelines page prior to the oven cabinets for helpful information regarding shelves & yokes (cutouts).

TOHW B

Cabinet Height

•• ••

Cut-outs must be provided using the form in the Forms section or using the cut-out dimension nomenclatures as modifications. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect the lead time.

2” 2”

C BOHH

D BOHW 2” 2”

E WDHH Rules: Oven Microwave w/ Warming Drawer

•• FTO is 6 3/16” and can’t be modified without becoming a custom.

•• Height of upper opening will vary based on cut-out height. •• Cut-out nomenclatures for this cabinet are TOHW, TOHH, BOHW, BOHH, WDHW and WDHH

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 25 -

WDHW F

2” RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

FTO 6 3/16”

TOHW:______ X TOHH:______ BOHW:______ X BOHH:______ WDHW:______ X WDHH:______

Custom Furniture Index: Custom Furniture Custom Furniture Information................................................ 2 84” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors............................................. 6 96” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors............................................. 7 Custom Furniture Information.......................................... 2 Desk Cabinet.................................................................... 3 Desk Panel Leg................................................................ 7 File Drawer Cabinet.......................................................... 3 File Drawer w/ 1 Drawer................................................... 3 Pencil Drawer................................................................... 4 Tall Bookcase................................................................... 6 Vanity Desk Drawer.......................................................... 5 Vanity File Drawer............................................................ 4 Wall Bookcase................................................................. 5 Window Seat.................................................................... 7

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-1-

Custom Furniture Custom Furniture Information Important Note About Material Select cabinets will always be constructed of 3/4” plywood and the REVOLA PB interior deduct will not apply. This includes, but is not limited to finished interior cabinets, box fillers, and panel fillers. Cabinets affected will be noted as such. Finished ends may be plywood construction. Helpful Notes About Custom Furniture Section

••

See the Accessories & Modifications Section for more bookcase shelving cap options. Bookcase shelves come standard with CTE2 but you may substitute CTE1, CAP1, or CAP2, for no additional charge. All bookcase shelves are constructed of 3/4” Plywood material.

••

Please note that CAP1 & CAP2 are only ¾” in height & 3/8” thick. If you choose one of these for your bookcase shelving, your shelves will be 3/8” shorter than if you used CTE1 or CTE2. The warranty is also limited to 24” wide shelves and smaller due to the size. These do not provide the extra support that a bulky cap or CTE would provide.

•• ••

The top drawer of the D__ and the FDC__ has 1 13/16” clearance and is useful for pencil tray storage Bookcase Cabinets without shelves: deduct 5% from the cabinet list.

••

•• •• •• •• ••

Use the following CUSTOM_____ nomenclature to enter Custom Cabinets when a similar cabinet exists, such as a Base Full Door cabinet with an Angle: •• CUSTOMBASE •• CUSTOMWALL •• CUSTOMTALL •• CUSTOMUNIT By using the above nomenclature, you will automatically be charged a custom fee / drawing fee, added to the list price in the Pricing Program. Any accessories or modifications such as changed dimensions, ears, pull-out shelves, will still need to be added. Make sure to correct the door, drawer front, and shelf counts if there are changes to these so your pricing will be accurate. Be sure to fax in your quote and drawing with the order in case we have any questions. Use the CUSTQUOTECAB, CUSTOMHOOD, CUSTOMMANTEL, CUSTOMTABLE nomenclature when a similar cabinet does not exist. The number of doors, drawers, fronts, shelves, quoted list price, finished ends price, dimensions & volume (w x d x h / 1728) will need to be input in order to price correctly. Be sure to fax in your quote and drawing in case we have any questions.

Desk Cabinet Alignment 3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

3/16" Reveal

3/32" Reveal

6 21/32" Tall Drawer Front

11 3/32" Tall Drawer Front 3/16" Reveal

Continuous line (3/16") 28 1/2”

19 11/16" Tall Door

4 1/4" Tall Drw Frnt. Always a slab style Because of height.

Continuous line (3/16")

12 27/32" Tall Drawer Fronts

23 7/8”

3/16" Reveal File Drawer FDC18

Desk Cabinet D18L

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-2-

File Drawer-1D FDC18D1

Custom Furniture Desk Cabinet - 21” Deep CABINET

D12 D15 D18 D21 D24

•• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

$543 $571 $600 $628 $656

PRICE PLY

$524 $553 $583 $611 $640

DRS/ DRW

1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1

5 6 7 8 9

Desk height; 28 1/2” high by 21” deep. Specify hinge direction. One drawer at the top with slab drawer front; one door below. No adjustable shelf.

File Drawer Cabinet - 21” Deep CABINET

FDC12 FDC15 FDC18 FDC21 FDC24 FDC27 FDC30 FDC33 FDC36

•• •• ••

Desk height; 28 ½” high by 21” deep. Top drawer (slab). 5 pc. drawers are not an option on this drawer. Upper drawer fronts are affected by changed heights.

•• •• ••

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRWS

$1,148 $1,219 $1,287 $1,357 $1,427 $1,498 $1,566 $1,635 $1,704

$1,080 $1,142 $1,200 $1,260 $1,320 $1,381 $1,439 $1,499 $1,558

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

5 6 8 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 file drawer (12” opening) on TUFEBM at the bottom, beech dovetail. 17” minimum depth to accommodate files. Notched for letter and legal files.

File Drawer w/ 1 Drawer - 21” Deep

•• •• ••

Desk height; 28 ½” high by 21” deep. 1 drawer at the top, upper drawer is affected by change height. 1 file drawer (12” opening) on TUFEBM at the bottom, beech dovetail.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• •• •STOP•

-3-

CABINET

PRICE FB

FDC12D1 FDC15D1

$989 $1,058

FDC18D1 FDC21D1 FDC24D1 FDC27D1 FDC30D1 FDC33D1 FDC36D1

PRICE PLY

DRWS

$939 $997

2 2

5 6

$1,123

$1,052

$1,190 $1,257 $1,325 $1,390 $1,457 $1,524

$1,110 $1,167 $1,225 $1,280 $1,337 $1,393

2 2 2 2 2 2

8 9 10 11 12 13

17” minimum depth to accommodate files. Notched for letter and legal files. Top drawer is not a file drawer

Custom Furniture Vanity File Drawer - 21” Deep CABINET

VFDC18 VFDC21 VFDC24 VFDC27 VFDC30 VFDC33 VFDC36

•• •• •• •• •• ••

31 ¼” high x 21” deep 13 11/32” tall drawer fronts with 12 1/2” openings. 2 file drawers on TUFEBM; Beech dovetail This cabinet has a mid shelf, however, it does not affect the file drawer function. Notched for letter and legal files.

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DRWS

$1,232 $1,317 $1,402 $1,488 $1,571 $1,655 $1,740

$1,130 $1,195 $1,259 $1,325 $1,387 $1,451 $1,516

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

•STOP• •STOP•

Both openings are affected by increased heights.

•STOP•

Must charge a change height (CH) charge when increasing the height on this cabinet.

Reduced heights will result in the loss of file system in both drawers.

17” minimum depth to accommodate files.

Pencil Drawer CABINET

PD18 PD21 PD24 PD27 PD30 PD33 PD36 PD39

•• •• •• ••

Pencil Drawer is 3 7/8” high by 21” deep. 3 1/8” drawer opening. Cabinet has a full top and no bottom. May be built 24” deep (CDNC).

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

PRICE FB

$482 $504 $526 $547 $569 $591 $613 $635

•• •• ••

Finished ends are not available.

•STOP•

No reductions in height allowed.

-4-

PRICE PLY

$418 $437 $456 $475 $494 $513 $531 $550

DRWS

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

Drawer front is set flush at the bottom; no 3/16” reveal. Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height.

Custom Furniture Vanity Desk Drawer - 21” Deep CABINET

VD18 VD21 VD24 VD27 VD30SD VD33SD VD36SD VD39SD

•• •• •• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

$378 $390 $402 $414 $426 $438 $450 $462

PRICE PLY

$355 $369 $383 $397 $411 $425 $439 $453

DRWS

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

••

Designed to line up with the top drawer of the Desk Cabinet and the FDC. •• Slab style drawer front only when ordered at standard height. •STOP• No height reductions allowed - Pencil Drawer is not available.

Wall Bookcase - 13” Deep 48”TALL

BC1248 BC1548 BC1848 BC2148 BC2448 BC2748 BC3048 BC3348 BC3648 BC3948 52”TALL

•• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet depth is 13”. No bottom. 48” & 52” tall units have 3 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge; 60” & 64” tall units have 4. Shelves 39” & longer are not guaranteed against sagging. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

BC1252 BC1552 BC1852 BC2152 BC2452 BC2752 BC3052 BC3352 BC3652 BC3952

-5-

PRICE FB

$534 $574 $614 $659 $702 $739 $782 $822 $868 $913 PRICE FB

$534 $574 $614 $659 $702 $739 $782 $822 $868 $913

PRICEPLY

$534 $574 $614 $659 $702 $739 $782 $822 $868 $913 PRICEPLY

$534 $574 $614 $659 $702 $739 $782 $822 $868 $913

60”TALL

PRICE FB

PRICEPLY

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15

BC1260 BC1560 BC1860 BC2160 BC2460 BC2760 BC3060 BC3360 BC3660 BC3960

$545 $597 $648 $702 $748 $799 $853 $902 $953 $1,005

6 7 9 10 11 13 14 15 17 18

64”TALL

PRICE FB

PRICEPLY

5 6 7 9 9 10 11 12 14 15

BC1264 BC1564 BC1864 BC2164 BC2464 BC2764 BC3064 BC3364 BC3664 BC3964

$545 $597 $648 $702 $748 $799 $853 $902 $953 $1,005

6 7 9 10 11 13 14 15 17 18

Custom Furniture Tall Bookcase - 13” Deep 84” TALL

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

96” TALL

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

BC1284 BC1584 BC1884 BC2184 BC2484 BC2784 BC3084 BC3384 BC3684 BC3984

$819 $896 $970 $1,048 $1,122 $1,199 $1,270 $1,350 $1,427 $1,504

8 10 11 13 15 16 18 21 22 24

BC1296 BC1596 BC1896 BC2196 BC2496 BC2796 BC3096 BC3396 BC3696 BC3996

$851 $933 $1,013 $1,099 $1,179 $1,282 $1,344 $1,424 $1,504 $1,584

9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27

•• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet depth is 13”. 84” unit has 5 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge; 96” unit has 6 shelves. 4¾” flush toe kick is standard. Shelves over 39” are not guaranteed against sagging. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply.

84” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors - 13” Deep

•• •• •• •• •• •• •• Order a BCDRTF of 31 17/32” to line up with a vanity cabinet Order a BCDRTF of 34 25/32” to line up with a base cabinet

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

•• •• ••

-6-

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DOORS

BCD1284 BCD1584 BCD1884 BCD2184 BCD2484 BCD2484BD BCD2784 BCD3084 BCD3384 BCD3684 BCD3984

$951 $1,045 $1,142 $1,233 $1,373 $1,373 $1,470 $1,616 $1,658 $1,753 $1,895

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

8 9 11 13 15 15 16 18 20 22 23

Cabinet depth is 13”. Door height matches a desk height cabinet. 1 adjustable shelf behind doors. Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets. Finished interior in entire cabinet. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. 3 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE2 on the front edge. 4¾” flush toe kick is standard. Shelves 39” & longer are not guaranteed against sagging. Use BCDRTF as a modification to change the lower opening for no charge. (BCDRTF = measurement from floor to top of fixed shelf)

Custom Furniture 96” Tall Bookcase w/ Doors - 13” Deep

••

Order a BCDRTF of 31 17/32” to line up with a vanity cabinet

••

Order a BCDRTF of 34 25/32” to line up with a base cabinet

•• •• •• •• •• ••

Cabinet depth is 13”. Door height matches a desk height cabinet. 1 adjustable shelf behind doors. Specify hinge direction on single door cabinets.

•• •• •• ••

CABINET

PRICE FB

PRICE PLY

DOORS

BCD1296 BCD1596 BCD1896 BCD2196 BCD2496 BCD2496BD BCD2796 BCD3096 BCD3396 BCD3696 BCD3996

$1,036 $1,142 $1,245 $1,347 $1,496 $1,496 $1,598 $1,701 $1,810 $1,912 $2,055

1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

9 11 13 15 17 17 20 21 23 25 29

Finished interior in entire cabinet. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. 4 adjustable bookcase shelves with CTE on the front edge. 4¾” flush toe kick is standard. Shelves 39” and longer are not guaranteed against sagging. Use BCDRTF as a modification to change the lower opening for no charge. (BCDRTF = measurement from floor to top of fixed shelf)

Window Seat CABINET

WS2418 WS2718 WS3018 WS3318 WS3618

•• •• •• ••

PRICE FB

$586 $613 $638 $664 $689

PRICE PLY

DRWS

1 1 1 1 1

4 5 5 6 6

$576 $604 $631 $658 $685

16” tall by 18” deep window seat with a drawer. A flush toe kick is standard. Drawer front height is 11 5/8”. Unit does not include a top.

Desk Panel Leg "121” 2

CABINET 31 1/4”

DPL DPLT

31 1/4”

"12 21”

CABINET 34 1/2”

BDPL BDPLT

12” "21

DPLT TLPD

LDPL PD

•• •• •• •• ••

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-7-

PRICE FB

$134 $157 PRICE FB

$170 $193

PRICE PLY

$134 $157 PRICE PLY

$170 $193

1 1 CU

1 1

¾” panel edge banded one edge, finished both sides. Always plywood construction; REVOLA PB interior deduct does not apply. To match desk cabinets, order 28 ½” tall using RH (reduced height) as a modification. Increase to 24” deep for $25. For use with VD & PD cabinets.

Accessories and Modifications Index: Accessories & Modifications Section ANGLES............................................................................. 5 Angle.................................................................................. 5 Pipe Chase Angle............................................................... 5 APPLIANCE CUT-OUTS..................................................... 6 APPLIANCE PANELS......................................................... 7 Dishwasher door panel...................................................... 7 Refrigerator door panel...................................................... 7 Appliance panel door dimensions...................................... 7 APPLIQUES....................................................................... 7 Keystones.......................................................................... 8 APPLIED PANEL ENDS...................................................... 8 BEADBOARD ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS.........8-9 Bead board molding.......................................................... 8 Beadboard paneling........................................................... 8 Beadboard backs............................................................... 9 BLIND CORNER ACC. & MODS...................................... 10 Blind corner swing out wood & wire................................ 10 Blind corner pull out......................................................... 10 Add blind.......................................................................... 10 Pull slide pull.................................................................... 10 Lemans............................................................................ 10 Lemans lid........................................................................ 10 Modify blind..................................................................... 10 CASE FRONT................................................................... 10 CHANGE DIMENSIONS................................................... 11 CORBELS...................................................................12-15 CORNER CABINET MODS.............................................. 15 Modify WCD two doors.................................................... 15 CUSTOM ACCESSORIES................................................ 16 DECORATIVE DETAILS.................................................... 17 Attach loose accessory.................................................... 17 Chamfer........................................................................... 17 Edge Detail....................................................................... 17 Flutes............................................................................... 17 Rosettes........................................................................... 17 DOOR ACCESSORIES/MODS....................................18-23 APG one door.................................................................. 18 Ball catch......................................................................... 18 Bi-fold doors.................................................................... 18 Bi-pass hinge................................................................... 18 Doors battoned................................................................ 18 Doors strapped................................................................ 18 Door stays........................................................................ 18 Door not hinged............................................................... 18 Double door panel width.................................................. 19 Dust strip......................................................................... 19 Finished back of door...................................................... 19 Frameless Hinge.............................................................. 19 Glass doors...................................................................... 19 Aluminum Frame Glass Doors......................................... 19 Glass door pins................................................................ 20 Hinge cover...................................................................... 20 Hinge door at top............................................................. 20 Aventos Lift Up HF, HS, HL, HK....................................... 20 Lattice door inserts.......................................................... 21 Lock................................................................................. 21 Mullion doors................................................................... 21 No doors.......................................................................... 22 Pegs & Nails..................................................................... 22 Piano hinge...................................................................... 22 Pocket doors.................................................................... 22 Mount door ..................................................................... 22 AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Ship door loose................................................................ 22 Single door panel width & height..................................... 23 Soft close......................................................................... 23 Uniconnectors.................................................................. 23 DRAWER ACCESSORIES & MODIFICATIONS...........23-29 Add apothecary drawers.................................................. 24 Bean drawer..................................................................... 24 Bread drawer................................................................... 24 Cutlery tray plastic & wood.............................................. 25 Double tier cutlery tray..................................................... 25 Drawer front style changes.............................................. 25 Drawer Organization System........................................... 25 Loose guides................................................................... 26 Add drawer...................................................................... 26 Loose drawer box............................................................ 26 Drawer divider.................................................................. 26 Add file drawer................................................................. 26 Full width false front......................................................... 27 Glass drawer fronts.......................................................... 27 Knife tray insert................................................................ 27 Logo imprints................................................................... 27 Modify drawer fronts........................................................ 27 Multi-front drawer............................................................ 27 No drawer box................................................................. 27 No drawer front................................................................ 28 Drawer peg system.......................................................... 28 Scooped drawer.............................................................. 28 Spice drawer plastic & wood........................................... 29 Super drawer................................................................... 29 Top drawer false............................................................... 29 Top drawer opening modify............................................. 29 Tandem Blumotion........................................................... 29 Utility tray plastic & wood................................................ 29 Wall w/ drawer qty........................................................... 29 FILLERS......................................................................30-32 Angled fillers.................................................................... 30 Overlay fillers................................................................... 30 Wall filler undercap........................................................... 30 Angled panel fillers........................................................... 31 Door plane fillers.............................................................. 31 Clipped box filler.............................................................. 32 Base corner fillers............................................................ 32 Revola overlay base corner fillers.................................... 32 Base & wall filler pull out.................................................. 32 FINISHED ENDS, INTERIORS, TOPS & BOTTOMS......... 33 Finished ends................................................................... 33 Finish backs..................................................................... 33 Finished interior ply.......................................................... 33 Finished interior PB.......................................................... 33 Extend sides back............................................................ 33 Finished bottom............................................................... 33 Flush finished top............................................................. 33 No finished interior........................................................... 33 Recessed bottom............................................................. 33 FINISHED OUTSOURCED............................................... 34 MIRROR FRAMES........................................................... 65 MODIFIED OPENINGS..................................................... 35 Bottom broom opening height......................................... 35 Bookcase rail to floor....................................................... 35 Combination wall modify................................................. 35 Wall bottom & top open modifiy...................................... 35 MOLDING...................................................................36-44

AL=Accessory Loose

-1-

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Index: Accessories & Modifications Section Countertop Edging........................................................... 36 Crown.........................................................................36-38 Base............................................................................39-40 Detail...........................................................................40-44 Pilaster............................................................................. 44 Solid stock....................................................................... 45 PANELING...................................................................46-47 Loose paneling................................................................. 46 Edgebanding.................................................................... 46 1/16â&#x20AC;? veneer..................................................................... 46 Panelized plywood end treatment.................................... 47 POS OPTIONS................................................................. 48 Pull-out shelves............................................................... 48 POS height modify........................................................... 48 POS scoop....................................................................... 48 RAIL & STILE MODIFICATIONS....................................... 49 Stile to floor...................................................................... 49 RAISED PANELS.............................................................. 49 Loose raised panels......................................................... 49 Modify raised panels........................................................ 49 Pilaster edge detail.......................................................... 49 REPLACEMENT & LOOSE PARTS..............................50-52 Blind corner pull-out........................................................ 50 Blind corner swing outs loose.......................................... 50 Bumper pads................................................................... 50 Cabinet connectors.......................................................... 50 Can rack loose................................................................. 50 Door stays loose.............................................................. 50 Double tier cutlery tray loose........................................... 50 Drawer dividers loose...................................................... 50 Edgebanding loose.......................................................... 50 Frameless hinge loose..................................................... 50 Grocery bag holder loose................................................ 50 Hidden toe kick step stool loose...................................... 50 Knife tray insert loose...................................................... 50 Lids for trash bin.............................................................. 50 Lazy susan shelves & hardware....................................... 50 Protruding MWS shelf loose............................................ 50 Pot & pan caddy loose..................................................... 50 Pop up mixer shelf loose................................................. 50 POS loose........................................................................ 51 Pull out tray divider loose................................................ 51 Pull out wire basket loose................................................ 51 Pull out wooden hamper loose........................................ 51 Pull slide pull loose.......................................................... 51 Recycle bins loose........................................................... 51 Sink mat loose................................................................. 51 Spice drawer inserts loose............................................... 51 Spice insert loose............................................................ 51 Spice racks loose............................................................. 51 Tambour material loose.................................................... 51 Towel bar loose................................................................ 51 Trash bins loose............................................................... 51 Tray dividers loose........................................................... 51 Under sink caddy loose................................................... 52 Utility trays loose............................................................. 52 Wine glass holder loose................................................... 52 SIDE SHAPED PANELS................................................... 52 Side shaped panels......................................................... 52 Extend sides down.......................................................... 52 SHELVES.......................................................................... 53 Adjustable shelf............................................................... 53 Adjustable bookcase shelf............................................... 53 AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Adjustable finished interior shelf...................................... 53 Add additional shelves to cabinet.................................... 53 Modify to bookcase shelving........................................... 53 Full depth shelves............................................................ 53 No shelves....................................................................... 53 Plate groove..................................................................... 53 Shelf w/ POS.................................................................... 53 Shelf clips........................................................................ 53 SINK BASE OPTIONS...................................................... 54 Sink mat........................................................................... 54 Tip out trays..................................................................... 54 Towel bar.......................................................................... 54 Under sink Portero clean agent....................................... 54 Under sink caddy............................................................. 54 Under sink wire roll out.................................................... 54 SPICE RACKS.................................................................. 55 STAIN & TOUCH UP........................................................ 56 STORAGE SOLUTIONS................................................... 57 Can rack........................................................................... 57 Center partitions.............................................................. 57 Closet rod........................................................................ 57 Grocery bag holder.......................................................... 57 Pantry............................................................................... 57 Plate holder...................................................................... 57 Pot & pan caddy.............................................................. 57 Plate rack added to cabinet............................................. 57 Pop up mixer shelf........................................................... 57 Pull out tray divider.......................................................... 57 Pull out wire basket.......................................................... 57 Pull out wooden hamper.................................................. 57 Wicker baskets................................................................ 57 Tray dividers wire & wood................................................ 57 TABLE LEGS & BUNN FEET.......................................59-60 Table legs......................................................................... 59 Split table leg................................................................... 59 Turned post...................................................................... 59 Bunn feet......................................................................... 60 TOE KICK OPTIONS...................................................61-62 Adjustable legs................................................................ 61 Flush toe kick................................................................... 61 Hidden toe kick step stool............................................... 61 Recessed toe kick............................................................ 61 Separate toe kick............................................................. 61 No toe kick....................................................................... 61 Toe depth & height........................................................... 61 ADA-Special toe heights.................................................. 61 Toe Kick Platform............................................................. 62 VALANCES....................................................................... 62 Loose valances................................................................ 62 Raised panel valances..................................................... 62 WINE RACK..................................................................... 63 Scalloped wine rack......................................................... 63 Wine rack grid.................................................................. 63 Wine glass holders........................................................... 64 WOOD TOPS................................................................... 64 Wood tops........................................................................ 64 Dog bone joint system..................................................... 64 Shape top........................................................................ 64 Spline............................................................................... 64 Butcher block tops........................................................... 64 Alder distressed butcher block top.................................. 64

AL=Accessory Loose

-2-

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications UNIT OF MEASURE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

% OF CHARGE

PRICE

ACC MOD

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

% OF CHARGE

UNIT OF MEASURE

ACC MOD

PRICE

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

Accessories & Modifications Pricing PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE

#300 RAIL

$14

APDL

APF135FTK13

$333

#301 RAIL

$14

APDP

$71

APF135FTK24

$392

#316 RAIL

$14

APDW

APF452413

$223

#383 RAIL

$14

APEB13LA

$183

APF452424

$261

#384 RAIL

$14

APEB13LB

$183

APF453013

$235

#700 RAIL

$14

APEB13RA

$183

APF453024

$278

#701 RAIL

$14

APEB13RB

$183

APF453613

$263

#706 RAIL

$14

APEBLA

$321

APF453624

$310

#707 RAIL

$14

APEBLB

$321

APF454213

$277

#708 RAIL

$14

APEBRA

$321

APF454224

$325

#716 RAIL

$14

APEBRB

$321

APF454813

$291

#717 RAIL

$14

APET13LA

$450

APF454824

$343

#730 RAIL

$14

APET13LB

$450

APF456013

$304

#731 RAIL

$14

APET13RA

$450

APF456024

$358

#732 RAIL

$14

APET13RB

$450

APF458413

$477

#940 RAIL

$14

APETLA

$813

APF458424

$561

#950 RAIL

$14

APETLB

$813

APF459013

$481

#980 RAIL

$14

APETRA

$813

APF459024

$567

#981 RAIL

$14

APETRB

$813

APF459613

$485

#984 RAIL

$14

APETWLA

$304

APF459624

$572

#990 RAIL

$14

APETWLB

$304

APF45BH13

$248

#991 RAIL

$14

APETWRA

$304

APF45BH24

$294

#993 RAIL

$14

APETWRB

$304

APF45FTK13

$248

#995 RAIL

$14

APEVLA

$321

APF45FTK24

$294

1/16 VENEER

$274

APEVLB

$321

APG ONE DOOR

1/2ROUND .5

$2.40

APEVRA

$321

APGM

$0.01

1/2ROUND 1.5

$7.90

APEVRB

$321

APGOH

1/4ROUND .75

$7.10

APEWLA

$188

AVENTOS HF

$497

3/4 CUT

$61

APEWLB

$188

AVENTOS HK

$283

ADD

$200

APEWRA

$188

AVENTOS HL

$522

ADD SS

$200

APEWRB

$188

AVENTOS HS

$500

ADJ SHELF

$20

Per Sq FT

APF1352413

$297

BALL CATCH

$0.01

ADJ SHELF BC

$29

Per Sq FT

APF1352424

$350

BBB

$21

Per Sq Ft

ADJ SHELF FI

$29

Per Sq FT

APF1353013

$315

BBB BOTH

$21

Per Sq Ft

ADJLEG

$20

APF1353024

$371

BBBI

$64

Per Sq Ft

ADSTD

$200

APF1353613

$351

BBBI 3 OC

$64

Per Sq Ft

ADSTD SS

$200

APF1353624

$414

BBROH

AM1

$128

APF1354213

$370

BBT

$86

AM1 LOOSE

$14

APF1354224

$435

BCDRTF

AM12

$228

APF1354813

$388

BCF135

$196

AM14

$128

APF1354824

$457

BCF90

$88

AM14 LOOSE

$14

APF1356013

$405

BCP

$571

AM2

$128

APF1356024

$478

BCP SS

$571

AM2 LOOSE

$14

APF1358413

$637

BCS

$107

AM2 SP LOOSE

$14

APF1358424

$749

BCSWIRE

$400

AM3

$128

APF1359013

$642

BCSWIRE SS

$400

AM3 LOOSE

$14

APF1359024

$756

BCSWOOD1

$806

AM4

$157

APF1359613

$648

BCSWOOD1 SS

$806

AM7

$128

APF1359624

$764

BCSWOOD2

$885

AM7 LOOSE

$14

APF135BH13

$333

BCSWOOD2 SS

$885

ANGLE

$285

APF135BH24

$392

BEADBOARD

$21

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

-3-

M=Modification

Per Sq FT

Accessories and Modifications

PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

UNIT OF MEASURE

% OF CHARGE

PRICE

ACC MOD

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

Accessories & Modifications Pricing PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE

BEAN

$214

CONCEALED170

$30

CWC MODIFY

$107

BFD

$114

CONTAINERS

$184

CWL

$285

BFPO3

$240

CONTNRS SS

$184

CWNC

BFPO6

$288

CORACA L

$358

CWR

$285

BI-PASS

$120

CORACA M

$274

D BATTON

$143

BLIND

$428

CORACA XL

$544

D STAY#1 SS

$120

BOHH

CORAD L

$230

D STAY#2 SS

$120

BOHW

CORAD S

$274

D STRAPPED

$107

BPWB

CORAME L

$487

DBPO12TRAYS

$294.20

BPWW

CORAME M

$361

DBPO15TRAYS

$308.80

BRDR B

$171

CORAME S

$231

DBPO18TRAYS

$323.50

BRDR M

$171

CORART L

$355

DBPO21TRAYS

$396.70

BTB BIN 15

$280

CORART S

$217

DDPH

BTB BIN 18

$291

CORART XL

$614

DDPW

BTB BIN 21

$367

CORBAR1

$180

DFSB

$60

BTBBM 15

$694

CORBAR2

$180

DFSM

$60

BTBBM 18

$756

CORBOR L

$358

DFST

$60

BTBBM 21

$756

CORBOR M

$274

DGTUFEBM13

$64

BTBM15 LOOSE

$371

CORBOR XL

$544

DGTUFEBM15

$64

BTBM18 LOOSE

$394

CORCOT L

$324

DGTUFEBM18

$64

BTM OPENING

$143

CORCOT M

$455

DGTUFEBM21

$64

BUMPER PAD

$15.50

CORCOT S

$248

DGTUFEBM24

$64

BUNN01 4

$126

CORCOT XL

$1,056

DISTRESS BBT

$164

BUNN02 4

$142

CORLV L

$321

DLS SHELF

$221.90

BUNN03 4

$160

CORLV M

$385

DNH

BUNN04 4

$111

CORLV S

$210

DOG BONE

$29

BUNN05 4

$111

CORLV XL

$1,042

DOOR LOWER

$49

Per Sq FT

BUNN06 4

$99

CORRAT L

$313

DOOR LOWER L

$49

Per Sq FT

BUNN07 4

$126

CORRAT M

$427

DOOR LOWER R

$49

Per Sq FT

CAB CONN

$19

CORRAT S

$245

DOOR SPLIT

$51

CAP COVER

$0.30

CORTRAD L

$420

DOOR STAY#1

$214

CBL-AO1

$691

CORTRAD M

$304

DOOR STAY#2

$214

CBL-AO1 SS

$691

CORTRAD S

$178

DOOR UPPER

$49

Per Sq FT

CBL-TXO

$244.80

CPB

$171

DOOR UPPER L

$49

Per Sq FT

CBL-TXO SS

$244.80

CPT

$328

DOOR UPPER R

$49

Per Sq FT

CC KEYSTONE

$171

CPW

$107

DPF135 3X36

$201

CCKEYSTONESS

$171

$357

DPF135 3X42

$201

$143

CR SS

$357

DPF135 3X84

$221

CDL

$143

DPF135 3X96

$230

CDNC

CT SS

$143

DPF135 6X36

$227

CDR

$143

CTW

$285

DPF135 6X42

$227

CDT

$285

CTW SS

$285

DPF135 6X84

$261

CFO

CUBBIES

$428

DPF135 6X96

$267

$285

CUSTOM ACC.

$0.00

DPF1353X30.5

$196

CHAMFER

$71

CUTLERY 18SS

$136

DPF1356X30.5

$221

CHNC

CUTLERY 24SS

$157

DPF90 3X30.5

$196

CHVAL12

$214

CUTLERY 36SS

$230

DPF90 3X36

$201

CHVAL9

$107

CUTLERY OS18

$136

DPF90 3X42

$201

CLOSET ROD

$214

CUTLERY OS24

$157

DPF90 3X84

$221

CLOSET RODSS

$214

CUTLERY OS36

$230

DPF90 3X96

$230

CON170

$20

$285

DPF90 6X30.5

$221

-25

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

-4-

M=Modification

Per Sq FT

Accessories and Modifications UNIT OF MEASURE

DPF90 6X36

$227

FA6R

$120

DPF90 6X42

$227

$37

Per Sq Ft

DPF90 6X84

$261

FB LEFT

$37

Per Sq Ft

DPF90 6X96

$267

FB RIGHT

$37

Per Sq Ft

DPFSTR 3X36

$94

FBTM

$71

DPFSTR 3X42

$94

FDS

$71

DPFSTR 3X84

$114

FDSAMPLE

DPFSTR 3X96

$123

FFT

$107

DPFSTR 6X36

$120

FHINGE

$11

DPFSTR 6X42

$120

FHINGE SC

$19.60

DPFSTR 6X84

$154

FHINGE SC SS

$16.80

DPFSTR 6X96

$160

FHINGE SS

DPFSTR3X30.5

$93

DPFSTR6X30.5

$114

FI PB

DPS

$257

FILE

$285

DRAWER

$178

FIN BACK

DRILL/FDS

DRILLP

FINISH 0%

$282

DRILLP/S

FINISH 10%

$353

DRILLS

FINISH 20%

$423

DRWR BOX DT

$122

FINISH 30%

$494

DRWR FRONT

$40

FINISH 40%

$564

DRWRDVDR

$36

FINISH 50%

$635

DRWRDVDR SS

$36

FINISH 60%

$705

DRWRDVDRADJ

$71

FINISH BACK

$86

DSD BUILD

$180

DTCT WOOD

$642

FLAT POSBM

$334

DTCT WOOD SS

$642

FLATPOSBM FI

$394

DTTDH

FLATPOSBM SS

$334

DWDP

$400

FLPOSBMFI SS

$394

DWR DEPTH 12

$143

FLUTE

$114

DWR DEPTH 15

$143

FLUTE 3/8

$114

DWR DEPTH 18

$143

FLUTE/ROSE

$164

DWR DEPTH 24

$143

FLUTE/ROSE2

$164

DWR DEPTH 27

$143

FSOH

DWR DEPTH 30

$143

FSOW

DWR OPENING

$214

FSTRW

FTK

EB LOOSE

FTKB

EDGE DETAIL

$107

FTO

ELE CUTOUT

$143

FTS

$214

ESBL

$214

GALLON

$214

ESBR

$214

GBH

$77

EXT LEFT

$114

GBH SS

$47

EXT RIGHT

$114

$23

GD UP PANEL

$49

GDALU14CG

$171

FA3L

$94

Based Off Cabinet Size

GDALU14SG

$200

Based Off Cabinet Size

FA3R

$94

FA6L

$120

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Per Sq FT

AL=Accessory Loose

-5-

Based Off Cabinet Size

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

% OF CHARGE

PRICE

ACC MOD

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

% OF CHARGE

UNIT OF MEASURE

ACC MOD

PRICE

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

Accessories & Modifications Pricing PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE

GDALU60CG

$150

Based Off Cabinet Size

GDALU60SG

$178

Based Off Cabinet Size

GDPINS

$0.01

GDSS14CG

$207

Based Off Cabinet Size

GDSS14SG

$235

Based Off Cabinet Size

GDSS60CG

$171

Based Off Cabinet Size

GDSS60SG

$200

Based Off Cabinet Size

HDT

$214

HGRAIN

HINGE COVER

$3.60

HTKSS

$424

HTKSS SS

$358

KEYSTONE SS

$442

KNIFE HLDRSS

$54

KNIFE HOLDER

$54

KNOB 0%

$35

KNOB 10%

$44

KNOB 20%

$53

KNOB 30%

$62

KNOB 40%

$70

KNOB 50%

$79

KNOB 60%

$88

$642

KT INSERT

$197

KT INSERT SS

$166

LDI

$357

LEGM 335

$471

LEGM 342

$539

LEGM 435

$554

LEGM 442

$639

LEGN 335

$471

LEGN 342

$539

LEGN 435

$554

LEGN 442

$639

LEGP 335

$471

LEGP 342

$539

LEGP 435

$554

LEGP 442

$639

LEGQ 335

$466

LEGQ 342

$533

LEGQ 435

$549

LEGQ 442

$634

LEGR 335

$539

LEGR 342

$623

LEGR 435

$643

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications UNIT OF MEASURE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

PRICE

% OF CHARGE

PRICE

ACC MOD

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

% OF CHARGE

UNIT OF MEASURE

ACC MOD

PRICE

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

Accessories & Modifications Pricing UNIT OF MEASURE

LEGR 442

$748

MCRTL 8

$177

MFBRD 8

$181

LEGS 335

$539

MCRTM 8

$137

MFBSB 8

$181

LEGS 342

$623

MCRTNL 8

$177

MFBSQ 8

$181

LEGS 435

$643

MCRTNX 8

$213

MFBTR 8

$181

LEGS 442

$748

MCRTS 8

$100

MFD

$60

LEGT 335

$466

MCRTX 8

$201

MICM 8

$60

LEGT 342

$533

MCRW 8

$100

MIR 10 RAIL

$17

LEGT 435

$549

MCSDE 8

$84

MIR 13 RAIL

$17

LEGT 442

$634

MCTB 8

$52

MIR 15 RAIL

$17

LEGU 335

$469

MCTCOL 8

$64

MIR 35 RAIL

$17

LEGU 342

$536

MCTD 8

$60

MIR 60 RAIL

$17

LEGU 435

$552

MCTE1B 8

$76

MIR 65 RAIL

$17

LEGU 442

$637

MCTE1BV 8

$76

MIR 66 RAIL

$17

LEMANS18

$1,103

MCTE1CP 8

$76

MIR 67 RAIL

$17

LEMANS18 SS

$1,103

MCTE1D 8

$76

MIR 70 RAIL

$17

LEMANS21

$1,152

MCTE1OG 8

$76

MIR A RAIL

$30

LEMANS21 SS

$1,152

MCTE1R 8

$76

MIR B RAIL

$17

LEMANSLID

$53

MCTE1RD 8

$76

MIRROR A

$30

LID TB SS

$42.40

MCTE2B 8

$76

Per Ln Ft + design

LOCK

$91

MCTE2BV 8

$76

MIRROR B

$17

Per Ln Ft + design

LOCK SS

$91

MCTE2CP 8

$76

MIRROR C

$26

Per Ln Ft + design

LOGO

$4.30

MCTE2D 8

$76

MIRROR#10

$17

LS HARDWARE

$0.01

MCTE2OG 8

$76

Per Ln Ft + design

LS SHELF

$221

MCTE2R 8

$76

MIRROR#13

$17

Per Ln Ft + design

LS SHELF SS

$221

MCTE2RD 8

$76

MIRROR#15

$17

MARKER

$0.01

MCTEBN 8

$76

Per Ln Ft + design

MBA 8

$88

MCTERM 8

$76

MIRROR#35

$17

Per Ln Ft + design

MBB 8

$125

MCTESQ 8

$76

MIRROR#60

$17

Per Ln Ft + design

MBB3 8

$94

MCTR 8

$52

MIRROR#65

$17

MBB3W 8

$94

MCTT 8

$60

Per Ln Ft + design

MBC 8

$52

MCV 8

$52

MIRROR#66

$17

Per Ln Ft + design

MBD

$186

MDENTIL 8

$64

MIRROR#67

$17

MBDCS

$285

MDFSB

$14

Per Ln Ft + design

MBDIG

$186

MDFSB 2 3/4

$14

MIRROR#70

$17

Per Ln Ft + design

MBDPS

$214

MDFSB 3 1/2

$23.40

MISC

$0.01

MBDPSI

$214

MDFSM

$14

MISC SS

$0.01

MBEAD 8

$38

MDFSM 2 3/4

$14

MLVB 8

$80

MBS 8

$60

MDFSM 3 1/2

$23.40

MLVBV 8

$92

MBT 8

$49

MDFST

$14

MLVCP 8

$92

MCRCBL 8

$185

MDFST 2 3/4

$14

MLVD 8

$92

MCRCBM 8

$170

MDFST 3 1/2

$23.40

MLVM 8

$92

MCRCBS 8

$92

MFBB 8

$181

MLVOG 8

$92

MCRCL 8

$185

MFBBV 8

$181

MLVP 8

$92

MCRCM 8

$143

MFBCL 8

$181

MLVR 8

$92

MCRCX 8

$217

MFBCOL 8

$181

MLVRD 8

$92

MCRPL 8

$181

MFBCP 8

$181

MLVSQ 8

$92

MCRPM 8

$141

MFBD 8

$181

MODIFY BLIND

$107

MCRSL 8

$133

MFBDB 8

$181

MODIFY POST

$224

MCRSM 8

$100

MFBOG 8

$181

MODIFY RP

$107

MCRSS 8

$84

MFBR 8

$181

MOSC.75 8

$60

MOSC1 8

$96

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

-6-

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications

PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

PRICE

MOSC1.25 8

$136

PANEL 1/2NTO

$17

Per Sq FT

PIL42D

$60

MOSC135 8

$92

PANEL 1/4

$22

Per Sq FT

PIL42E

$60

MQR 8

$52

PANEL 1/4INT

$14

Per Sq FT

PIL42F

$60

MROPE 8

$42

PANEL 1/4NTO

$14

Per Sq FT

PIL42G

$60

MSK 8

$54

PANEL 3/4

$33

Per Sq FT

PIL84A

$120

MSM 8

$40

PANEL 3/4INT

$20

Per Sq FT

PIL84B

$120

MSML 8

$49

PANEL 3/4NTB

$20

Per Sq FT

PIL84C

$120

MSU18SO

PANEL3/4 T

$44

Per Sq FT

PIL84D

$120

MSU36SO

PANTRY

$1,370

PIL84E

$120

MUC 8

$87

PCA1

$408

PIL84F

$120

MUCB 8

$80

PCA2

$629

PIL84G

$120

MUCC 8

$87

PCANGLE

$285

PIL96A

$137

MW SHELF 27

$86

$485

PIL96B

$137

MW SHELF 30

$97

PD SS

$214

PIL96C

$137

MWCC 8

$125

PDP

$328

PIL96D

$137

MWCCOL 8

$100

PECPLYA

$40

Per Sq FT

PIL96E

$137

MWSCOL 8

$76

PECPLYB

$40

Per Sq FT

PIL96F

$137

MWSL 8

$108

PECPLYC

$40

Per Sq FT

PIL96G

$137

NAIL 1 BLACK

$14

PECPLYD

$40

Per Sq FT

PLATE GROOVE

$107

NAIL 1 SHINY

$23.80

PECPLYE

$40

Per Sq FT

POPMS

$714

NAIL 2 BLACK

$29

PECPLYF

$40

Per Sq FT

POPMS SS

$714

NAIL 2 SHINY

$47.60

PECPLYG

$40

Per Sq FT

POS DEPTH 24

$143

NAILS 1LB

$97.50

PECRPB

$14

POS DEPTH 27

$143

-25

PECRPC

$14

POS DEPTH 30

$143

ND DRILL

-25

PECRPD

$14

POS HARDWARE

$0.01

NDB

PECRPE

$14

POS SCOOP

$36

NDF

PECRPF

$14

POS STND BM

$230

NDL

-10

PECRPG

$14

POS TEMPLATE

$0.01

NDU

-10

PEGS 1

$14

POSBMFI SS

$323

NO FI

-20

PEGS 2

$29

POSH

$107

NO YOKE

PIANO HINGE

$7.20

POSSTNDBM SS

$230

PIECUT

$100

POSTA 335

$466

NTK

PIECUT SS

$100

POSTA 342

$533

OM-ATT

$43

PIL30.5A

$46

POSTA 435

$549

OM-BD

$71

PIL30.5B

$46

POSTA 442

$634

OM-GD

$214

PIL30.5C

$46

POSTB 335

$469

OM-SP

$107

PIL30.5D

$46

POSTB 342

$536

P&PC

$1,112

PIL30.5E

$46

POSTB 435

$552

P&PC SS

$942

PIL30.5F

$46

POSTB 442

$637

PAN1230

$55

PIL30.5G

$46

POSTC 335

$469

PAN2430

$88

PIL36A

$51

POSTC 342

$536

PAN2435

$97

PIL36B

$51

POSTC 435

$552

PAN3/4 4896

$560

PIL36C

$51

POSTC 442

$637

PAN4830

$153

PIL36D

$51

POSTD 335

$466

PAN4835

$173

PIL36E

$51

POSTD 342

$533

PAN4848

$224

PIL36F

$51

POSTD 435

$549

PAN4896

$382

PIL36G

$51

POSTD 442

$634

PAN9648

$435

PIL42A

$60

POSTE 335

$466

PANEL 1/2

$24

Per Sq FT

PIL42B

$60

POSTE 342

$533

PANEL 1/2NTB

$17

Per Sq FT

PIL42C

$60

POSTE 435

$549

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

-7-

M=Modification

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

UNIT OF MEASURE

% OF CHARGE

PRICE

ACC MOD

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

Accessories & Modifications Pricing UNIT OF MEASURE

Accessories and Modifications

PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

UNIT OF MEASURE

% OF CHARGE

PRICE

ACC MOD

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

Accessories & Modifications Pricing PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE

POSTE 442

$634

RBC BINS 18

$748

RPBW

$64

Per Sq FT

POSTF 335

$469

RBC BINS 30

$1,176

RPVAL CUSTOM

$168

Per Sq FT

POSTF 342

$536

RBC DLX BINS

$1,197

RPVAL3318

$652

POSTF 435

$552

RBCBINS18SS

$748

RPVAL3618

$666

POSTF 442

$637

RBCBINS30SS

$1,176

RPVAL4518

$708

POSTG 335

$466

RBCF135

$392

RPVAL4818

$722

POSTG 342

$533

RBCF90

$285

RPVAL5418

$895

POSTG 435

$549

RBMD

RPVAL6018

$923

POSTG 442

$634

RBMDL

RPVAL6618

$951

POSTH 335

$542

RBMDR

RPVAL7218

$979

POSTH 342

$626

RCBF3

$308

RTKB

$143

POSTH 535

$992

RCBFTK3

$308

RTKF

POSTH 542

$1,131

RTKL

$143

POSTI 335

$545

RDL

RTKR

$143

POSTI 342

$628

RDPL

$514

POSTI 535

$995

RDR

RWL

POSTI 542

$1,133

$237

RWR

POSTJ 335

$545

RECESS BTM

$143

$0.01

POSTJ 342

$628

SCDR

$71

POSTJ 535

$995

RHH

SCDRC

$71

POSTJ 542

$1,133

RHW

SCREWS

POSTK 335

$387

RLLO

SDCDF

$1,285.72

POSTK 342

$439

RLRO

SDFDS

POSTK 435

$450

ROBF3

$114

SDL

POSTK 442

$515

ROBF6

$228

SDPH

POSTUFEBM

$263

ROLL HLDRSS

$153

SDPW

POSTUFEBM FI

$323

ROLL HOLDER

$153

SHAPE PANEL

$244

POSTUFEBM SS

$263

ROSE

$50

SHAPE TOP

$244

POTRD

$552

ROSE2

$50

SHELF W/POS

POTRD SS

$468

ROTF384

$228

SHELVES

$71

POWB

$214

ROTF396

$257

SINKMAT-M

$171

POWB 11 SS

$214

ROTF684

$457

SINKMAT-M SS

$130

POWB 14 SS

$214

ROTF696

$514

SINKMAT-S

$171

POWH

$257

ROUTE

SINKMAT-S SS

$130

POWH SS

$257

ROVF3

$114

SINKMAT-W

$171

PPWRK CHARGE

$299.80

ROVF6

$228

SINKMAT-W SS

$130

PRC

ROWF330

$114

SLATED BTM

$43

PRC SS

$75.40

Per Sq FT

ROWF336

$128

SOCKETT

PSP

$2,055

ROWF342

$143

SOFT CLOSE

$16.40

PSP SS

$2,055

ROWF348

$171

SOFT CLOSING

$16.40

PULLUP DR SS

$902

ROWF354

$200

SP REVEALS

$107

PUTTY STICK

$0.01

ROWF360

$228

SPD

$143

QUART

$54

ROWF630

$228

SPD SS

$143

RAIL1

ROWF636

$257

SPDS

RAIL1.5

$4.30

ROWF642

$285

SPDW

$285

RAIL2

ROWF648

$314

SPDW SS

$285

RAIL2.5

$7.10

ROWF654

$343

SPICE

$685

RAIL3

ROWF660

$371

SPICE INSERT

$21

RAIL3.5

$10

$201

SPICE INSTSS

$21

RAIL4

$11

RPBB

$64

Per Sq FT

SPICE SS

$685

RAIL6

$17

RPBT

$64

Per Sq FT

SPLINE

$429

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

-8-

M=Modification

Per Sq FT

Accessories and Modifications

PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

UNIT OF MEASURE

% OF CHARGE

PRICE

ACC MOD

% OF CHARGE

~ ITEM ~ NOMENCLATURE

ACC MOD

Accessories & Modifications Pricing PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE

SPLIT DIA

$61

TOE HEIGHT

$107

VAL24

$57

SPLIT LEN

$61

TOHH

VAL27

$64

SPR SS

$211

TOHW

VAL30

$71

SPRA SS

$357

TOP OPENING

$143

VAL33

$77

SPRA-L

$357

TOT

$160

VAL36

$84

SPRA-R

$357

TOT HINGE

$25.50

VAL39

$90

SPRAY LAQUER

$21.20

TOT HINGE SS

$25.50

VAL42

$97

SPR-L

$211

TOT PLASTIC

$160

VAL45

$104

SPR-R

$211

TOT SS

$160

VAL48

$111

SPRW

$143

TOTPLASTICSS

$160

VAL51

$116

SPRW SS

$143

TRACK

$13.60

VAL54

$123

SRVOEX KIT

$213

TRACK CURVED

$4.60

VAL57

$124

$43

TRANS FF

VAL60

$131

SS BUILD UP

$71

TRANS MLD

$14

VAL63

$137

SS DETAIL

$1.40

TRD

$71

VAL66

$138

SS FINISHALL

$36

TRD LARGE SS

$71

VAL69

$144

SS SHELF

$221

TRD SMALL SS

$71

VAL72

$151

SS1.5

$86

Per Sq FT

TRDW

$143

VAL75

$153

SS2.25

$128

Per Sq FT

TRDW SS

$143

VAL78

$158

SSPA LOOSE

$407

TUFEBM

$64

VAL81

$164

SSPA60L

$428

TUK

$0.01

VAL84

$166

SSPA60R

$428

TWF336

$29

VAL87

$171

SSPB LOOSE

$407

TWF342

$29

VAL90

$177

SSPC LOOSE

$407

TWF636

$54

VAL93

$178

STFL

$107

TWF642

$54

VAL96

$184

STFR

$107

TWFA336L

$100

WBO MODIFY

$107

STK

TWFA336R

$100

WC HEIGHT

SWR

TWFA342L

$100

WCD TWO DOOR

$71

SWR SS

$0.00

TWFA342R

$100

WD DRWER QTY

$178

TAMBOUR MAT.

$86

TWFA636L

$126

WDHH

TB SS

$86

TWFA636R

$126

WDHW

TBL

$86

TWFA642L

$126

WFPO330

$220

TBR

$86

TWFA642R

$126

WFPO336

$280

TDF

UNICONN SS

$4.30

WFPO342

$348

TF3

$49

UNICONNECTOR

$4.30

WFPO630

$274

TF6

$88

USC15

$141

WFPO636

$315

TFA3L

$120

USC15 SS

$118

WFPO642

$355

TFA3R

$120

USC18

$153

WFU

$78

TFA6L

$160

USC18 SS

$131

WGH

$328

TFA6R

$160

USC21

$178

WGH SS

$328

TFT3

$57

USC21 SS

$150

WICKER15

$314

TFT3X120

$93

USWRO

$214

WICKER18

$328

TFT6

$94

USWRO11 SS

$214

WIRE CHS

$61

TFT6X120

$130

USWRO14 SS

$214

WLS HARDWARE

$151

TFTA3L

$128

$143

$29

Per Sq FT

TFTA3R

$128

UT13 3/8” SS

$143

WT 1.5

$57

Per Sq FT

TFTA6L

$168

UT16 3/8” SS

$143

WTL

$39

Per Sq FT

TFTA6R

$168

UT21 3/8” SS

$143

WTL 1.5

$77

Per Sq FT

TK PLATFORM

$71

UTW

$285

WTO MODIFY

$107

TOE

$20

UTW SS

$285

WWR

TOE DEPTH

$107

VAL SP SIZE

$43

Per Sq FT

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Per Sq FT

AL=Accessory Loose

-9-

Per Sq FT

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Accessories & Modifications Helpful Notes About Accessories/Modifications Section

•• •• ••

Any accessories that are finished like the exterior will be subject to finish & wood upcharges and will be priced as such on the pricing program. Interior wood accessories are built with Beech; interior plywood accessories are built with Maple. Loose accessories are entered as an individual line item, accessories that will be installed, such as Pull Out Shelves, or Cabinet/Accessory Modfications are entered as a modification to the existing line item.

Modifications are added by using the “Add Mod or Accessory to Line#” button on the order entry program •• Put the cursor on the line item. Click the “Add Mod or Accessory to Line#” button or “Alt + M” on your keyboard while on the Items tab of the Pricing Program.

••

A window will pop up stating “For Line # __”, click OK.

••

Enter the quantity & the modification or accessory nomenclature.

••

Items entered using the “Add Line or Accessory” button, such as Cabinets or loose accessories, will be shaded green in the pricing program; items entered using the “Add Mod or Accessory to Line #” button will be shaded white.

••

Some items in this section will require the cabinet to be entered as a custom. Enter the cabinet using one of the applicable CUSTOM_______ cabinet options (the custom entry will automatically add a custom charge to the cabinet price of the cabinet), then add the modification(s). For example, a B24L with an Angle would be entered in the following manner:

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 10 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Angles ANGLE

Angle

1 angle charge ($300)

2 angle charges $400 ($600)

Shown are two examples and their charges.

PC ANGLE

Add an angle to a cabinet. Virtually any angles are available on our cabinetry. A drawing showing configuration and the degree of angle is required. Full & Designer Overlay hinges require special consideration. Doors requiring angles will be done on a case by case basis; submit a quote for pricing and availability. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add ANGLE as a modification.

Pipe Chase Angle

Top view of various pipe chases.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

ď&#x192;žM

Add a pipe chase to a cabinet. A detailed drawing specifying all dimensions is required. If the PC angle is different than those shown, please submit a quote prior to ordering. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add PC ANGLE as a modification.

AL=Accessory Loose

- 11 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Appliance Cut-outs APGOH

M

APG Opening Height Modify appliance garage opening height.

BOHH

Bottom Oven Hole Height Used to specify lower cut-out height on oven cabinets. Use TOHH if cabinet only has one opening.

BOHW

Bottom Oven Hole Width Used to specify lower cut-out width on oven cabinets. Use TOHW if cabinet only has one opening.

DTTDH

Distance to Top Drawer Height Used to specify the distance from the top of the CT2D cabinet to the top of the mid/top drawer front.

FSOH

Farm Sink Opening Height Used to specify cut-out height on farm sink cabinets. Enter dimension as 0 if jobsite cut-out.

FSOW

Farm Sink Opening Width Used to specify cut-out width on farm sink cabinets.

FSTRW

Farm Sink Top Rail Width Used to specify top rail width on farm sink cabinets. This can be used to increase the rail width for a solid top rail to be cut in the field or in addition to FSOH to modify the standard 1 1/2” rail size.

FTO

Floor to Oven Measurement Measurement, in inches, from the floor to the top of the shelf the oven will sit on. Can be specified if the standard FTO won’t work.

RHH

Refrigerator Hole Height Used to specify refrigerator opening height.

RHW

Refrigerator Hole Width Used to specify refrigerator opening width

RLLO

Refrigerator Leg Left Only Modifies refrigerator cabinet to one leg.

RLRO

Refrigerator Leg Right Only Modifies refrigerator cabinet to one leg.

TOHH

Top Oven Hole Height Used to specify cut-out heights on oven or microwave cabinets. Use TOHH if cabinet only has one opening.

TOHW

Top Oven Hole Width Used to specify cut-out widths on oven or microwave cabinets. Use TOHW if cabinet only has one opening.

WDHH

Warming Drawer Hole Height Used to specify cut-out heights on oven cabinets with a warming drawer. Use TOHH if cabinet only has one opening.

WDHW

Warming Drawer Hole Width Used to specify cut-out widths on oven cabinets with a warming drawer. Use TOHW if cabinet only has one opening.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 12 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Appliance Panels Unless otherwise specified, appliance panels will feature 1/2” reveals. The applied doors and/or drawer fronts are subject to any applicable style upcharges. When ordering appliance panels, state the overall size of the backer panel plus any special reveals. Due to continually changing manufacture specs we DO NOT keep track of the specs for individual models. It is your responsibility to supply all relevant information such as overall panel sizes and proper overlays for doors or current specs. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. See Appliance Panel Forms in the FORMS section for this catalog. If you do not need the 1/4” backer panel(s), please order a loose door/drawer front. See the Door & Drawers section for more information on ordering loose doors and drawer fronts. DWDP

Dishwasher Door Panel

AL

Decorative door attached to a ¼” thick panel. If ordered, the lower access panel cover will not have a matching decorative onlay unless specified. Use form in FORMS section.

Access panel cover available upon request RDPL

Refrigerator Door Panel

AL

Door attached to a ¼” thick panel. Use form in FORMS section. RDPs are available in virtually any configuration. No arched doors wider than 24”. Drawer fronts below minimum size will be slab style. An additional panel cover is included, only if specified with order. The access panel will not have a matching overlay unless specified. Door style will match the lower door section on the order. See door section for minimum and maximum door sizes. Use SDPW and SDPH for single door panel width and/or height. Warranty will be limited. APDL

Appliance Panel Door Length &/or Width

M

Use as a modification to an appliance panel to specify the length & width of the decorative door.

APDW

Appliques CC KEYSTONE

Custom Built Keystone

1 ½” thick x 6” wide x 6” tall. 3/8” x 3” relief at top to allow keystone to set into valance. Edges are beveled. Specify if no relief needed.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 13 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Applied Paneled Ends

M

This modification will attach a decorative door to the side of a cabinet with 3/16” top, bottom & middle reveals, and 3/32” reveal at back. Select Option A or B to determine if the attached door will be flush with the front doors or have a 3/32” reveal at front. Ex: APEBLA or APEBLB. When using Option A a portion of the back of the attached door will be exposed. Add FINISH BACK as a modification to the cabinet to finish the back of the attached door. Watch for double panel height/ width doors. Add 3/4” per application to overall width of the cabinet. Finished end must be added. O n Ta l l A p p l i c a t i o n s : Brooms, Linens plants will align with doors on front. Bookcase w/ Door plants, lower door will align with doors on front, remaining door on top. Oven & Bookcase plants for cabinets w/out doors on front will receive two equally sized door plants. Doors may become double panel in height. APEB(L/R)__

APEB13(L/R)__

24” Deep Bases get full height door. 3/32" short at wall

OPTION A

13” Deep Bases get full height door. 13” 12

APEV(L/R)__

7/8" long at front Cabinet depth + 7/8” - (3/32”) = Applied Door Width Or 13 + 7/8 - (3/32) = 13 25/32”

APEW(L/R)__

APETW(L/R)

Walls up to, but not including 48”

3/32" short at wall

OPTION B

Tall Walls 48” tall and up

13” 12

APET(L/R)

APET13L/R)

Vanities get full height door.

3/32" short at front

Cabinet depth - (3/32”) (2X) = Applied Panel Width Or 13 - (3/32) (2X) = 12 13/16”

Beadboard Accessories & Modifications BBM

24” Deep Tall

13” Deep Tall

AL

3” Beadboard Molding with or w/out bead 3” wide, 3/8” solid wood, tongue and groove, Beadboard Molding sold by the linear foot. Overall size is 3 1/8” wide and is available in 8’ increments.

BBM 3OC (w/out center bead) 3 1/4

3/8” 3/8

Beadboard Molding can be ordered cut to size by specifying number & length of pieces needed. A surcharge will be applied. Call Customer Service for a quote.

3 1/8

BBM shown above BEADBOARD

Beadboard Paneling 3/16” thick beadboard plywood paneling priced per square foot. Maximum size is 48” W x 96” L. Beads are 1 ½” on center. Pattern differs slightly from the beadboard molding. (NA in Knotty or Rustic woods)

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 14 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Beadboard Accessories & Modifications

AL

Beadboard Backs M Dimensions are WIDTH by LENGTH. The length runs with the grain. Beadboard can be ordered in an accent color, call your Account Manager for a quote. 3/16” Beadboard paneling is not available in Knotty or Rustic woods. BBBI

Inlayed Beadboard Back

BBBI 3 OC

3/8” thick solid wood beadboard molding inlayed over the 1/4” plywood interior back. Available in 1 1/2” or 3” on center.

BBB

Beadboard Back Beadboard is NOT available on interior cabinet sides or exterior backs

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

3/16” beadboard plywood paneling used for interior cabinet back

AL=Accessory Loose

- 15 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Blind Corner Accessories & Modifications NOTE: Pull-outs & swing-outs fit XB42 – XB48 cabinets and require a 13” minimum opening, unless noted. BCP

Blind Corner Pull-Out

AI

Wire, two tier unit swings out then pulls out. 21” minimum cabinet depth BCSWIRE

Blind Corner Swing-Out

AI

Wire, two tier unit swings out. 21” minimum cabinet depth. BCSWOOD

BLIND

BCP shown at top BCSWIRE shown at bottom

Wooden Blind Corner Swing-Out AI Wood, two tier unit swings out then pulls out. 21” minimum cabinet depth.

Modify a standard cabinet to a blind cabinet. M Add a blind to a cabinet. A drawing showing configuration & door opening must be supplied. Some restrictions apply. * Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add BLIND as a modification.

LEMANS 18 only available in XBFD45

Lemans

AI

XBFD width, depth or opening cannot be modified. MUST be used on full door cabinet. Champagne; non-slip finish. The Lemans makes some space very easy to use, but unfortunately, sacrifices the rest of the cabinet box. See Hafele’s Arena Champagne literature for more details!

LEMANS 21 only available in XBFD48 LEMANSLID

Lemans Lid Organizer

AL

17 3/4” W x 5 7/8” D x 1 5/8” H Insert only. Shipped loose. MODIFY BLIND

Modify door opening on a Blind Cabinet M Modifying the door opening on the blind does not affect the number of doors on the cabinet. Door opening must be specified.

PSP

Pull-Slide-Pull

AI

Bottom mounted unit with 4 chrome baskets. Not available with door mount hardware. Minimum opening is 14 3/4” wide. Minimum cabinet depth is 20”. Overall height of unit is 20 ¾”. Minimal usage of top basket if used in a cabinet with a drawer. Capacity 25 lbs. per basket . Fits XB42 - XB48. Baskets measure 11 3/4” W x 16 1/2” D x 4” H. Same basket sizes, regardless of cabinet size.

Case Fronts

M

CFO

Loose Case Front of a Standard Cabinet M To order a loose case front for a standard cabinet; enter the cabinet and add CFO as a modification. Enter the least expensive cabinet (SB30 rather than a B30 or a 13” deep Broom cabinet w/o shelves rather than a 24” broom w/ shelves). Case Front is 4” deep and comes with the toe-kick attached; floor is not included.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 16 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Change Dimensions

ď&#x192;žM

If possible start with a larger cabinet and reduce dimensions. When modifying angled cabinets such as the BA & WA; the left back is adjusted with the width (CW, RW) and the right back is adjusted with the depth (CD, RD). When modifying the height or width of a cabinet, pay close attention to door & drawer front minimums and maximum single panel door sizes. See Door & Drawer Styles section. RW

Reduce Width

Reduce Depth Walls cannot be reduced to less than 4", bases and tall no less than 6" final depth, unless custom

Reduce Height

Change Width

Change Depth

CDT

Change Depth Tall

Change Height

CDNC

Change Depth No Charge For use when directed with select cabinets.

RDL

Reduced depth left side

RDR

Reduced depth right side

CWL

Change width left back

CWR

Change width right back

CDL

Change depth left side

CDR

Change depth right side

RWL

Reduced width left side

RWR

Reduced width right side

CWR RWR

CDR RDR

CWL RWL

CDL RDL

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 17 -

M=Modification

1”

Accessories and Modifications Corbels Corbels

8”

 AL  AL

CORBAR 1

8”

8” 1”

12” 1” Corbel1” Bar Bracket Design 1

1”

1” Thick solid wood brackets. 8” wide x 12” tall No edge detail.

12”

CORBAR 2

8”

12” 1” Corbel Bar Bracket Design 2 1” Thick solid wood brackets. 8” wide x 12” tall No edge detail.

1”

12”

Special Order Corbels CORBEL SP

 AL

CUSTOM CORBEL Must send a drawing. We strongly advise sending in a quote before ordering.

CBL-AO1

Special Order Corbels Enkeboll’s Acanthus Corbel. This style is used on HOOD 1 & HOOD 2 shown in the Custom Furniture section. 4 3/4” wide x 9 1/2” tall x 3 3/4” deep.

Corbels - Outsourced

 AL

These hand carved, hardwood corbels, available in many styles, are an ideal choice for fireplace mantels and range hoods. The top profile of many of these wood corbels accepts molding up to 3/4”. Wood corbels can be mounted with keyhole plates, provided and pre-attached, to your project. Custom Cupboards takes care of the ordering so you don’t have to. Available only in Maple, Oak, and Cherry.

Acanthus Corbels CORACA M

CORACA L

CORACA XL

Large

Medium

X-Large AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 18 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Americana Corbels CORAME S

CORAME M

Small

CORAME L

Medium

Large

Art Deco Corbels CORAD S

CORAD L

Small Large

Arts & Crafts Corbels CORART S

CORART L

CORART XL

Small Medium Large

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 19 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Bordeaux Corbels CORBOR M

CORBOR L

CORBOR XL

Large

Medium

X-Large

Cottage Corbels CORCOT S

CORCOT M

CORCOT L

CORCOT XL

Small Medium

Large X-Large

Leaf Corbels CORLV S

CORLV M

Small

CORLV L

CORLV XL

Medium

Large X-Large

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 20 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Rattan Corbels CORRAT S

CORRAT M

CORRAT L

Medium

Small

Large

Traditional Corbels CORTRAD S

CORTRAD M

Small

CORTRAD L

Medium Large

Corner Cabinet Accessories WCD TWO DOOR

WCD Two Door ď&#x192;žM Use this to modify the Wall Corner Diagonal Cabinet to two doors.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 21 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Custom Accessories Section CUSTOM ACC.

Custom Accessory ď&#x192;žAL Use this to enter custom quoted accessories.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 22 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Decorative Details OM-ATT

M

Attach Loose Accessory Used as a modification to a cabinet, solid stock or filler when attaching a loose accessory such as doors, onlays, etc.

CHAMFER

Front View

Side View

Chamfer ¼” deep x ¼” wide, approximately 3/8” across the diagonal. Can be added to box fillers or other flat stock. Chamfer starts and stops 3” from the ends or 7” from bottom on box fillers with flush toe kicks.

EDGE DETAIL

Edge Detail Add edge detail to box fillers. Must specify the edge you want.

FLUTE

Flutes

FLUTE 3/8

Fluting added to box fillers or other flat stock. 2” wide minimum width. Price does not include material. Flute placement: Standard flutes start & stop 3” from top & bottom edges. Staggered flutes start & stop 3” from top & bottom edges. The outside flutes start & stop 1 ½” from center flute. To order specify in the item notes. All fluting on box fillers w/ flush toe kicks will be moved up 4”. Fluting will start 1 ½” from any additional detailing such as rosettes. Flute placement can be specified for no additional charge.

ROSE

Rosettes Rosettes are routed onto box fillers or other flat stock. Rosette detailing is typically placed 3” from the top, 7” up when used on the bottom of box filler cabinets. Price does not include material cost.

ROSE2

See also plinth blocks FLUTE/ROSE

3/8” Fluting with a small Rosette

FLUTE/ROSE2

5/8” Fluting with a large Rosette

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 23 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications APG ONE DOOR

Appliance Garage w/ One Door M Used to modify the two lower doors on a Wall Appliance Garage w/ Door Cabinet to a single door. Hinging will be the same as upper door.

BALL CATCH

Ball Catch AL Solid Brass Catch & Strike has an adjustable tension feature and is easy to install. The strike may enter from either side or front and is designed for use on all doors. Includes catch & strike, four brass screws, mounting template and instructions. #1 phillips driver, 5/64” diameter drill bit, & a drill are required for installation.

BFD

Bi-Fold Doors

M

1/8” gap between doors. Each set is hinged together and features a control arm to assist in holding doors open or closed. 2 sets pictured at left. Every attempt will be made to send the pivot arms in applications where possible. BI-PASS

Bi-Pass Hinge

M

Used on 2 door Lazy Susan or Wall Easy Reach. Due to hinge opening limitations, the 170˚ hinge should be used in addition to Bi-Pass hinges on concealed & full overlay jobs. Hinge direction dictates which door opens first. Not available on mitered, thermo foil, or applied molding doors. D BATTON

Door Battoned

M

Doors attached together with wood batton brace. Doors will maintain the same reveal as the job. This option makes the cabinet custom. Warranty is still based on door size; does not change because doors are joined. Does not delete cabinet mid rail.Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add D BATTON as a modification.

D STRAPPED

Door Strapped

M

Doors attached together with metal strapping brace. Doors will be pulled together with no reveal between. This option makes the cabinet custom. Warranty is still based on door size; does not change because doors are joined. Does not delete cabinet mid rail. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add D STRAPPED as a modification. DOOR STAY#1

Door Stay

One fitting system, two functions; braking or stopping. Easily convertible. Maximum opening angle 110˚. We install 2 stays per opening. Available on all door styles. Door Stay #1 used in openings below 12”, with a minimum of 8”. This is not self-closing. Door Stay #2 features a hydraulic closing option on openings 12” or greater. Maximum opening height 16 1/2”.

DOOR STAY#2

DNH

M

Door Not Hinged

M

Single cabinet door will be shipped loose without hinging or hinge routing to be installed on jobsite. Add as a modification to the cabinet. SDL (ship door loose) should be added as a separate line # following the cabinet line during order entry to give door a shipping number. AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 24 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications DDPW

Double Door Panel Width

M

This modification will change a single panel door insert to a double panel in width. DDPW cannot be used on arched doors. 2 equal panels. This modification will affect any applied panel ends on the cabinet. OM-BD

Dust Strip

M

1/2” thick same-species strip, attached to the door to serve as a dust strip. Rabbet-routed to the back of the door. FINISH BACK

Finish the back of a door M This modification can used when an individual door may be visable on the back. On many of our finishes the back of the door will be toned to more closely resemble the front, in some instances the difference is noticable. Glaze, Aging (Distressing) &/or Crackle will not be applied. See the Information Section for more details.

FHINGE

Frameless Hinge M Frameless hinge for loose doors. Blum Inserta 120 degree.

Glass Doors

M

Doors prepped for glass only. Glass is not included. Larger doors are more likely to warp. If single opening is required on oversized doors, specify SDPH &/or SDPW. 50100 & 50200 styles get a 70000 style glass door. If cabinet has upper and lower doors, GD will only affect upper doors unless specified.

GDSS60CG

stainless steel, #60 edge, clear glass

Aluminum Frame Glass Doors

GDSS60SG

stainless steel, #60 edge, satin glass

GDSS14CG

stainless steel, # 14 edge , clear glass

GDSS14SG

stainless steel, # 14 edge , satin glass

Mitered style only. Two edge options, #60 Edge and #14 Pillow Edge. GLASS OPTIONS. Tempered safety glass in either clear or satin. Special request for glass is also available. Call for quote. RESTRICTIONS: No muttons, no pocket doors, no bi-fold

GDALU60CG natural aluminum, # 60 edge , clear glass GDALU60SG natural aluminum, # 60 edge , satin glass GDALU14CG natural aluminum, # 14 edge , clear glass GDALU14SG natural aluminum, # 14 edge , satin glass

M

FINISH Doors are available in either natural anodized aluminum or a brushed stainless steel “look”.

Anodized Aluminum

Brushed Stainless-steel look

TWO STANDARD GLASS FINISHES ARE AVAILABLE

Clear glass

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 25 -

Satin glass

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications FORMULA FOR FIGURING GLASS DOOR SIZES 2 ¼” Rails & Stiles - Single Panel Subtract 3 ½” from overall width & height of door unless shaker style, then subtract 3 1/4” 3 ½” Rails & Stiles - Single Panel Subtract 6” from overall width & height of door unless shaker style, then subtract 5 3/4” If rail & stile combination is different such as the #71200 the formulas will be based on the two components. This is the opening size only, you may want to order your glass a slightly smaller to ensure proper fit. We strongly recommend using your finished doors for sizing glass. Call your Account Manager for a more accurate estimate. These formulas do not apply to double paneled doors. We cannot provide a formula for arched doors as the route follows the arch. GDPINS

Glass Door Pins

AL

Provided at no charge, ONLY when requested with glass doors on the original order.

HINGE COVER

HDT

Hinge Cover AL Frameless metal hinge cover for arm. Hinge Door Top

M

Available on wall cabinets 15”–39” wide & 12”–18” tall. HDT is one door across the width of the cabinet. Doors over 24” wide will be double panel, specify SDPW for single panel. No arched doors over 24” AVENTOS HF

Pull-up Door - Aventos HF

M

Use on cabinets 19” - 42” in height Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width Soft close feature. Installation will clear crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 12”. Lift mechanism needs 11” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE AVENTOS HS

Pull-up Door - Aventos HS

M

Use on cabinets 13 3/4” - 31 1/2” in height Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width. Soft close feature. Installation will clear most crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 12”. Lift mechanism needs 11” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE. AVENTOS HL

Pull-up Door - Aventos HL

M

Use on cabinets 13 5/16” - 22 13/16” in height Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width. Soft close feature. Installation will clear crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 12”. Lift mechanism needs 11” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE AVENTOS HK

Pull-up Door - Aventos HK

M

Use on cabinets 11 13/16” - 24” in height. Use on cabinets 15” - 72” in width. Hardware holds doors open in any position. Soft close feature. Installation will clear crown molding. Minimum cabinet depth is 10”. Lift mechanism needs 9” of internal cabinet space in order to function. Enter cabinet as CUST WALL AVNT, NO CUSTOM CABINET CHARGE AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 26 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications LDI

Lattice Door Inserts

M

Diagonal wood lattice is inserted into door in place of the door panel. Diagonal pattern. Direction of lattice is always upper left to lower right. Maximum lattice size is 23 5/8” wide x 47 ¼” long & cannot be installed in doors that are larger than our maximum door sizes. Not available in thermofoil or mullion doors. Available in Alder, Cherry, Beech & Maple. Lattice dimensions are: -Overall thickness of 5/32” -Moldings measure 7/16” wide -½” cell size (openings) LOCK

Lock

M

Antique finish lock installed on cabinet door or drawer front. Limited availability on drawer fronts. Not available on mitered doors or fronts. Please call when ordering locks to confirm that the location & application will work. Mullion Doors Style A is used when rails & stiles are G-cove; glued together. Style B is used when rails & stiles are shaker; fastened with glue & bowties on the back. 1” wide mullions on both styles. Insert grids must be used in some instances. See door descriptions for available door styles. Maximum single panel sizes apply. Consider using SDPH &/or SDPW in these instances. The number of lites on colonial style mullions will be equally split on double panel height doors Vertical or horizontal mullion may be removed when below minimum size required. Call your CSR for details. MBD

MBD STYLE A

MBD STYLE B

Colonial Style Mullion Doors M Door height & # of Lights 4 Lites: up to & including 23” H 6 Lites: 23 1/16” H up to & including 36” H 8 Lites: 36 1/16” H up to & including 54” H 12 Lites: doors over 54 1/16” H

MBDPS

MBDIG

MBDPS STYLE A

MBDPS STYLE B

INSERT MBD STYLE B

Mullions when ordered on cabinets that come with both upper and lower doors will only be added to upper doors as standard.

Prairie Style Mullion Doors M Corners are 2” x 2”

711 Style GD Door

MBDPSI Mullion Doors with Insert Grids M Available, but not standard, on all door styles except arched. The grid is constructed of ¼” thick x 13/16” wide flat stock; stapled on back. Used on mitered doors, doors with inconsistent rails & stiles, and many applied molding doors. MBDCS

Mullion Doors - Custom

AI AL M

Send drawing for quote. Price & availability depend on complexity.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 27 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications ND NDU (to delete upper doors only on a 2 door cabinet.

NDL (to delete lower doors only

No Doors M Deletes doors from cabinet. This modification does not finish the interior of the cabinet; finished interior must be ordered in addition if needed.

on a 2 door cabinet)

PEGS 1 NAIL 1 BLACK NAIL 1 SHINY

PEG 1

Nails & Wooden Pegs AI AL M One peg or nail will be centered in height, two will be equally spaced in height. Diagonal peg/nail placement can also be specified. If not specified, you will receive vertical placement. Pegs/nails are available on doors, drawer fronts, & raised panel ends. Not available on Thermofoil or mitered doors & fronts. Two pegs or nails will not work on 5-piece drawers with 1 ¼” rails. Send dimensioned drawing for special peg placement.

PEG 2

PEGS 2 NAIL 2 BLACK NAIL 2 SHINY PEG2 Diagonal

Specify on the “Order Info” tab of the Pricing Program.

NAILS 1LB PIANO HINGE

Piano Hinge

AI AL M

Shipped Loose

Pocket Doors Shown with optional pocket door partitions.

Pocket Door Partitions

Pocket Doors

PDP

M

Maximum cabinet box 39”W x 42”T; larger sizes may not function as well. Call for pricing and availability for larger doors. 18” minimum & 27” maximum cabinet depth. Inside distance between open pocket doors is 6” less than the overall cabinet width. If the pricing program will not let you order pocket doors on your standard cabinet, it is not available at this time. PD hardware does not work with any applied molding that is attached to the face of the door & some mitered doors. If ordered, the PDs will be built without the applied molding. Door style charges still apply & no credit will be issued. Pocket Door Partition

M

Allows for the use of adjustable shelves in a cabinet with pocket doors. Distance between pocket door partitions is 7 1/2” less that the overall cabinet width. 3/4” material. Shipped Loose. SPDS

Ship Pocket Doors Separate for Line #

RBMD

Mount Door to Bins M Mounts door to hardware.

SDL

Ship Doors Loose for Line # AL Used as a line item to ship a loose door from a cabinet. See DNH modification.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 28 -

 AL

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Door Accessories & Modifications SDPH

Single Door Panel Height & Width

M

This modification will change a double panel door insert to a single panel in width or height. Helpful when ordering appliance panels and large glass doors. Warranty will not apply on oversized panels.

SDPW SOFT CLOSE

Soft Close Hinges AL Quiet closing feature for hinges offers the same quality of motion as drawer systems with BLUMOTION. Automatically adjusts to the closing force of the door. Nickel plated steel & nylon grey components.

Select in the hinge type on the order info tab of the pricing program

UNICONNECTOR

Uniconnector

AL

False Front mounting bracket

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 29 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications ADD

Add Dovetailed Apothecary Drawers M Add exposed dovetail apothecary drawer boxes with scooped top and no drawer front to a cabinet. Finished to match exterior of cabinet. This is a custom modification, therefore a detailed drawing must accompany order. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, then add ADSTD as a modification (specify qty).

ADSTD

Add Standard Apothecary Drawers M Add standard apothecary drawer boxes with fronts to a cabinet. This is a custom modification, therefore a detailed drawing must accompany order. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add ADSTD as a modification (specify qty).

Apothecaries will be included in the overall height of the cabinet and will reduce the door opening height. No guides; installed on wooden runners. On cabinets less than 11” deep, ADSTDs will be substituted. Although you can specify the number of apothecary drawers when using the ADD & ADSTD modifications, we recommend: 1 in a 9” wide cabinet 5 in a 30” – 33” wide cabinet 2 in a 12” – 15” wide cabinet 6 in a 36” – 39” wide cabinet 3 in an 18” – 21” wide cabinet 7 in a 42” – 45” wide cabinet 4 in a 24” – 27” wide cabinet 8 in a 48” wide cabinet BEAN

Bean Drawer

M

Drawer front with 3” wide rails & stiles, prepped for glass, with a partition placed 1” from front in the drawer box. 5-piece drawer front charge will apply. Not available on mitered or outsourced drawer fronts. Glass is not included. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add BEAN as a modification.

BRDR B

BRDR M

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Bread Drawer

M

Clear acrylic sliding lid is dadoed into side of the lower drawer on a three or four drawer base. Specify middle or bottom drawer.

AL=Accessory Loose

- 30 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications CT

Cutlery Tray

M

White Plastic. Fits B15-24, B30-39. Available widths include: 10 3/8”, 13 3/8”, 16 3/8”, & 21 3/8”. Can be trimmed 2 ¼”. Will not fit vanity depth cabinet. To use plastic cutlery trays with super drawer cabinets a DRWRDVDR will be added.See also UTILITY TRAYS. CTW

Wood Cutlery Tray

M

Sized to opening; 5/16” solid beech; tray openings are approximately 2 ½”.

DTCT WOOD

Double-Tier Cutlery Tray

M

Beech wood. Fits B18 - B24 & B36 - B48. TUFEBM guides are recommended, otherwise you cannot access back of tray.

DFST

Drawer Front Style Changes  M Alters only the middle, bottom, or top drawer front on an individual cabinet to a 5-piece front. Use when slab style top drawers and more intricate 5-piece style lower drawers are wanted. Take notice of minimum sizes on 5-piece drawers.

DFSM DFSB

Can modify drawer fronts to 2 ¼” rails by using MDFST, MDFSM & MDFSB, or 2 3/4 rails by using MDFST 2 3/4, MDFSM 2 3/4, MDFSB 2 3/4 or to 3 1/2” rails by using MDFST 3 1/2”, MDFSM 3 1/2 & MDFSB 3 1/2. This modification is listed later in this section. Cannot be used on mitered drawer fronts. Drawer Organization System The accessories can be placed in either an “A” or “B” position in the 3 different width cutlery trays (Birch material). The B18 unit will not accept any of the accessories designated for usage in an “A” position as it only has a “B” position. The B24 unit has both an “A” and a “B” position while the B36 unit has two “A” positions and a single “B” position. A customer can chose any designation they want to fill these areas, including choosing to leave a position open or putting two of the same accessories in the “A” positions in a B36 unit. For pricing, contact Custom Cupboards customer service. We will only install in the 3 sizes offered (18, 24, 36) if needing other sizes must order loose and modify at job-site.

CUTLERY OS18 CUTLERY OS24 CUTLERY OS36

338 (13 5/16”)

fit in slot

For outside cabinet width 36”

491 (19 5/16”)

fit in slot

424 (16 11/16”)

For outside cabinet width 24”

For outside cabinet width 18”

Nomenclature

796 (31 5/16”)

fit in slot

We’ll offer the glass jar with the clear glass lid

fit in slot

Nomenclature

KNIFE HOLDER

ROLL HOLDER

SPICE INSERT

CONTAINERS

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 31 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications DGTUFEBM13 DGTUFEBM15 DGTUFEBM18 DGTUFEBM21 DGTUFEBM24

Tandem Undermount Full Extension Blumotion Guides Loose AL Rear mount Socket

Specify depth of cabinet.

Cabinet profile

DRAWER

Add Drawer to any Cabinet

M

Used to add drawers to any cabinet. Applicable drawer front & guides charges will apply. This is a custom modification, a detailed drawing must accompany order. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add DRAWER as a modification. Enter as shown below:

DRWR BOX DT

Loose 5/8” Dovetail Drawer Box

AL

To order a loose Solid Beech dovetail drawer box. Must specify sizes or cabinet dimensions. Guides not included. DRWRDVDR DRWRDVDRADJ

Drawer Divider

M

5/8” solid wood beech dividers. Specify placement. Can be adjustable by specifying; DRWRDVDRADJ If adjustable must also specify # of slots.

Front to Back Centered

FILE

File Drawer

Front to Back Equally Spaced (QUANTITY REQUIRED)

Side to Side Centered

Side to Side Equally Spaced (QUANTITY REQUIRED)

M

Change drawer into file drawer. Increase opening height to 12” tall, add an 5/8” solid beech file drawer box with file hardware and tandem blumotion full extension guides. Recommended on cabinets 18” or wider with a 17” minimum cabinet depth. Back hanger is moveable to adjust for standard or legal files. Slots already drilled. Please refer to drawer front minimums. If used on a cabinet other than a B__D3, cabinet becomes custom and cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add FILE as a modification. A change in height on the B__D3 will affect the middle opening if used in conjunction with file drawer modification.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 32 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications _____FF

Full Width False Front Available on all double door sink base cabinets up to 39” wide. To order, add FF to the product nomenclature. (Ex.SB36FF)

OM-GD

Glass Drawer Fronts

M

Drawer front with 3” wide rails & stiles, prepped for glass; a partition is not included, see Bean Drawers if needed. 5-piece drawer front charge will apply. Not available on mitered or outsourced drawer fronts. Glass is not included. Cabinet must be entered as a CUSTOM______, Add OM-GD as a modification. KT INSERT

Knife Tray Insert M Features hardwood UV coated maple construction w/ up to 19 knife slots (if uncut), centered roughly 15/16” apart. Fits B12-48”, no depth modifications allowed. Spans full width of drawer on 12”21”, partition will be installed on 24”-36” super drawers, left or right orientation must be specified.

24” will only have roughly 3” of space left or right of the partition.

LOGO IMPRINT

Logo Imprint

Located on the Order Info tab of the Order Entry Program

Your company’s logo laser-burned into the inside of the 11/16” beech dovetail drawer box. Burn area is approximately 2 ½” T x 4” W. E-mail a vector (.eps) or JPEG image (.jpg) of the logo to wendy@ customcupboards.com. A sample of the logo will be sent for approval. Custom Cupboards logo can be used for the same price by specifying in the notes on the order. Logos come in all standard top drawers on base & vanity cabinets (5” openings).

MDFST MDFSM MDFSB MDFST 2 3/4 MDFSM 2 3/4 MDFSB 2 3/4

Modified Drawer Fronts

M

Use on deep drawers to modify any five piece drawer front that comes standard with narrow rails into wider 2 1/4”, 2 3/4” or 3 1/2” rails. Makes larger drawer fronts more closely resemble a wide stile & rail door for a more consistent look. This modification will only alter the width of the rails on that particular drawer front. Used in conjunction with DFSB & DFSM or 5-piece drawer front in header. MDFST only works on B__D2 & Window Seat cabinets. When using this modification the minimum door sizes apply.

MDFST 3 1/2 MDFSM 3 1/2 MDFSB 3 1/2 MFD

Multi-Front Drawer M Use multiple drawer fronts to cover one drawer box. Additional surcharges will apply to optional drawer fronts. Available on the top drawer of a Base or Wall Drawer cabinet only

Example of entry adding 4 additional fronts for a total of 5

NDB

No Drawer Box

M

Use this modification to delete the drawer box from a drawer stack cabinet. AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 33 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications NDF

No Drawer Front

M

Use this modification to delete the drawer front from a drawer stack cabinet. DPS

Drawer Peg System AL Can be used in middle and bottom drawers only of Base Height D3 cabinets that are 36” wide or less. Comes with 12 pegs. Sent loose, must be cut down on site.

SCDR

Scooped Drawer M

SCDRC

Shallow Drawer Box. Recommended for use with drop in cook tops. The drawer box is reduced to 2 ½” tall, drawer opening remains the same. Check specifications of drop in when ordering to ensure that the drawer will function properly. Cannot be less than 2 ½”.

For scoop taller than 2 1/2”

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 34 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Drawer Accessories & Modifications SPD

Spice Drawer

M

Plastic. Fits Any size drawer in width. Minimum 5” tall opening. SPDW

Wood Spice Drawer M ¾” solid beech, fits base cabinet drawers. Minimum 5” tall opening.

_____SD

TDF

Super Drawer Drawer box stretches the entire width of cabinet. Available on 30”-39” wide base & vanity cabinets. To order cabinets with super drawers, add “SD” to the nomenclature. (Ex: B36SD)

Top Drawer False M Used to eliminate the top drawer box of a cabinet. For use with any cabinet with a drawer at the top.

TOP OPENING

Top Drawer Opening M Used to modify the opening height of the top drawer of a base or vanity cabinet.

TUFEBM

Tandem Undermount Full Extension Blumotion Guides M Used as a modification to a cabinet when adding Blumotion guides to select drawers. Order as DGTUFEBM__ if ordering loose.

Plastic Utility Tray M White plastic tray. Fits B18-B24. Available 13 3/8”, 16 3/8”, and 21 3/8” wide. Can be trimmed 2 1/4”. When using plastic cutlery trays with super drawer cabinets, a DRWRDVDR must be ordered.

UTW

Wood Utility Tray M Wood tray. Sized to fit drawer. Constructed with 3/8” solid beech. Tray openings are approximately 4” wide.

WD DRWR QTY

Wall w/ Drawer Quantity M Used only on a Wall w/ Drawer cabinet to state total number of drawers. Maximum total of drawer cannot exceed 3 total. Note in quantity change for additional drawers.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 35 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Fillers

AL

Fillers are ¾” solid wood finished on the face, both edges, & one end unless specified. Available in 3” & 6” widths. Angled Fillers are ¾” solid wood, 4 ¼” across face with 45˚ angle on sides. Fills a 3” x 3” clip. Fluting and other decorative details can be added. See Decorative Details featured in this section of the catalog. Fillers

Angled Fillers

3” x 30 ½”

FA3(L/R)

3” x 30 ½”

6” x 30 ½”

FA6(L/R)

6” x 30 ½”

TWF336

3” x 36”

TWFA336(L/R)

3” x 36”

TWF342

3” x 42”

TWFA342(L/R)

3” x 42”

TWF636

6” x 36”

TWFA636(L/R)

6” x 36”

TWF642

6” x 42”

TWFA642(L/R)

6” x 42”

TF3

3” x 84”

TFA3(L/R)

3” x 84”

TF6

6” x 84”

TFA6(L/R)

3” x 96”

TFT3

3” x 96”

TFTA3(L/R)

3” x 96”

TFT6

6” x 96”

TFTA6(L/R)

6” x 96”

TFT3X120

3” x 120”

TFT6X120

6” x 120”

WFU

Wall Filler Under-Cap Filler sold separately

3” W x 2” T x 12 1/4” L. Wall filler under-caps are for use behind standard wall fillers, made of 3/4” INT material. Used at the end of a run where you’ve had to pull your wall cabinet away from the wall. Wall filler under-caps will conceal the gap beneath your wall cabinet.

Wall Filler Under-Cap

ROVF3

3” x 31 ¼”

ROVF6

6” x 31 ¼”

ROBF3

3” x 34 ½”

ROBF6

6” x 34 ½”

ROWF330

3” x 30”

ROWF342

3” X 42”

ROWF348

3” X 48”

ROWF354

3” X 54”

ROWF360

3” X 60”

ROWF630

6” x 30”

ROWF336

3” x 36”

ROWF636

6” x 36”

ROWF642

6” X 42”

ROWF648

6” X 48”

ROWF654

6” X 54”

ROWF660

6” X 60”

ROTF384

3” x 84”

ROTF684

6” x 84”

ROTF396

3” x 96”

ROTF696

6” x 96”

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Revola Overlay Fillers 3/4” fillers with 3/4” matching wood overlay edged to match doors. Available in 3” & 6” widths. The overlay reveals are 3/32”” on each side & 3/16” at top & bottom. Revola overlay base , vanity & tall fillers have 4 3/16” reveal at the bottom. A 5-pc. drawer front charge will be added to the order if selected on the Order Info tab of the pricing program. When using the #50100 or #50200 doors the overlay fillers will be solid wood, therefore, they will not have edgebanding. Overlay fillers will feature the matching door edge except in cases where size is an issue; the complementary solid stock edge may then be substituted. See the Door edge/CTE-2/SS edge details chart shown under Solid Stock featured in this section of the catalog. Any loose solid stock on the order with edge detailing may receive a slightly different edge detail if ordered unless specifically noted to use the matching door edge.

AL=Accessory Loose

- 36 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Fillers

AL

Door Plane Fillers DPF’s form a 3” x 3” corner and are designed to bring the face of the filler to the same plane as the door face. 3/4” fillers, finished on front and both return edges. Comes with a #60 edge. If you are looking to match the edge to the door, please use an overlay filler. Recessed toe kick is not included on the 30 1/2” tall. 2” Deep returns. Fluting and other decorative details can be added. See Decorative Details featured in this section of the catalog. 90˚ Door Plane Fillers

135˚ Door Plane Fillers

Straight Door Plane Filler

DPF90 3X30.5

DPF1353X30.5

DPFSTR3X30.5

DPF90 6X30.5

DPF1356X30.5

DPFSTR6X30.5

DPF90 3X36

DPF135 3X36

DPFSTR 3X36

DPF90 3X42

DPF135 3X42

DPFSTR 3X42

DPF90 6X36

DPF135 6X36

DPFSTR 6X36

DPF90 6X42

DPF135 6X42

DPFSTR 6X42

DPF90 3X84

DPF135 3X84

DPFSTR 3X84

DPF90 3X96

DPF135 3X96

DPFSTR 3X96

DPF90 6X84

DPF135 6X84

DPFSTR 6X84

DPF90 6X96

DPF135 6X96

DPFSTR 6X96

Angled Panel Fillers The Angled Panel Fillers are an option that can be used at the end of a cabinet run, as well as a transition between two cabinets. These are not designed to be pulled out flush with doors. Available in the sizes noted below. *BH = 30 1/2” & *FTK = 34 1/2”. No toe kick included. 135 Angled Panel Filler

45 Angled Panel Filler Cabinet to Wall Application

Cabinet to Wall Application

4 13 or 24

13 or 24

3 Cabinet to cabinet Application

Cabinet to cabinet Application

Be sure to watch for possible interference

APF1352413

APF1352424

APF452413

APF452424

APF1353013

APF1353024

APF453013

APF453024

APF135BH13*

APF135BH24*

APF45BH13*

APF45BH24*

APF135FTK13*

APF135FTK24*

APF45FTK13*

APF45FTK24*

APF1353613

APF1353624

APF453613

APF453624

APF1354213

APF1354224

APF454213

APF454224

APF1354813

APF1354824

APF454813

APF454824

APF1356013

APF1356024

APF456013

APF456024

APF1358413

APF1358424

APF458413

APF458424

APF1359013

APF1359024

APF459013

APF459024

APF1359613

APF1359624

APF459613

APF459624

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 37 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Fillers

AL

BASE CORNER FILLERS BCF90

90  Base Corner Filler 3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Base corner fillers are 3/4” fillers, finished on all sides. Used on a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included.

RBCF90

Revola 90  Base Corner Filler 3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Revola base corner fillers are 3/4” solid wood with a matching 3/4” solid wood overlay with a door edge and finished on all sides. Used in a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included. The overlay has a 3/16” reveal at the top & bottom, & 3/32” on each side. See notes on Fillers w/ Overlays on the previous page for exceptions on edge detail.

BCF135

135  Base Corner Filler 3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Base corner fillers are ¾” fillers, finished on all sides. Used on a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included.

RBCF135

Revola 135  Base Corner Filler 3” x 3” x 34 1/2”. Revola base corner fillers are 3/4” solid wood with a matching 3/4” solid wood overlay with a door edge and finished on all sides. Used in a corner where added space is needed for clearance. Recessed toe kick is included. The overlay has a 3/16” reveal at the top & bottom, & 3/32” on each side. See notes on Fillers w/ Overlays on the previous page for exceptions on edge detail.

RCBF3

3” x 3”Clipped Box Filler

RBCFTK3

3” deep on short side, 6” deep on longer side. Available at 30 1/2” high for recessed toe kick (RBCF3) & 34 1/2” high for flush toe kick (RCBFTK3). Finished on front, left & right. Use caution when attaching an overlay on this piece.

Can be used flush with cabinet front 3”

6”

Can be used flush with doors

Base & Wall Filler Pull-Out Maple construction; adjustable shelves. On site assembly and installation required. Must have a cabinet or a Box or Panel Filler on both sides for installation. A 2 7/8” or 5 7/8” wide piece of solid stock must be ordered to attach to the front of the hardware (will be added during entry if missing). This piece will bring the unit flush with the face frame of the adjacent cabinets. A decorative overlay filler can be ordered separately and attached on site. The decorative overlay will be flush with adjacent doors. Base unit works beside a 24” deep base cabinet. Wall unit works beside a 12” deep wall cabinet. The 3” unit has approximately 2 1/4” space between rails; the 6” unit has approximately 5 1/4” space between rails. BFPO3 BFPO6 WFPO330 WFPO336 WFPO342 WFPO630 WFPO636 WFPO642

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 38 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Finished Ends, Interiors, Tops & Bottoms Select Right, Left, Both or leave blank in the finished ends field of the line item

M

Finished Ends

Clear alder finished ends may have small closed knots.

ESB(L/R)

Extended Sides Back Back of cab

Used to extend the cabinet side back, up to 6”. Only the cabinet side is extended; the depth of the rest of cabinet is not increased.

TOPVIEW

FBTM

Finished Bottom Finished bottom of cabinet to match the cabinet exterior. Available on Wall cabinets only.

FFT

Finished Top Finished top of cabinet to match exterior. Available on a wall cabinets only.

Finished Interior for REVOLA PLY Interior is finished the same as the exterior. Interior sides & back receive little to no distressing. Shelves receive minimal distressing. This modification for use with REVOLA PLY interior only. NOTE: Shelves will be 11 5/8” deep on wall with finished interior.

FI PB

Finished Interior for REVOLA PB Cabinet will be constructed of 3/4” plywood. Interior is finished the same as the exterior. Interior sides & back receive little to no distressing. Shelves receive minimal distressing. This modification for use with REVOLA PB interior only. NOTE: Shelves will be 11 5/8” deep on wall with finished interior.

Finish Back 3/4” back paneling. On FB over 48” wide add spline charge. Left & Right edges are edgebanded. Overall depth of cabinet does not change, however 3/4” of the interior space will be lost.

NO FI

No Finished Interior Added to cabinets that come standard with finished interior when REVOLA PB is the interior option. Cabinet will be constructed of 3/4” particle board.

RECESS BTM

Recessed Bottom

Back

Two installed boxes Front

Use the recessed bottom modification to move the bottom shelf of a wall cabinet up to create space for under cabinet lighting. The amount of recess must be specified. Unfinished ends will be moved up with the bottom shelf. This will allow for the on-site installation of an apron across a line of cabinets without any obstruction. Material for the apron must be ordered. The door height will not be affected, however, the bottom hinge will be moved up the same amount

Solid Stock apron installed on site

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 39 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Finishing Outsourced Product

AL

The pricing structure for finishing outsourced supplied products includes all onlays, corbels, turns, 8’ sticks of moldings, etc. These items will not be subject to an additional Finish Upcharge. If you have a “Build-A-Post”, we will finish all pieces for one charge if all the pieces are here at the time of finish. Larger items will need to be quoted individually by your CSR. These items MUST be received by your CSR before your order can be confirmed and scheduled for production. Your ship window will not be assigned until they are received. Our finishes are the end result of a multi-step process that INCLUDES sanding. Custom Cupboards is not responsible for sanding an outsourced product, therefore, mill marks or poor sanding on non-detailed sides will most likely be present. Most often, the outsourced products we receive are of such intricate detail that sanding the item(s) is out of the question. Therefore, the resulting finish may be quite different than the sample door or the rest of the kitchen. Often times the grade of wood, or even the species of the wood is different than the species we are using for the rest of the job. In such a case, we simply apply the process for that color to the piece – and the result is what it is. We make no effort to color match the outsourced items to the rest of the job. Custom Cupboards is only responsible for replacement of the piece if we damage the physical product or overtly finish the product poorly or the wrong color. Wrong color, meaning an obvious mis-selection of product during the painting process, NOT an opinion that the color is not a match. Custom Cupboards will finish all sides of an outsourced product that have any type of decorative carving. If you desire to have the other sides of an outsourced product finished (top, bottom, or back(s) finished entirely) please specify and call for a quote.

Nomenclature

FIN S8X8

FIN M18X18

FIN POST

FIN MLD

FINISH UPCHARGE

SMALL 8X8 8” X 8” X 8”

MEDIUM 18 X 18 UP TO 18” X 18” X 12”

POST & LARGER COBELS 8” X 8” X 48”

MOLDING 2”T X 8”W X 10’

0-9%

$74

$173

$211

$125

10-19%

$93

$217

$264

$156

20-29%

$115

$269

$328

$197

30-39%

$141

$329

$401

$238

40-49%

$171

$398

$486

$288

50-59%

$204

$476

$581

$344

60 and UP

$241

$563

$686

$406

KNOB 0%

9% or less

KNOB 10%

10% to 19%

KNOB 20%

20% to 29%

KNOB 30%

30% to 39%

KNOB 40%

40% to 49%

KNOB 50%

50% to 59%

KNOB 60%

60% or more

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 40 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Modified Openings BBROH

ď&#x192;žM

Opening Height - Bottom Broom Opening Used to change the bottom opening height on a broom cabinet. The bottom opening height must be provided. See Tall section.

BCDRTF

Bookcase Door Rail to Floor Used to modify the door opening height of a bookcase with doors. Measurement is from the floor to the top of the fixed shelf. See Custom section.

CWC MODIFY

Combination Wall Cabinet Modify Used to modify the top door opening height on a Combination Wall cabinet.

WBO MODIFY

Wall Bottom Open Modify Used to modify the bottom opening height on the Wall Bottom Open cabinet.

WTO MODIFY

Wall Top Open Modify Used to modify the top opening height on the Wall Top Open cabinet.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 41 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Moldings

 AL

INSTALLATION AIDS ▪ Sold by the stick, each piece 8' long, without waste. MOLDING BLOCK

MOLDING BLOCK

Angle block to secure molding from the back

Extend crown in or out with 3" extender block

Extend crown in or out with 1 1/2" extender block

MBA 8

MBB 8

45° 52°

MBC 8

9/16”

3/4” 11/2”

3”

1 7/8”

APPLICATION IDEAS

CR TM M

BA M

8 CR TM M

MFBOG 8

CABINET

#10 DOOR

FACE-FRAME

MBC

#10 DOOR

FACE-FRAME

MBB

CABINET

Aids to extend crown out

CR TM

Aids to blind secure crown on the cabinet

Aids to build up crown

AUGUST 2014

MBB

#10 DOOR

CABINET

FACE-FRAME

#10 DOOR

FACE-FRAME

#60 DOOR

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m

CABINET

MBC

MLVOG 8

MBB

Aids to extend light valance on the cabinet

MCTESQ 8

CABINET

FACE-FRAME

Aids to secure light valance on the cabinet

AL=Accessory Loose

- 42 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications CROWN MOLDINGS 52°/38°

52°/38° 52°/38°

Width

52°/38°

TRADITIONAL SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.

Height

HEIGHT

X-LARGE MCRTX 8

WIDTH

X-LARGE

4 1/4" X 3 3/16"

MCRTX 8

LARGE

3 3/4" X 2 3/4"

MCRTL 8

MEDIUM

2 5/8" X 2 1/16"

MCRTM 8

SMALL

1 11/16" X 1 3/8"

MCRTS 8

APPLIED MOLDINGS MROPE 8

5/16” Width

3/4”

MDENTIL 8 52°/38°

.531”

3/4”

R0.250” Height

TRADITIONAL NOTCHED 3/4”

SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.

X-LARGE MCRTNX 8

HEIGHT

1/2”

WIDTH

X-LARGE

4 11/16" x 3 1/2"

LARGE

3 11/16" x 2 13/16" MCRTNL 8

MCRTNX 8

45°/45° 52°/38° Width

COVE

52°/38°

SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.

Height

HEIGHT

X-LARGE MCRCX 8

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

X-LARGE

4 9/16" X 3 11/16" MCRCX 8

LARGE

3 3/4"

MEDIUM

2 1/2" X 2 1/2"

AL=Accessory Loose

- 43 -

WIDTH

X 3 1/16"

MCRCL 8 MCRCM 8

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications CROWN MOLDINGS

52°/38° Width

COVE BEADED

52°/38°

SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM. HEIGHT

Height

LARGE MCRCBL 8

WIDTH

LARGE

3 11/16" X 3 3/16" MCRCBL 8

MEDIUM

2 9/16" X 2 5/16" MCRCBM 8

SMALL

1 5/8"

X 1 3/16" MCRCBS 8

45°/45° 45°/45°

Width

SHAKER

45°/45°

SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.

Height

HEIGHT

LARGE MCRSL 8

WIDTH

LARGE

2 5/16" X 2 5/16"

MCRSL 8

MEDIUM

1 5/8" X 1 5/8"

MCRSM 8

SMALL

1 1/4" X 1 1/4"

MCRSS 8

45°/45°

Width

52°/38°

PILLOW SIZE DIMENSIONS NOM.

Height

HEIGHT

LARGE MCRPL 8

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

LARGE

3 3/4" X 3"

MCRPL 8

MEDIUM

2 1/2" X 2 1/2"

MCRPM 8

AL=Accessory Loose

- 44 -

WIDTH

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications OGEE Complements #10, 35, 66, 67 door edge

ROUND

CLIPPED

DECORATIVE

RADIUS

SQUARE

BEAD

BEVEL

Complements #12 door edge

Complements #11 door edge

Complements #13 door edge

Complements #14, 65 door edge

Complements #60 door edge

Complements #15 door edge

Complements #70 door edge

MFBCP 8

MFBD 8

MFBR 8

MFBSQ 8

MFBB 8

MCTE2CP 8

MCTE2D 8

MCTE2R 8

FURNITURE BASE 3/4”

43/4”

MFBOG 8

MFBRD 8

MFBV 8

COUNTERTOP EDGES 3/4”

11/2”

MCTE2OG 8

MCTE2RD 8

MCTESQ 8

MCTE2B 8

MCTE2BV 8

X MCTE1OG 8

MCTE1RD 8

MCTE1CP 8

MCTE1D 8

MCTE1R 8

MLVCP 8

MLVD 8

MLVR 8

MCTE1B 8

MCTE2BV 8

LIGHT VALANCES 3/4”

2”

MLVOG 8

MLVRD 8

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 45 -

MLVSQ 8

MLVB 8

MLVBV 8

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications ADDITIONAL LIGHT VALANCES 3/4” 11/2” 1/2” 3/4”

3/4”

11/2” 3/4”

1/8” 3/4”

BEAD MUCB 8 2”

RADIUS MODIFIED MCTERM 8

2” 11/2”

11/2” 1/2”

1” 3/4” 1/8”

MISSION MLVM 8

PILLOW MLVP 8

BULL NOSE MCTEBN 8

1”

1/8”

UNDER CABINET MUC 8

11/2”

UNDER CABINET COVE MUCC 8

BASE MOLDINGS 9/16”

9/16”

3/4”

9/16”

3/4” 1/2”

3/4”

BASE SHOE MBS 8

11/16”

43/4”

21/4”

COLONIAL MFBCOL 8

DOUBLE BEAD MFBDB 8

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

TRADITIONAL MFBTR 8

SINGLE BEAD MFBSB 8

AL=Accessory Loose

- 46 -

CLASSIC MFBCL 8

WINDOW CASTING COLONIAL MWCCOL 8 M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications DETAIL MOLDINGS OUTSIDE CORNER

”

11/4

”

1”

” 1/2

OUTSIDE CORNER 90, 3/4" MOSC.75_8

OUTSIDE CORNER LARGE MOSC1_8

SCRIBE

3/4” 3/8”

135°

3/4

”

3/4

”

1”

3/4

OUTSIDE CORNER X-LARGE MOSC1.25_8

OUTSIDE CORNER ANGLED MOSC135_8

SKIN MOLD MSK_8

INSIDE CORNER

1/4”

3/4”

3/4” 1/4” 11/2”

7/8”

3/4”

SCRIBE MSM_8

COVE MOLD MCV_8

SCRIBE MSML_8

QUARTER ROUND MQR_8

DECORATIVE MOLDING

INSIDE CORNER MOLD MICM_8

CHAIR RAIL 3/8"

1/4”

13/16"

1/4” 3/4”

3/4”

1/2”

BEAD MBEAD 8

BATTON TRIM MBT 8

CAP TRIM BEAD MCTB 8

21/4”

21/2”

1/2” 3/8"

CHAIR RAIL WAINSCOT MCRW 8

3/4” 1”

3/4”

CAP TRIM RADIUS MCTR 8

WINDOW SILL LEDGE MWSL 8

CAP TRIM TRADITIONAL MCTT_8

11/16"

1/2” 1/2”

3/8" 5/8”

13/4”

3”

11/2” 11/8”

1”

CAP TRIM COLONIAL MCTCOL_8

CAP TRIM DETAILED MCTD_8

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

WINDOW STOP COLONIAL MWSCOL_8

CASING, DOUBLE EDGE MCSDE_8

AL=Accessory Loose

- 47 -

WINDOW CASING CLASSIC MWCC 8

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Moldings

 AL

CLASSIC MOLDINGS CLASSIC MOLDINGS 5 1/8”

2 1/8” 2 11/16”

5 5/16” 3 11/16”

3 5/8”

MM-1404_8

MM-1701_8

MM-1406_8

65° / 25°

45° / 45°

52° / 38°

2 1/16”

2 11/16”

MCR3_8 52° / 38°

BASE

LIGHT VALANCE

DECORATIVE

5/8”

MICDM_8 43/4” 2”

31/32”

MM-5203_8

9/16”

MM-2409_8

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 48 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Moldings

 AL

PILASTER Pilasters are ¾” wide x 2” deep solid wood with a decorative edge detail on one ¾” edge. Pilasters are available precut in five sizes. Ideal for placement between two full overlay cabinets to create an inset look. Specify edge detail choice at the end of the nomenclature. Ex. PIL 30.5A PIL30.5__ 30 1/2” Tall

PIL36__ 36” Tall

3/4"

PIL42__ 42” Tall

2" “B” Shown Here

PIL84__ 84” Tall

ONLY AVAILABLE IN 3/4” THICK MATERIAL

PIL96__ 96” Tall

Solid Stock If over 6” wide, SS cannot be taller than 96”. Specified thickness of solid wood with optional detailing. Face, one end, & both edges are finished unless otherwise specified. SS

3/4” Thick Solid Stock

 AL

SS1.5 + SS BUILD UP  AL

Up To 1 1/2” Thick Solid Stock

SS2.25 + SS BUILD UP  AL

Over 1 1/2 up to 2 1/4 Thick

SS BUILD UP

 M

SS DETAIL

Solid Stock Detailing  M

Additional charge for Solid Stock over 3/4” thick

Must specify placement of detailing. Solid stock edging will not be identical to the door edges, but will complement them. The reasons for this are: • The door shapers are designed to remove 1/16” with each pass. Removing this much material will leave the solid stock undersized. • The width and detail of the door edges will often not fit on smaller solid stock pieces. • The solid stock is done with routers of which matching router bits are often not available, therefore, we choose a design and detail that will fit on the smaller pieces that will complement the edging on the doors. If you have a piece of solid stock that needs a door edge on it, specifically note that this piece must match the door edge and make certain that the size has been adjusted to compensate for the 1/16” material removal that will occur per detail. Size restrictions apply, call your Account Manager for approval. SS FINISHALL

Standard finish is face, one end, both sides - must add SS FINISHALL to get any other finish.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 49 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Moldings

 AL

Solid Stock

DOOR EDGE

CTE-2

SS DETAIL

DOOR EDGE

11*

12*

14*

CTE-2

* Door edge #11 only available on #99500 door * Door edge #12 only available on #99000 door * Door edge #14 only available on #98400 door

SS DETAIL

A A e

c Fa

B B

e Sid

)

(ed

End

Paneling •• •• •• •• •• ••

Face Left Side (edge)

End

Right Side (edge)

Back

AL

Finished paneling. (Material used is dependant on wood/interior choice) Finished on one side only. If needing both sides finished, add FIN BACK (Not available on 1/4” thick material). The largest available size in 1/4” & 1/2” is 48” wide x 96” long. The largest available size in 3/4” is 48” wide x 120” long. The grain always runs with the 2nd dimension. No dimension changes allowed. If size will vary from what we’ve offered, you need to order PANEL ¼. PRECUT 1/4” PANELS

PAN1230

12” W X 30” L

PAN4835

48” W X 35” L

PAN2430

24” W X 30” L

PAN4848

48” W X 48” L

PAN4830

48” W X 30” L

PAN4896

48” W X 96” L

PAN2435

24” W X 35” L

PAN3/4_4896

48” W X 35”L.

PAN9648

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 50 -

96” W X 48” L Crossgrain panel sold in full sheets only. Rustic & Knotty NA.

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Paneling

AI AL M CUSTOM SIZED PANELS

MEASURING – Dimensions are WIDTH x LENGTH. Grain will ALWAYS run with the length (2nd dimension). Will receive all distressings except those applied to edges: #6, #7, #9, & #10 PANEL 1/4

Maximum size 48”W x 96”L Thickness will vary slightly between species, most being just under 7/32”.

PANEL 1/2

Maximum size 48”W x 96”L

PANEL 3/4

Maximum size without spline is 48”W x 96”L. ¾” Thick panels over 48” wide require a SPLINE charge

PANEL3/4 T

Maximum size 48”W x 120”L

PANEL 1/4NTO

Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on one side, unfinished raw wood on the other.

PANEL 1/2NTB

Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on both sides

PANEL 1/2NTO

Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on one side, unfinished raw wood on the other.

PANEL 3/4NTB

Maximum 48” x 96” Maple print paper interior on both sides

Edge banding Applied to ½” or ¾” paneling. Specify to match interior or exterior if loose. NA in Knotty Alder

1/16 VENEER

1/16” Veneer Self Stick Material Veneer 24 x 96; sold in full sheets only. Unfinished only.

FIN BACK

to finish back of panel 1/2 or 3/4, not available on 1/4” thick material otherwise panels come finished on one side only.

PECPLY__

Panelized Plywood End Treatment  AL 3/4” plywood with pilaster attached to end. Order overall panel size.

Example of entry A B C D

See more accurate details in Pilaster Sub-Section, in the Molding Section.

E F G

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 51 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications POS Options

 AI

Pull-Out Shelves are adjustable on 1 ¼” spacing, 2 1/2” tall sides. No warranty on POS for cabinets over 36” wide. The adjustable shelf will be deleted on base cabinets if ordering multiple POS. To keep the shelf add SHELF W/POS as a modification to the cabinet. When ordering more than one POS on a base, the bottom POS will be mounted to the floor of the cabinet. When ordering a single POS in a base or vanity cabinet, the pull-out will be mounted to the floor of the cabinet and you will also receive a 1/2 depth adjustable shelf. Pull-outs in non-butt door cabinets will require a Center Partition. Weight limit is 75 lbs. dynamic (moving in & out) 100 lbs. static (standing still) 5/8” Solid Beech Dovetail Pull-Out Shelves with choice of undermount guides. Finished Interior POS to match the exterior of the cabinet will be the same wood species as the cabinet box. POSTUFEBM

5/8” Natural Beech Dovetail Tandem Blumotion.

POSTUFEBM FI

5/8” Dovetail Tandem Blumotion finished to match exterior.

5/8” Birch Dovetail Pull-Out Shelf with choice of undermount guides. POS STND BM

5/8” Birch Dovetail Tandem Blumotion.

Flat Pull-Out Shelf Options FLAT POSBM

Flat POS with Blumotion guides. 1 ¼” tall FLAT POS

FLATPOSBM FI

Flat POS with Blumotion guides, finished to match exterior. 1 ¼” tall

These options can be added as a modification to your cabinet. POSH M

Pull-Out Shelf Height Specify Height. Increase height of sides to a maximum of 8” on Beech Dovetail. In Birch, you can increase to the following sizes: 4”, 6”, 8” only. Pull -Out Shelf Scoop

POS SCOOP M

Scoop is 4” W x 1” T. Only available on 5/8” Solid Beech Dovetail. POS DEPTH 24 M

For a 27" or deeper cabinet

POS DEPTH 27 M

For a 30" or deeper cabinet

POS DEPTH 30 M

For a 33" or deeper cabinet

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Our standard POS depth stops at 21" for a 24" or greater depth cabinet, the POS do not increase when a CD change depth is added to the cabinet. If you want deeper POS on those deeper cabinets you must add one of the following mods. One charge per POS.

AL=Accessory Loose

- 52 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Rail & Stile Modifications

M

STFL

Stile to Floor Left This modification will end the left stile only of a base or tall cabinet to the floor.

STFR

Stile to Floor Right This modification will end the right stile only of a base or tall cabinet to the floor.

Raised Panels Loose Raised Panels Loose raised panels for base, wall, or tall applications. Available with most door styles except mitered, slab, or thermofoil doors. Order the exact size needed. 48” W x 105” H maximum size on RPBT, 105”W x 48” H max size on RPBB & RPBW. Anything larger must be approved before ordering. When ordering an arched door style, the center stiles will run all the way up. RPBB  AL

Base or Vanity

RPBW  AL

Wall

RPBT  AL

Tall

MODIFY RP M

Modify Raised Panel Add as a modification to a loose raised panel or integrated raised panel end to change the rail and/or stile size or number of door panels.

PECRP_ M

Pilaster Edge Detail on Loose Raised Panels Order RPB’s in the overall size needed then add PECRP_ as a modification. Chosen edge treatment will be routed directly on to specified edge (left, right, or both). Edge selections are shown in the Molding section under Pilasters.

Base or Vanity

Wall

Tall

Bottom Rail

6”

4”

6”

Top Rail

4”

4” - 5”

4”

Stiles

To match door style

Middle Rail

To match door style

Middle Stile

To match door style

# of Door Panels

Add one panel for every 24” in width & 42” in height (up to 24” W & 42” H = 1 panel), over 84” has 3 panels.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 53 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Replacement & Loose Parts

AL

Additional items being added on a regular basis. Call your CSR for more details. BCP SS

Loose Wire Blind Corner Pull-Out Hardware

BCSWOOD SS

Loose Wood Blind Corner Swing-Out Hardware

BCSWIRE SS

Loose Wire Blind Corner Swing-Out Hardware

BUMPER PAD

Bumper Pads 132 door bumpers per sheet

CAB CONN

Cabinet Connectors Both screw & tapped sleeve designed for use with Phillips head screwdriver. Slides into 5mm hole and connects two 3/4” (19mm) panels together. Made of steel.

CR SS

Can Rack Specify cabinet size.

D STAY#1 SS

Door Stay (set)

D STAY#2 SS DRWRDVDR SS

Drawer Divider 11/16” beech dividers. Shipped loose. Divider is 3 5/16” tall. Maximum length is 19 5/8”

DTCT WOOD SS

Double tier cutlery tray wood Specify cabinet size.

EB LOOSE

Edgebanding Loose

FHINGE SS

Frameless Hinges Loose Frameless hinges shipped loose. Blum Inserta 120 degree.

GBH SS

Grocery Bag Holder Loose Unit is made of stainless steel and impact resistant plastic; 6 5/8” W x 3 5/8” D x 15 5/8” T. Holds up to 30 normal size plastic grocery bags. Can be mounted to door, adjustable shelf or side of cabinet.

HTKSS SS

Hidden Toe Kick Step Stool Loose This unit is comprised of a steel 2-step stool covered with non slip rubber treads and plastic non slip feet. For use in base cabinets 21” & up; depth must remain 24”. Toe kick space should be built out to form a 17” W cavity to house the step stool. In the collapsed position unit is 3 3/4” tall, leaving only a 1/4” clearance to slide in; this will be an issue with flooring laid after cabinet installation. Handle is not included. Load capacity is 330 lbs. For field installation.

KT INSERT SS

Knife Tray Insert Shipped Loose Features hardwood UV coated maple construction with 19 knife slots, centered roughly 15/16” apart. Fits B12-48” W x 24” D cabinet. Instructions for on site installation will be included. Unit is 18 1/2” W x 22” D x 2 3/8” T.

LID TB SS

Trash Bin Lid White plastic lid that mounts on all Custom Cupboards (Rev-a-Shelf) 35 quart trash bins. Only sold separately. On double trash units larger drawer front hardware may interfere with lid function.

LS HARDWARE

Lazy Susan Hardware Must be ordered in addition to loose LS SHELF for field installation.

LS SHELF

Lazy Susan Shelf Extra shelf. Shipped Loose. Specify wood or plastic & what type of cabinet it is for so we can determine the size & shape needed. Order LS HARDWARE as well.

MW SHELF 27 MW SHELF 30

Protruding MWS Shelf Loose MW2734 Shelf (18” x 24”) & MW3034 Shelf (18” x 27”) for field installation

P&PC SS

Pot & Pan Caddy Loose Unit is constructed of two independently operating pullout units on heavy duty full extension ball bearing slides.Heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames;UV coated birch veneer plywood platforms. Minimum opening width & height of 21” and 24” depth. Recommended for use in a B24BD or B27.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 54 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Replacement & Loose Parts POPMS SS

AL

Pop Up Mixer Shelf Loose Fits BFD15-24

POS SS

Pull Out Shelves Loose - See POS Options section

POTRD SS

Pull Out Tray Divider Loose Made with heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames mounted to a birch veneer base platform. Unit comes with heavy duty, full extension ball bearing slides; not self closing. Can be installed in B12”-15” and BFD12”-15” cabinets. 9” minimum opening width, 15” minimum opening height & 24” minimum depth.

POWB SS

Pull Out Wire Basket Loose For field installation, specify cabinet size.

POWH SS

Pull Out Wooden Hamper For field installation, specify cabinet size.

PSP SS

Pull Slide Pull Loose Fits XB42-48

RBC BINS18SS RBC BINS30SS

Recycle Bin Hardware Comes fully assembled with 4 screws. Package includes: (2) containers, frame, full-extension guides, 100# weight rating. 18” includes (2) 27 qt. containers. 30” includes (2) 35 qt. containers. For field installation.

RBC DLX BINS

Deluxe Recycle Bin Hardware For field installation

SINKMAT-M SS SINKMAT-S SS SINKMAT-W SS

Sink Mat Loose Full sheet will be sent. Natural Maple sheet is 23 1/2”x 45 1/4”; metallic silver is 24 5/8”x 45 1/4”. white is 24 5/8”x 45 1/4”

SPD SS

Spice Drawer Plastic Loose For field installation. Specify cabinet size.

SPDW SS

Spice Drawer Wood Loose For field installation. Specify cabinet size.

SPICE SS

Spice Insert Loose Specify cabinet size. For field installation.

TAMBOUR MAT.

Tambour Material Loose Available in all wood species. 3/4” Slat width, 5/16” thick. Solid wood. Maximum size is 36” x 60”.

BTB BIN 15 BTB BIN 18

BTB Hardware for 15”, 18” or 21” Wide Cabinets For onsite installation. Refer to Base cabinet section for more details regarding unit.

BTB BIN 21 BTBBM 15 BTBBM18

Bottom Mount BTB Hardware for 15”, 18” or 21” Wide Cabinets For onsite installation. Refer to Base cabinet section for more details regarding unit.

BTBBM21 SPR SS

Spice Rack Wood Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

SPRA SS

Adjustable Wood Spice Rack Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

SPRW SS

Spice Rack Wire Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

TB SS

Pull-Out Towel Bar Shipped Loose

TRD LARGE SS

Tray Divider Wire Shipped Loose

TRD SMALL SS

18 1/4” x 19 3/4” or 12 1/4” x 19 3/4”

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 55 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Replacement & Loose Parts TRDW SS

AL

Tray Divider Wood Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

USC15 SS

Under Sink Caddy UV coated hardwood maple rack with a plastic top tray for sponge and scrub brush storage. Retaining rods and mounting brackets are nickle. Minimum opening height is 20”. USC15 fits SB27”-33” w/ BD; USC18 fits SB18 & SB36-39” ; USC21 fits SB21”-24” single door cabinet & SB42”-48”

USC18 SS USC21 SS UT13 3/8” SS

Utility Tray Plastic Shipped Loose

UT16 3/8” SS

Fits B18-24.

UT21 3/8” SS UTW SS

Utility Tray Wood Shipped Loose Specify cabinet size.

WGH SS

Wine Glass Holder Loose

Specify what size cabinet parts are needed for. Shaped Side Panels

3 standard styles, shown below. Loose shaped side panels consist of ¾” thick shaped panels with one of the three details shown below. 1” thick panels are available but may constitute a longer lead time and are shipped loose; recommended to flush out with the doors, size accordingly. A beadboard route (1 ½” on center) or pilaster route (front edge) may be added to the 1” thick loose panel. Submit a quote for custom pricing.

SSP_ LOOSE

SSP A

SSP B

SSP C

11"

3/4” thick Loose Side Shaped Panel

AL

Extended Sides Down Extends the side on a wall cabinet down to your specifications; 18” maximum extension. When extending both the left and right sides down, the back will also extend down unless noted. Enter cabinet as CUSTOMWALL, then add EXT LEFT and/or EXT RIGHT as a modification. EXT LEFT M EXT RIGHT M

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Extend Left Side Down 18” maximum extension

EXT LEFT Shown

Extend Right Side Down 18” maximum extension

AL=Accessory Loose

- 56 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Shelves ADJ SHELF

Adjustable Shelf AL

ADJ SHELF BC

Adjustable Bookcase Shelf

ADJ SHELF FI

Adjustable Finished Interior Shelf

Use this when ordering a shelf or shelves loose. Shelf will be maple print paper interior material and will be edgebanded.

AL

Adjustable shelf with CTE on front edge. Use this when ordering a shelf or shelves loose. CTE2 is standard but may be substituted for CTE1, CAP1 or CAP2 for no additional charge.

SHELVES

AL

Use this when ordering a finished interior adjustable shelf or shelves loose. Shelf will be finished to match the exterior and will be edgebanded.

Add Additional Shelf to Cabinet

M

Add a ¾” adjustable interior shelf to a cabinet on your order. Shelf will match interior of cabinet. Please specify total number of shelves needed. Qty is how many shelves you are adding; computer will ask for total shelves. Can only be used on a cabinet that already comes with shelves. BCS

Modify to Bookcase Shelving

M

Modifies standard shelving into bookcase shelving. Use as a modification to a cabinet. CTE2 is standard but may be substituted for CTE1, CAP1 or CAP2 for no additional charge. FDS

Full Depth Shelves

M

When added as a modification, cabinet will come with full depth shelves. Works on base cabinets only. NS

No Shelves M Deletes shelves from cabinet; no shelf holes.

PLATE GROOVE

Plate Groove

SHELF W/ POS

Shelves w/ POS

M

Add plate groove to your shelf or the floor of a cabinet by adding this as a modification to the cabinet or shelf. ½” W x ¼” D . Plate Groove is placed 2” from the back of the cabinet or shelf. M

Use as a modification to keep the adjustable shelf when multiple POS are added to a base cabinet.

Shelf Clips

AL

Provided at no charge when requested with loose shelves on original order. 50¢ each if ordered at a later date or separately. How to figure adjustable shelf sizes •• Take 1 3/8” off cabinet depth to get width of shelf •• Take 1 9/16” off width of cabinet to get length of shelf •• If there is a finished back, take an additional 3/4” of depth •• If it is a peninsula cabinet, take an additional 3/4” off depth

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 57 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Sink Base Options SINKMAT-M SINKMAT-S SINKMAT-W

Sink Mat

TOT

Tip-Out Tray

AI

Cut to fit waterproof/water resistant mat for sink cabinet floor. Comes in Maple Natural, White or Metallic Silver. Mat will not be fastened to cabinet floor. Not available in a 48” wide cabinet or diagonal sink base cabinets.

AI

Stainless steel trays attach to tilt down false fronts. Available in 10”, 14 ¼”, 22”, & 25” widths. The widest possible trays will be used. Plastic trays substituted on narrow units. TOT PLASTIC

Tip-Out Tray Plastic

AI

Plastic trays attach to tilt down false fronts. The widest possible trays will be used. TB(L/R)

Towel Bar

AI

Brushed metal finish. Fits openings that are 6” wide or greater. PCA1 PCA2

Under-Sink Portero Cleaning Agent

PCA2 Shown

AI

PCA2 fits in a minimum B15 opening (1 basket removable). PCA1 fits in a minimum B12 opening; comes with bottom, left basket only (removable).No changes in depth, width, or height. Cabinet not included in this price. Hafele’s Arena Champagne. Be aware of sink depth before ordering; does not work with deep sinks. PCA1 is 6 3/8”x19 1/2”x15 1/2”. PCA2 is 10 3/4” x 19 1/2” x 20”.

USC15 USC18 USC 21

Under Sink Caddy

USWRO

Under-Sink Wire Roll-Out

AI

UV coated hardwood maple rack with a plastic top tray for sponge and scrub brush storage. Retaining rods and mounting brackets are nickle. Minimum opening height is 20”. Specify right or left door on double door cabinets. USC15 fits SB27”-33” w/ BD USC18 fits SB18 & SB36-39” USC21 fits SB21”-24” single door cabinet & SB42”-48”

AI

Floor mounted bottom basket slides out, smaller top basket is removable. 21” minimum cabinet depth. 11” wide unit fits V15 or B15. 14” wide unit fits V18 or B18 & up.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 58 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Spice Racks 3” & 6” Filler Pull-Outs also available. Refer to Fillers, previously shown in this section. SPR-(L/R)

Wood Spice Rack

AI

2 5/8” deep. Attaches to door and has fixed shelves with dowels to hold spices in place. Number of shelves & size of rack is determined by door height. Natural Beech.

SPRA-(L/R)

Adjustable Wood Spice Rack

AI

3 adjustable shelves with a fixed top & bottom shelf. Sized to fit 18”, 21”, 24”, 36” & 39” wide wall cabinets. Natural beech w/chrome rails. 2 5/8” deep.

SPRW

Wire Spice Rack

AI

Cabinet must be 15” or wider. Available in 3 sizes: 7 ¾” x 21, 10 ¾” x 21, or 13 ¾” x 21. Largest possible size used. Minimum cabinet height is 27”. Chrome rails. Approximately 3” deep. Comes with 4 trays.

SPICE

Spice Pull-Out Insert

M

See Base and Wall sections for standard Spice cabinets. 3 shelves are standard. Insert is 1” less than opening. 6” will be frameless and only accessible from 1 side. 9” and up will be accessible from both sides. Chrome rails. Cabinet must be entered as CUSTOM____, (adds $200 to the cabinet list) then add SPICE as a modification.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 59 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Stain & Touch-Up

ď&#x192;žAL

Prices listed are valid on standard, no upcharge colors only. Call for a quote on any finish with an upcharge. If the finish is in the LOC book a TUK is available, however, some components may not be available to ship. Natural TUKs will consist of a putty stick and a pre-catalyst that will be sent out in a marker. Keep in mind that touch up of special finishes may not resemble the original color due to the multi-step processes involved. Stain shipped by carriers other than a company truck will include a substantial hazardous materials handling fee that will be added to the freight charge. Call the Shipping Dept. for a quote. Refer to the Information section of this catalog for more details on shipping hazardous material. GALLON

Gallon 1 Gallon of stain

QUART

Quart 1 Quart of stain

MARKER

Marker Touch Up Marker

TUK

TUK Touch Up Kit Add to order if needed

PUTTY STICK

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Putty Stick

AL=Accessory Loose

- 60 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Storage Solutions CPB Base

Center Partitions AI Single 3/4” partition added to cabinet to divide the inside opening equally. Partitions are sometimes required for pull-out shelf installation. If requested to be installed off-center, cabinet may become custom.

CPW Wall CPT Tall CR

Can Rack

AI

5” deep can rack attaches to pantry door and has 6 adjustable shelves. Rack is sized to fit opening; 5” less than door opening in width & 1” less in height. Minimum cabinet width is 18” due to chrome rail availability. Not available in same opening as a POS. Natural Beech.

CLOSET ROD

Closet Rod Chrome closet rod. 96” maximum length. 1 1/16" Diameter

GBH

Grocery Bag Holder

AI

Unit is made of stainless steel and impact resistant plastic; 6 5/8” W x 3 5/8” D x 15 5/8” T. For door mount applications the unit will be mounted to a 9” X 20” piece of 1/2” thick interior edgebanded plywood. Holds up to 30 normal size plastic grocery bags. Can be mounted to door, adjustable shelf or side of cabinet; placement must be specified. On double door cabinets specify left or right door placement. PANTRY

Wooden Pantry Pull Out Unit Added to Cabinet AI Use as a modification to a cabinet to add a pantry unit. Enter as CUSTOM____, Add PANTRY as a modification. See Tall Cabinet section for standard Pull Out Pantry Unit.

P&PC

Pot & Pan Caddy

AI

Unit is constructed of two independently operating pullout units. Floor mounted on heavy duty full extension ball bearing slides.Heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames;UV coated birch veneer plywood platforms. Minimum opening width & height of 21” and 24” depth. Recommended for use in a B24BD or B27.

PRC

Plate Rack

POPMS

Plate Rack Added to Cabinet

M

Refer to Wall section for standard PRC cabinets. Plate Rack Dividers added to interior of cabinet.1 ½” between dowels and 14” standard height. Available in any cabinet. Interior of cabinet will be the same wood and finish as the cabinet exterior. Enter as CUSTOM____, Add PRC as a modification. Pop Up Mixer Shelf (Rev-A-Shelf)

AI

Available in base depth, full door, 15”-24” wide cabinets. The width of the pop-up shelf is 4 1/2” less than cabinet width. Requires 22 ½” tall opening height and 18” clearance.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 61 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications POTRD

Pull Out Tray Divider

AI

Made with heavy gauge frosted nickel wire frames mounted to a birch veneer base platform. Unit is floor mounted on heavy duty, full extension ball bearing slides; not self closing. Door mount is not available. Available in B12”-15” and BFD12”-15” cabinets. 10” minimum opening width, 15” minimum opening height & 24” minimum depth. POWB

Pull Out Wire Basket

AI

Wire basket is 11” or 14” wide x 14 ¼” tall x 18 ¾” deep. Door Mount not available. 11” fits in a 15” cabinet. 14” fits in an 18” cabinet. 21” Minimum Cabinet Depth.

POWH

Pull Out Wooden Hamper

AI

Beech plywood box with air holes in bottom, mounted on ball bearing full extension guides. Hamper is built to utilize the space in cabinet for which it is ordered. 18” maximum height. Door mount available, order RBDM as a modification. 21” Minimum Cabinet Depth. WICKER15

WICKER18

TRD

Wicker Baskets

AI

Wicker Baskets woven over solid beech wood frames and slide on wooden runners. Baskets and runners are pre-finished natural and cannot be stained. Fits B15-B18 cabinets only; no modifications allowed on these cabinets. Wicker15 is 11 5/16”W and Wicker18 is 14 5/16” W, both sizes are 7 7/8”H x 21 1/4”D. Wire Tray Dividers

AI

Wire dividers come in two sizes: 12 ¼ x 19 ¾ or 18 ¼ x 19 ¾ . Largest possible will be used. When ordered, the adjustable shelf will be deleted to make room for the trays.

TRDW

Wood Tray Dividers

AI

Wood dividers are custom cut to height x 15 ½” deep. Maximum height is 29 ½” tall. When ordered, the adjustable shelf will be deleted to make room for the trays.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 62 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet

AL

19 standard styles available , shown below, in two standard widths 3 ½” x 3 ½” or 4” x 4”, (5"x5" where specified) and heights 34 ½” or 42”. Constructed of solid wood. Dimensioned breakouts are approximate and may vary.

POSTS

LEGS

BUNNS

BUNN1

BUNN2

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

BUNN3

BUNN4

AL=Accessory Loose

- 63 -

BUNN5

BUNN6

BUNN7

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet W

POSTA WIDTH

HEIGHT

POSTB 7”

NOM

AL

WIDTH

HEIGHT

7”

NOM

POSTC WIDTH

HEIGHT

31/2" x 341/2" POSTB 335

31/2" x 341/2" POSTC 335

4" x 341/2" POSTA 435

4" x 341/2" POSTB 435

4" x 341/2" POSTC 435

POSTA 342

31/2" x 42"

4" x 42" POSTA 442

POSTB 342

4" x 42" POSTB 442

WIDTH

7”

NOM

POSTC 342

4" x 42"

POSTC 442 H

POSTE

HEIGHT

31/2" x 42" H

POSTD

WIDTH

HEIGHT

POSTF 7”

NOM

WIDTH

HEIGHT

31/2" x 341/2" POSTE 335

31/2" x 341/2" POSTF 335

4" x 341/2" POSTD 435

4" x 341/2" POSTE 435

4" x 341/2" POSTF 435

POSTD 342

31/2" x 42"

4" x 42" POSTD 442

POSTE 342

31/2" x 42"

4" x 42" POSTE 442

WIDTH

HEIGHT

NOM

POSTH 7”

POSTF 342

4" x 42" POSTF 442

POSTG

WIDTH

HEIGHT

NOM

POSTI 95/8”

WIDTH

HEIGHT

NOM

31/2" x 341/2" POSTG 335

31/2" x 341/2" POSTH 335

31/2" x 341/2" POSTI 335

4" x 341/2" POSTG 435

5" x 341/2" POSTH 535

5" x 341/2" POSTI 535

31/2" x 42"

POSTG 342

31/2" x 42"

4" x 42" POSTG 442

7”

NOM

31/2" x 341/2" POSTD 335 31/2" x 42"

7”

NOM

31/2" x 341/2" POSTA 335

POSTH 342

31/2" x 42"

5" x 42" POSTH 542 H

7”

POSTI 342

5" x 42" POSTI 542 H

5”

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 64 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet W

POSTJ WIDTH

HEIGHT

LEGM 7”

NOM

AL

WIDTH

HEIGHT

NOM

LEGN WIDTH

7”

HEIGHT

NOM

31/2" x 341/2" POSTJ 335

31/2" x 341/2" LEGM 335

31/2" x 341/2" LEGN 335

5" x 341/2" POSTJ 535

4" x 341/2" LEGM 435

4" x 341/2" LEGN 435

31/2" x 42"

POSTJ 342

LEGM 342

31/2" x 42"

LEGN 342

4" x 42" LEGM 442

4" x 42"

LEGN 442

31/2" x 42"

5" x 42" POSTJ 542 H

7”

5”

LEGP WIDTH

LEGQ

HEIGHT

7”

NOM

WIDTH

LEGR

HEIGHT

WIDTH

NOM

31/2" x 341/2" LEGP 335

31/2" x 341/2" LEGQ 335

4" x 341/2" LEGP 435

4" x 341/2" LEGQ 435

31/2" x 42"

LEGP 342

31/2" x 42"

LEGQ 342

4" x 42"

LEGP 442

4" x 42"

LEGQ 442

HEIGHT

7”

NOM

31/2" x 341/2" LEGR 335 4" x 341/2" LEGR 435 24”

31/2" x 42"

LEGR 342

4" x 42" LEGR 442 H

115/16”

LEGS WIDTH

HEIGHT

LEGT WIDTH

NOM

HEIGHT

LEGU WIDTH

NOM

HEIGHT

NOM

31/2" x 341/2" LEGS 335

31/2" x 341/2" LEGT 335

31/2" x 341/2" LEGU 335

4" x 341/2" LEGS 435

4" x 341/2" LEGT 435

4" x 341/2" LEGU 435

31/2" x 42"

LEGS 342

31/2" x 42"

4" x 42" LEGS 442

LEGT 342

4" x 42" LEGT 442 H

31/2" x 42"

LEGU 342

4" x 42"

LEGU 442

7”

63/8”

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 65 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet

ď&#x192;žAL

BUNN FEET - Turned solid wood cabinet feet shipped separete. (STK) Separate Toe Kick needs to be added to corresponding cabinet.

BUNN01 4.5

BUNN02 4.5

4.5"

BUNN03 4.5

BUNN04 4.5

3.5"

4.5"

BUNN05 4.5

4.5"

BUNN06 4.5

3.5"

4.5"

BUNN07 4.5

4.5"

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 66 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Table Legs & Bunn Feet

AL

MODIFICATIONS FL

Flute a Post, Leg or Bunn Foot

Reed a Post, Leg or Bunn Foot

Rope a Post, Leg or Bunn Foot

SPLIT LEN

Split lengthwise in half

SPLIT DIA

Split on diagonal

3/4 CUT

Pac-Man Cut

WIRE CHS

Wire Chase

ELE CUTOUT

Electrical Cutout - MUST SUPPLY FORM

MODIFY POST

Change in Block Size - MUST SUPPLY FORM

Fluting, roping and reeding (FL, RE, RP) can be added to certain designs on post, legs and bunn feet. Right or Left twists are available for the roping. Nomenclature

FL RP RE

Nomenclature

FL RP RE

LEGP 435

•

POSTA 335

•

LEGP 442

•

POSTA 342

•

POSTF 442

•

LEGQ 335

•

POSTA 435

•

POSTG 335

•

LEGQ 342

•

POSTA 442

•

POSTG 342

•

LEGQ 435

•

POSTB 335

•

POSTG 435

•

LEGQ 442

•

POSTB 342

•

POSTG 442

•

POSTB 435

•

POSTH 335

•

POSTH 342

•

LEGR 342

POSTB 442

•

LEGR 435

POSTC 335

•

POSTH 535

•

LEGR 442

POSTC 342

•

POSTH 542

•

POSTC 435

•

POSTI 335

•

LEGS 342

•

POSTC 442

•

POSTI 342

•

LEGS 335 Nomenclature

FL RP RE

POSTF 435

LEGR 335

Nomenclature

LEGM 335

•

LEGS 435

•

POSTD 335

•

POSTI 535

•

LEGM 342

•

LEGS 442

•

POSTD 342

•

POSTI 542

•

POSTJ 335

•

LEGM 435

•

LEGT 335

•

POSTD 435

•

LEGM 442

•

LEGT 342

•

POSTD 442

•

POSTJ 342

•

POSTJ 535

•

LEGN 335

•

LEGT 435

•

POSTE 335

LEGN 342

•

LEGT 442

•

POSTE 342

•

POSTJ 542

•

POSTK 335

•

LEGN 435

•

LEGU 335

•

POSTE 435

LEGN 442

•

LEGU 342

•

POSTE 442

•

POSTK 342

•

LEGP 335

•

LEGU 435

•

POSTF 335

•

POSTK 435

•

LEGP 342

•

LEGU 442

•

POSTF 342

•

POSTK 442

•

SPLIT LEN

Cut in exact halves lengthwise, available on all products

SPLIT DIA

Cut on diagonal lengthwise, available on all products

¾ CUT

Pac-man cut, available on all products

WIRE CHS

½” square, available on all products

ELE CUTOUT

Cutout for electrical boxes, form must be filled out if ordered - MUST SUPPLY FORM

MODIFY POSTS

Adjust the standard block size on any posts or leg at top or bottom - MUST SUPPLY FORM

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 67 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Toe Kick Options ADJLEG

Adjuster Legs AL Includes leg, toe kick panel clip, bolt, & white plastic cap. Adjuster range is 3 3/4” to 4 3/8”. Will be shipped loose for customer installation on site. These are used in place of toe kick. Cabinet must be ordered with separate toe kick (STK).

FTK

Flush Toe Kick

M

Use to modify any cabinet with a recessed toe kick to a 4 3/4” tall flush toe. Cannot be ordered as Separate Toe Kick (STK). FTKB

Flush Toe Kick Back

M

Use as a modification to peninsula base cabinets to flush the toe kick on the back of the cabinet. HTKSS

Hidden Toe Kick Step Stool

AI

This unit is comprised of a steel 2-step stool covered with non slip rubber treads and plastic non slip feet. Available in base cabinets 21” & up; depth must remain 24”. Toe kick space will be built out to form a 17” W cavity to house the step stool. In the collapsed position unit is 3 3/4” tall, leaving only a 1/4” clearance to slide in; this will be an issue with flooring laid after cabinet installation. Handle is not included. Load capacity is 330 lbs. Unit will ship separate.

STK

Separate Toe Kick

M

Consists of ¾” thick scrap wood, mostly lean material. Order when ceiling height will not allow room to stand the tall cabinets upright. Comes installed centered under the cabinet & attached with screws. May easily removed at jobsite. Not available with Flush Toe Kick (FTK). NTK

No Toe Kick M Will reduce the overall cabinet height by 4”. Use when applying bunn feet.

RTKB

Recessed Toe Kick Back M Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet to add a recessed toe kick on the back side.

RTKF

Recessed Toe Kick Front M Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet that comes standard with a flush to kick; adds a recessed toe kick on the front.

RTKL

Recessed Toe Kick Left M Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet to add a recessed toe kick on the left side.

RTKR

Recessed Toe Kick Right M Use as a modification to a base or tall cabinet to add a recessed toe kick on the right side.

TOE DEPTH

Modify Standard Toe Depth Standard toe depth is 3 1/4”.

TOE HEIGHT

Modify Toe Height

M

Standard height is 4”. Remember to include 3/4” on flush toe kicks (FTK). Adjusting the toe height does NOT affect the overall height of the cabinet. The opening(s) will be affected. Specify in comments section of order

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

ADA - Special Toe Heights If you need taller toe heights for handicap accessibility, we will change them to 9” tall at no extra charge. Specify any special depth, if needed. Valid on multi-cabinet orders only. Single cabinets will be charged the standard Toe Height charge.

AL=Accessory Loose

- 68 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Toe Kick Options TK PLATFORM

Toe Kick Platform AL All 3/4” construction, unfinished material. 4” Tall. If RTKL, R, or both, please specify. Width & Depth must be specified or you can provide cabinets size & we will figure correct size.

Valances

AL

VAL24 AL VAL27 AL

3” Rise, 3” Flat

VAL30 AL

1 1/2” Rise, 4 1/2” Flat

3” Radius

VAL33 AL

Cottage

Tapered

VAL36 AL

3” Rise, 3” Flat

VAL39 AL

2 3/4” Rise, 6” Flat

45 degree angles

VAL42 AL

Country French

Roman

VAL45 AL

2 3/4” Rise, 1 1/2” Flat

VAL48 AL

2 3/4” Rise, 6” Flat

VAL51 AL VAL54 AL

2” TRIM

VAL57 AL VAL60 AL VAL63 AL

2”

VAL66 AL

6”

VAL69 AL Flat

VAL72 AL

Dimensions will vary based on Valance Style chosen

Flat

VAL75 AL VAL78 AL VAL81 AL VAL84 AL VAL87 AL VAL90 AL VAL93 AL VAL96 AL

SIZE: Valances come in standard sizes (H, W & L) with an additional 2” on each end that can be trimmed on location for a perfect fit. For example, a VAL36 will be 40” in length. You can modify the height of a valance to 4 1/4” by applying F04 DETAIL modification will change the edge detail from our standard cove edge detail and placement. The edge detail will match the door edge and it will be placed on the top of the valance.

The height can be increased in 3” increments for a charge per 3” to maximum height of 12” FINISH. Valances are finished on the face, back and edges, but excludes glaze and aging techniques to the back. CUSTOM VALANCES. Custom Valances designs are available. MODIFICATIONS: FO4 DETAIL Reduce height to 4 1/4” CHVAL9 Increase height to 9” CHVAL12 Increase height to 12”

Incorporating a Valance into the Frame Toe kick area is finished when using a valance as a flushed toe. When incorporating a valance into the frame, the valance will not have an edge detail; can be added using EDGE DETAIL. Adding a valance as a bottom rail on a wall cabinet will increase the height of the frame 4”.Minimum cabinet width is 18” when using the Country French as an integrated valance. Minimum cabinet width is 12” when using the Cottage as an integrated valance. STYLE

AS FLUSH TOE

AS TOP RAIL

AS EXTENDED BOTTOM RAIL WALL

Standard

VALBRBSTD

VALTRSTD

VALBRWSTD

Straight

FTK

VALTRSTR

EBR 4”

Roman

VALBRBROM

VALTRROM

VALBRWROM

Radius

VALBRBRAD

VALTRRAD

VALBRWRAD

Cottage

VALBRBCOT

VALTRCOT

VALBRWCOT

Country French

VALBRBCF

VALTRCF

VALBRWCF

Tapered

VALBRBTAP

VALTRTAP

VALBRWTAP

Special Valance

VALBRBSP

VALTRSP

VALBRWSP

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 69 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Valances

AL 33” 36” 45” 48”

18”

6”

54” 60” 66” 72”

18”

6”

RPVAL3318

RPVAL5418

RPVAL3618

RPVAL6018

RPVAL4518

RPVAL6618

RPVAL4818

RPVAL7218

FIN BACK

Raised Panel Valances Available in 33”, 36”, 45”, & 48” 54”, 60”, 66”, 72” wide & 18” tall. The inside height of the elliptical arch is 6” tall. No applied moldings, mitered or outsourced door styles. The inside edges of the stiles & rails complement the door style. The #30000, #37500, or #70000 panel will be used on all raised panel valances; contact your Account Manager for more information. Custom sizes are available on a per case basis. RPVAL CUSTOM. You should always get a Custom Request approved prior to selling.

to finish back of panel 1/2 or 3/4, not available on 1/4” thick material otherwise panels come finished on one side only.

Wine Rack SWR M

Scalloped Wine Rack

WWR M

Scalloped Wine Rack Added to Cabinet Rack is sized to accommodate a 4” diameter bottle with a minimum of 1” between bottles. One row can be attached to floor or an adjustable shelf, to get more than one row will be CUSTOMWALL. Available in any single opening wall cabinet. Interior of cabinet will be the same wood and finish as the cabinet exterior. Must charge for finished interior. Cabinet may become custom. A drawing must accompany order. Wine Rack Grid Added to Cabinet 4” spacing on the grid. Available in any standard single opening wall cabinet as a standard modification when entire opening is modified to a wine rack. Adding to any other cabinet will create a custom cabinet and will require prior approval. Must charge for finished interior (FI) in order to receive a finished interior. Don’t forget to order No Doors (ND). See WALLS section for std wine rack cabinets. If only want a portion of the cabinet is modified to have WWR, it must be entered as a CUSTOM____ Add WWR as a modification.

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 70 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Wine Rack WGH M

Wine Glass Holders Cabinet

Mounts under a wall cabinet. Number of holders depends on width of cabinet. Cabinet will receive a finished bottom at no additional charge. Add as a modification to the cabinet.

Wood Top Specify overall or plywood size and which edges are to have CTE on the WT Form in the FORMS section of this catalog. Wood tops will be built to plywood size unless otherwise specified. Edge routing will complement the door edge unless specified otherwise. Price includes CTE. Can be built-up, upon request, to 1 ½” thick for double the list price. Additional CTE options are available for use on our wood tops. See CTE1, CTE3, & CTE4 earlier in this section. CTE2 will be standard. There is no extra charge for substituting your CTE, just specify on your order & on the Wood Top Form. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. Maximum sized top shipped assembled with a spline or splines is 48” x 48”. Anything larger will be sent prepped for splines (subject to Spine charge) . Knotty Alder tops not recommended due to open knots. We strongly suggest using Clear Alder. WT WT 1.5 AL

Wood Top

END VIEW

3/4"

Up to 48” x 96”, ¾” Veneered plywood.

WTL WTL 1.5

3/4"

3/4" VENEER PLYWOOD CTE

*CTE2 Shown

1 1/2"

Wood Top Long Up to 48” x 120”, ¾” Veneered plywood.

AL DOG BONE AL

Dog-Bone Joint System Used for spline joints when the top will be assembled on-site. Shipped loose.

SHAPE TOP M

Spline For custom shaped wood top, such as clipped corners; a drawing must be provided.

SPLINE M

Spline Maximum ¾” plywood panel size is 48” wide x 120” long. SPLINE is used as a modification to a ¾” plywood panel over the maximum size. Specify placement. There is no guarantee that the grain will match up.

DISTRESS BBT AL

Distressed Butcher Block Top Alder Butcher Block Top. 3” Thick. 32” maximum width & 96” maximum length. Heavily distressed and worn. Specify what edges will be exposed and need to be distressed & finished. See Distressed Wood Top photo in the LOC book for choice of 7 finishes (unfinished, Flint Hills, Auburn Hills, Prairie Rose, Natural, Smoky Hill, & Sunflower). Not recommended for food preparation.

BBT AL

Standard Butcher Block Top Maple Butcher Block Top; unfinished. 1 ½” thick with ¾” strips, glued up Maple Butcher Block Top. 32” maximum width. Finish with walnut oil to preserve wood. No Warranty!

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 71 -

M=Modification

Accessories and Modifications Mirror Frames

MIRRORA

MIRRORB Outside profile matches door edge

MIRRORC

Mirror Frames will be offered in three unique designs and 9 door edge specific options. Available in all woods and finishes to provide a perfect match to the cabinetry. Entire frame with the exception of the back plane will be finished. Frames will be constructed of solid stock material and will feature a 5/16" deep x 1/2" wide rabbet in order to accommodate 1/8" or 1/4" thick glass. Pricing will be figured by calculating the lineal foot of molded material needed and adding the design fee. For example, MIRRORA at 24" x 24" is 8 lineal feet charged at $21 per foot + $100 design fee totaling $268 list. Loose rail material available for lineal foot price. Frame

Loose Rail

MIRROR A

MIR A RAIL

4 7/8" wide; 1" thick material. Mitered construction.

MIRROR B

MIR B RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Outside edge matches door edge.

MIRROR C

3 1/4" wide stiles & top rail; 4 1/4" wide bottom rail; 3/4" thick material. Butt joint construction.

MIRROR#10

MIR 10 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #10 door edge.

MIRROR#13

MIR 13 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #13 door edge.

MIRROR#15

MIR 15 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #15 door edge.

MIRROR#35

MIR 35 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #35 door edge.

MIRROR#60

MIR 60 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #60 door edge.

MIRROR#65

MIR 65 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #65 door edge.

MIRROR#66

MIR 66 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #66 door edge.

MIRROR#67

MIR 67 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #67 door edge.

MIRROR#70

MIR 70 RAIL

4" wide; 3/4" thick material. Mitered construction. Inside & outside edge features the #70 door edge.

Front view shown

AI=Accessory Installed w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

AL=Accessory Loose

- 72 -

M=Modification

Sales Aids Index: Sales Aids Brochures............................................................................... 4

Mini Base & Wall Cabinets...................................................... 5

Color Blocks........................................................................... 6

Miscellaneous Items............................................................... 4

Door Store.............................................................................. 3

Sales Aids Notes..................................................................... 2

Faceframe & Door Samples.................................................... 8

Sample Door & Front.............................................................. 8

For Ordering........................................................................... 4

Sample Doors......................................................................... 7

Lending Library....................................................................... 3

Special Samples..................................................................... 7

Library of Color Book.............................................................. 4

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-1-

Sales Aids Sales Aids Notes There are three different ways to order your sales aides: •• Place your order on our website •• Fax your order in to (316) 219-2798. Forms can be downloaded from our website. •• Email with correct documents attached Due to human error we no longer accept orders via email (without the proper documents attached) or a phone call. Please use the proper forms to order your sales aids to ensure accuracy with what you are trying to order. HELP yourself by submitting these documents. Orders filled out incorrectly or submitted on the wrong form may result in delays. If you cannot find the forms in your catalog or on our website please call Sales and Marketing and we will be happy to fax them to you! Items in this section do not apply towards display allowance. Please refer to page 14 of the Information Section or call your Sales Representative for questions pertaining to Dealer Display Programs.

Door Store Custom Cupboards offers a unique service in providing a variety of popular door style and color combinations on sample doors, ready to ship the same day. These colors and door styles are chosen based on what our dealers are ordering. Available doors can be found on our website at www.customcupboards.com. Go to “For the Pros”, “Dealers Only”, and “Door Store”.

Standard Door Store Sample Door Standard Stain, with or without glaze

Packaged Finish Door Store Sample Door Packaged Finish

Nomenclature: DSD STANDARD Nomenclature: DSD

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-2-

Sales Aids Lending Library Custom Cupboards maintains an extensive library of standard & special colors available for loan to assist you and your client in your color selection process. These doors can be checked out for a period of two weeks. Please call the Librarian for details at ext. 171 or use the form which is available to download from our website. Use the Library Door Order Form from the Form Section of the catalog & fax the Librarian with your selection. Phone: (316)529-3431; ext. 171 Fax: (316)219-2798 E-mail: library@customcupboards.com

••

The Librarian will ship the door(s) to you via UPS. You must specify Next Day, Two Day, or Ground, if not it will automatically be sent Ground. If you want your shipment to go out today, you need to have your request in no later than 1:00 p.m. CST.

••

Please note that we charge a $10 handling fee on each package, on top of your regular shipping cost.

••

Custom Cupboards covers Ground freight on library doors TO you. You will be billed for the difference if you choose to have your doors shipped quicker than Ground, such as 2nd Day or Next Day. You are responsible for the shipping fee to get the door(s) back to us.

••

Keep your package, including the packing, to use for the return of the door(s).

••

The library’s main purpose is to provide a color to you. If you need a particular door style or knotty/rustic wood, please be sure to state it on your order. The Librarian may send multiple doors for color, style, etc.

••

Your package will have a slip included that states the number of doors sent, their due date, & the amount due if the doors are not returned by the date requested.

••

Ship the door(s) back using the original box. You should ship the door(s) no later than the date noted on your information slip. If you know you’re going to need the door(s) longer, please contact the Librarian so she will not bill you for the door(s). You will not be billed for the door(s) if you contact us.

••

Final Notices will be faxed out weekly. If we have not heard from you or seen the door(s), your account will be billed $150 net per door and credit WILL NOT be issued.

••

Additional door requests will be denied as long as there are delinquent doors or unpaid balances on your library account.

••

We strongly suggest that you make a copy of the return shipping label so we can track the package. If you say you have returned the door, we will ask for proof by means of tracking information. If this information is not able to be provided you will be billed for the missing door(s).

••

If you are billed for a door, it is yours to keep as it will be automatically replaced once it has been billed. This fee is non-refundable.

Remember, the lending library is a very resourceful tool if you use it wisely. It is very important that you follow these guidelines so it is beneficial to everyone.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-3-

Sales Aids Library of Color Book The purpose of this photo album is to acquaint you with the vast array of colors available for your viewing through our lending library. Please see an actual door & do not order from a photograph. Nomenclature: LOC

Brochures Door Brochure NEW fold out brochure featuring almost every door style we offer as well as some finish, wood species, edge profile and accessories images. Comes in packages of 25.

Nomenclature: BROCH DOOR25

Additional Brochures Door hangers, posters, and direct mail pieces available on the Custom Cupboards Virtual Marketing Portal. Register today and begin customizing literature to fit your needs. Access the link on our website.

For Ordering Pricing Program

Product Catalog

Use our pricing program to electronically submit your order. New install & updates are available in the dealers only section of our website. Please contact Customer Service if you need assistance with updates.

Specify Heartland, or Revola Nomenclature: CATALOG

Forms All forms can be downloaded and printed from our website

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

No charge.

-4-

Sales Aids Miscellaneous Items Plaque

Molding Chains

Cherry with a chestnut/burgandy glazed finish. Display on counter or wall.

Sample Set Beadboard and Furniture Base

Nomenclature: PLAQUE LOGO

Nomenclature: MSSBBFB

Sample Set Light Valance and Under Cabinet

Edge Profile Chain Door front edge options Nomenclature: EDGE SAMPLE

Nomenclature: MSSLVUC

Mini Base & Wall Cabinets •• ••

Sample Set Crown Molding Nomenclature: MSSCR

Order on an ESO Styling charges, such as wood, color, door style, etc. apply

Mini Base

Sample Set Miscellaneous

12” W x 24” T x 15 1/4” D Nomenclature: MB

Nomenclature: MSSMISC

Mini Wall 12” W x 18” T x 7” D Nomenclature: MW

Sample Set Countertop Edge

As a service to you, Custom Cupboards keeps several mini bases in stock for immediate shipment. For a list of available mini bases, please contact the Librarian at ext. 171. To order your own cabinet, submit on an ESO. All applicable fees apply (color, wood, hinge, etc.).

Nomenclature: MSSCTE

Molding Box

Nomenclature: MOLDING BOX Carry and display the new Custom Cupboards Moldings in an easy convenient storage molding box.

Species Dimensions Weight Hardware Finish w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Cherry 81/4”W x 24”T x 81/2”D Approx. 34 lbs. Grass hinges & Sugatsune handles Natural over Cherry w/Facets printing

-5-

Sales Aids Color blocks Do not order color based on color blocks. You must view a larger door sample before ordering. If you do send us a color block to match, your order will be subject to applicable stain match charges. Following the passing of any Color Block expiration date, the block will not be eligible for recertification. This procedure will ensure that only the most current blocks are used in representation to customers and potential clientele. The substantially lower cost of the Color Block in contrast to a sample door compounded with the nature in which Color Blocks are produced enable Custom Cupboards to realize our goal of supplying our sales representatives and dealers with accurate, current sales aids.

Color Block Sets by Wood Type Alder Color Blocks

Maple Color Blocks

Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKA

Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKM

Beech Color Blocks

Oak Color Blocks

Set of 19 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKB

Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKO

Cherry Color Blocks

Quarter-Sawn Oak Color Blocks

Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKC

Set of 22 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKQS

Hickory Color Blocks

Paint Color Blocks

Set of 21 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKH

Set of 18 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCKP

Individual Color Blocks Individual Color Block 3” x 7 1/2” - Must specify color Nomenclature: COLOR BLOCK Individual Glaze Block 3” x 7 1/2” - Must specify color Nomenclature: GLAZE BB

Full Color Block Sets Full Set of Standard Color Blocks Set of 168 - 3” x 7 1/2” Nomenclature: CLR BLK SET

Color Chip Box • •

Color Block Sample Box

• •

Logo engraved, dovetail sample box holds 84 color blocks - 3” x 7 1/2”. Nomenclature: SAMPLE BOX

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

Unit is always Cherry and is always finished natural. Designed to hold all 168 colors in the current Artisan Collection palette. (Blocks not included) 26 7/16” x 26 7/16” x 2 3/4” Center cell shows the Facets image “Artisan Collection Logo”

Nomenclature: CLR CHIP BOX

-6-

Sales Aids Sample Doors •• •• ••

Check the Door Store on our website for pre-made, ready to ship doors at a discounted price! Other styles are available but not in stock. Sample doors are sized at 11 ½”W x 14 ½”L. Sample drawer fronts are sized at 6 1/4” T x 14 1/2” W Wood Products and the finishes applied to them will age over time. Due to this, samples need to be replaced STOP every 18 months. Cherry samples must be replaced yearly. Price doesn’t change because of finish or door style.

Sample Door or Front

Door - 13” x 18 1/2” Nomenclature: SD

Door - 13” x 18 1/2” Nomenclature: SDG

Drawer Front - 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDF

Drawer Front - 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDFSG

Sample Door or Front Packaged Finish

Sample Door Color Development Fee

Door - 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDS CUSTOM

Due to the high cost associated with developing or matching special finishes, this fee will be charged whenever we attempt a color match. This fee will include the (SDS) sample.

Standard Stain Door - 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDS

Door - 13” x 18 1/2” Nomenclature: SD CUSTOM Drawer Front - 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDF CUSTOM

Standard Stain with Glaze Door - 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” Nomenclature: SDSG

Nomenclature: SDCDF

Special Samples Distressing Sample 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” - Points out all 10 of our standard distressing on an Alder, Fruitwood 30000-10 door. Nomenclature: SDD

Peg/Nail Sample 11 1/2” x 14 1/2” - Shows all of our peg and nail options on Alder Rocky Mountain door. Nomenclature: SDS PEGS

Sheen Sample Two slab fronts strapped together to show the difference between standard and flat. Done on cherry door w/Carrington finish. Nomenclature: SDS SHEEN

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-7-

Sales Aids Faceframe & Door Samples

Sample Door & Front

•• Face Frame is 15” x 26 3/4” •• Hinge type must be selected •• Wood Products and the finishes applied to them STOP

•• •• •• •• STOP

will age over time. Due to this, samples need to be replaced every 1 1/2 years. See expiration date. Cherry samples must be replaced yearly.

No frame - metal brackets screwed in from the back Drawer Front = 6 1/4” x 14 1/2” Door = 14 1/2” x 19 1/2” 1/2” gap between the door & drawer front Wood Products and the finishes applied to them will age over time. Due to this, samples need to be replaced every 1-2 years. Cherry samples must be replaced yearly.

FF&D Sample Pick your finish, door style and drawer front. Nomenclature: FFD

Sample Door & Front

Standard Stain with or w/out glaze Nomenclature: SD&F

Full Door FF&D Sample Pick your finish and door style Nomenclature: FFDFD

Sample Door & Front Packaged Finish Nomenclature: SD&F SP

Standard Overlay Drawer Front = 5 ¾” x 13” Door = 13” x 18 Full Height Door = 13” x 24 1/2” Designer Overlay Drawer Front = 6 ¼” x 14 5/8” (for 3/4” top reveal) Drawer Front = 6 ¾” x 14 5/8” (for 1/4” top reveal) Door = 14 5/8” x 19 1/4” Full Height Door = 14 5/8” x 25 3/4”(for 3/4” top reveal) Full Height Door = 14 5/8” x 26 1/4”(for 1/4” top reveal)

Glaze Sample Display •• •• •• ••

Display piece specifically designed to show glazing options Five paint white #95 drawer fronts w/#15 edge; mounted to 1/4 white panel Unit dimensions are 13” wide x 31 ¼” tall x 1” thick No modifications

NO GLAZE

VAN DYKE BROWN

Nomenclature: GLAZE FF

PEWTER

BURGUNDY

MIDNIGHT FROST

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

-8-

Index: Forms Appliance Panel Form..........................................................2-5 Consumer Information Form.................................................... 6 Display Discount Form............................................................ 7 Display Guidelines................................................................... 8 Expedited Service Order Form................................................ 9 Jobsite Delivery Form............................................................ 10 Library Door Order Form....................................................... 11 Logo Setup Form................................................................... 12 Out of Square Form............................................................... 13 Profile Color Blocks Order Form............................................ 14

Quote Request Form............................................................. 16 RevolaBase Oven Cut-outs Form.......................................... 17 Revola Tall Oven Cut-outs Form.......................................18-19 RevolaWall Microwave Cut-outs Form.............................20-21 Sales Aides Form................................................................... 23 Standard Sample Order Form............................................... 24 Warranty Form....................................................................... 25 Woodtop Order Form........................................................26-29

-1-

-2-

1/4” Backer Panel

Overlay Panel

Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels.

1/4” Panel Size =

D D

B 1/4” Panel Size =

Drawer Front Style

F 1/4” Panel Size =

E 1/4” Panel Size =

G 1/4” Panel Size =

G G

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.

NOTE: Doors will be double panel in width if wider than 24” and/or double panel in height if taller than 42”. You can request single panels by using SDPW or SDPH. All details above show “SPDW”.

1/4” Panel Size =

CD C

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

A 1/4” Panel Size =

Door Style

Date

K 1/4” Panel Size =

OPTIONAL GRILL

J 1/4” Panel Size =

I 1/4” Panel Size =

H 1/4” Panel Size =

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions (Includes ¼” backer panel)

C C

A A

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

PO#

DESIGNER NOTE: The overlay design allows decorative panels to cover the door trim for a more seamless appearance. To achieve this look, the most common way is to work with two panels and a spacer (generally .10”)

Dealer

PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING

“Spacer will be a door bumper”

.10” Spacer

3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #1

-3-

1/4” Backer Panel

Overlay Panel

Drawer Front Style

Door Style

L 1/4” Panel Size =

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

PO#

Date

Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels.

1/4” Panel Size =

O O

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.

M 1/4” Panel Size =

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

K 1/4” Panel Size =

OPTIONAL GRILL

Q 1/4” Panel Size =

P 1/4” Panel Size =

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions (Includes ¼” backer panel)

Dealer

PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING

“Spacer will be a door bumper”

.10” Spacer

3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #2

-4S

U Door Plant Size =

Drawer Front Style Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.

Y Y

OPTIONAL GRILL

X Door Plant Size =

W Door Plant Size =

V Door Plant Size =

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Top:

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Top:

Reveal Left: Reveal Right:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Top:

XX X

V Reveal Top:

U W

V V

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

Date

Reveal Top:

NOTE: Doors will be double panel in width if wider than 24” and/ or double panel in height if taller than 42”. You can request single panels by using SDPW or SDPH. All details above show “SPDW”.

S Door Plant Size =

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Top:

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

TU T

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Bottom: Reveal Right:

T Reveal Top:

R Reveal Top:

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING

Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels

*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions

T Door Plant Size =

Door Style

PO#

DESIGNER NOTE: This does not cover up the door trim and is meant for visible reveals.

R Door Plant Size =

SSS

RR R

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

1/4” Backer Panel

Overlay Ov laPanel Pa l

Dealer

3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #3

-5-

Drawer Front Style

Door Style

CC Door Plant Size =

BB Door Plant Size =

AA Door Plant Size =

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

1/4” Backer Panel

Overlay Ov laPanel Pa l

PO#

DD dd

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Top:

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Top:

Arched Doors are not available over 24” wide.

NOTE: Doors will be double panel in width if wider than 24” and/ or double panel in height if taller than 42”. You can request single panels by using SDPW or SDPH. All details above show “SPDW”.

DD Door Plant Size =

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Left: Reveal Right:

Reveal Bottom:

DD Reveal Top:

AA Reveal Top:

REFRIGERATOR / FREEZER

DISHWASHER

COMPACTOR

PLEASE SPECIFY DOOR SIZES ON DRAWING AND BACKER PANEL SIZES BELOW THE DRAWING

Grill is no charge when ordered at the same time as the other panels

*Please refer to your appliance manufacturer for exact specifications, dimensions, and instructions

DESIGNER NOTE: This does not cover up the door trim and is meant for visible reveals.

Dealer

Y Y

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Top:

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Top:

Reveal Right:

Reveal Left:

Reveal Bottom:

Reveal Top:

OPTIONAL GRILL

Date

3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

APPLIANCE PANEL REQUEST FORM #4

CONSUMER INFORMATION FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Dealer

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

PO#

Consumer Congratulations on your decision to purchase finished cabinetry from Custom Cupboards. With over twenty-five years of experience in crafting fine cabinetry, we are certain that you will be pleased with your purchase for many years to come. All of us at Custom Cupboards want you to be a truly satisfied customer, therefore, we take this opportunity to explain the characteristics of the finish that you have selected. We stress the differences you may experience with these finishes and require this letter of agreement to ensure that you are properly educated on the inherent nature and characteristics involved with these finishes and woods. The window of acceptance on special finishes is naturally wider than our standard finished products. Adding or deleting just one step can dramatically alter the final look.

PLEASE READ AND INITIAL ALL THAT PERTAIN TO THE FINISH YOU SELECTED: I. GLAZE FINISHES: Glazed finishes are the result of a hand-applied process before the final topcoat. Due to the nature of this procedure, each individual kitchen will have its own set of characteristics i.e. no two doors or drawer fronts will have the same look. Depending upon the base color, some glazes may tend to create a haze on the surface. The glazing will have a tendency to be more dominant or “hang-up” in areas of the cabinetry with sharp edges, corners, and recesses. For example, the exact same finish on cabinetry that has intricate doors and ornate moldings will appear darker than an uncomplicated shaker style kitchen. Glaze is not applied to the backs of doors and drawer fronts. ______Initials

V. AGING (DISTRESSING): Aging (Distressing) is the creation of an artistic touch applied by skilled artisans. The various methods that are employed to achieve this aged look lend each kitchen its own uniquely individual characteristics. Due to the nature of these procedures, each kitchen, and more specifically each individual door and/or drawer front, will have their own identity i.e. no two doors or drawer fronts will have the same look. Adding or removing any of these processes from a finish will drastically alter the final appearance of that finish. Aging (Distressing) is not applied to the backs of the doors and drawer fronts. ______Initials

II. NATURAL AND LIGHT FINISHES: Custom Cupboards cabinetry features select Alder, Knotty Alder, Cherry, Rustic Cherry, Hickory, Maple, Oak, Knotty Oak, Beech, Rustic Beech, and Quarter-Sawn Oak woods and veneers. These woods vary in color. Shades of white, brown, black, red, yellow, and even green are noticeable in lighter finishes. Mineral streaks, wormholes, and nature’s imperfections will be more prevalent. Grain and texture will vary from “even” to “wild”. These are normal characteristics found in wood. ______Initials

VI. PAINTED / OPAQUE FINISHES: Custom Cupboards uses only the highest quality woods and veneers. The inherent character of wood causes it to expand and contract in an unpredictable manner, depending upon the surrounding temperature and humidity. The opaque varnish is suspended over the top of the wood and cannot expand and contract, therefore, the surface may show small hairline fractures or “cracks” on the joints and some flat surfaces. You must be prepared to accept this risk and understand that no warranty can insure against this. All other parts of our warranty will remain in effect. Our opaque finishes do not allow the wood grain to show through. Depending on the type of paint ordered your cabinets will receive one or two coats of primer, a coat of paint, and a topcoat. ______Initials

III. CRACKLE FINISHES: Crackling is a non-controllable finishing process that can range from very subtle to a very heavy and extreme cracking appearance. Custom Cupboards cannot guarantee the consistency of this process, therefore, inconsistency in the size, shape and amount of crackle is not cause for replacement. Crackle is not applied to the backs of the doors and drawer fronts. ______Initials

VII. SEMI-OPAQUE FINISHES: Our semi-opaque finishes vary from Paints and Opaque Finishes in that a certain degree of the wood’s natural beauty is designed to be visible. In most cases nail holes, joints, and minor surface defects are not puttied in order to allow the texture of the wood to show through and create an aged look. The amount of visible grain is affected by the texture of the wood and may not exactly match the sample you have viewed. ______Initials

IV. UNFINISHED CABINETRY: Custom Cupboards cannot be responsible for your own finishing or the results of others. Our finish is designed to provide protection from the drastic changes in the moisture content of the wood. These changes can cause warping of the wood, cracking and splitting, as well as moisture spots. Therefore, our warranty will apply only to workmanship and will assume no responsibility for the finish or areas related. ______Initials

CATALOGS>FORMS>ConsumerInformationForm

I have reviewed the foregoing and have advised my customer on the finish they have selected. It is understood that the finish application is an artistic touch and find the above inherent variations in wood and finish to be acceptable. I agree not to hold Custom Cupboards responsible in the event that I find these variations to be less desirable than I expected as so explained in detail to my customer.

Consumer Signature

Date

Dealer Signature

Date

We call your attention to these variations because you have probably seen only a small sampling of our product. These variations will create a completely different effect on an entire kitchen, bath or living area. We have always been, and will continue to be, accountable to produce products that are within our window of acceptance that meet our high standards. It is important that you realize that neither Custom Cupboards nor any dealer of our products can be held responsible for the type or degree of variation that can occur in these products. Even by returning the sample that you ordered does not guarantee an exact match of this finish. If you consider any of these variations to be unacceptable, then you may wish to choose a different finish. These characteristics and variations are not cause for replacement. w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--61-

DISPLAY DISCOUNT REQUEST FORM 3738 South Norman â&#x2013;Ş Wichita, Kansas 67215

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

This form must be filled out completely for consideration of a discount.

Work Order #

PO#

5% rebate program on orders received, after display has been delivered, for a period of 1 year. (In dealer showroom only) 15% flat discount program. A one time additional 15% discount will be taken off the invoice for the Display cabinet. (In dealer showroom only) 10% Model home program 5% Model home program / Parade of Homes Other (explain below) OTHER DISCOUNT REQUEST

MODEL HOMES ONLY

DEALERSHIP ADDRESS

MODEL HOME ADDRESS

Opening Date Closing Date

Dealer Signature

Date

VP of Sales and Marketing Signature

Date

DISCOUNT DOES NOT APPLY TO THE FREIGHT CHARGES. A DETAILED LAYOUT MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW BY THE SALES MANGER.

CATALOGS>FORMS>DisplayDiscountRequestForm

Notes

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--71-

DISPLAY DISCOUNT REQUEST FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

DISPLAY GUIDELINES Listed below are various display/discount programs that we offer.

1. 5% REBATE PROGRAM: *The invoice for the display will be paid back to the dealer by issuing a 5% rebate on each order processed AFTER the display order has been produced and invoiced. This 5% rebate will cover all orders within a one-year period or until the display cost has been recovered, whichever comes first. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep. and the Sales Manager for approval. ***This display must be located in the dealership retail showroom and manned for daily operations. Note: If approved, note in comment area of order: Display = 5%. 2. 15% FLAT DISCOUNT PROGRAM: *A one time 15% discount will be taken off the invoice for the display of cabinetry. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep and the Sales Manager for approval. The display must be located in the dealership retail showroom and manned for daily operations. Note: If approved, note in comment area of order: Display = 15%. 3. 10% MODEL HOME PROGRAM:

•

This is an additional 10% for a model home that meets the following requirements.

•

Open to the public on a daily basis.

•

Must be open for a minimum of 3 months.

•

Have Custom Cupboards literature and logo visible to the public.

This is an extension of your showroom so it must be manned for daily operations. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and a detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep. and the Sales Manager for approval. The times and dates must be submitted for the model home. A Custom Cupboards Sales Rep. will visit during normal operations of the model home.

CATALOGS>FORMS>DisplayDiscountRequestForm

4. 5% MODEL HOME / PARADE HOME PROGRAM:

•

This is an additional 5% for a model home that meets the following requirements.

•

Open to the public on a daily basis.

•

Must be open for a minimum of 1 month or more.

•

Have Custom Cupboards literature and logo visible to the public.

This is an extension of your showroom so it must be manned for daily operations. The REQUEST FOR DISPLAY APPROVAL form and a detailed layout must be submitted and reviewed by a Custom Cupboards Marketing Rep. and the Sales Manager for approval. The times and dates must be submitted for the Model Home/Parade Home. A Custom Cupboards Sales Rep. will visit during normal operations of the model home.

***NOTE: Custom Cupboards, Inc. reserves the right to question or adjust style and color choice of displays. Custom Cupboards, Inc. reserves the right to limit the total dollars that qualify for either display plan.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- -82-

EXPEDITED SERVICE ORDER (ESO) 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Dealer ID

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS

Date

Dealership Dealer PO#

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

Ordered by

Original WO#

Ground

Next Day

Common Carrier

Next Truck

SHIP TO

ESO’S ARE FOR JOB COMPLETION ONLY. PLEASE INCLUDE ORIGINAL WO#

Wood

Interior

Finish

Guide Type

Hinge

FISL Doors

FISL Drawers

Logos

Upper Door / Edge Lower Door / Edge Drawer Front

CATALOGS>FORMS>ExpeditedServiceOrderForm

LINE #

QTY

ITEM#

HINGE

FIN.END

DEFECT/DESCRIPTION

Comments

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--91-

LIST PRICE

JOBSITE DELIVERY FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

WO#

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

PO#

Customer Name

VERY IMPORTANT

After hours phone# (very important) ZIP CODE

Jobsite address City

State MAP TO THE JOBSITE: List the major crossroads and place an “X” at the jobsite location

INTERNET MAPS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE, MUST BE HAND-DRAWN

Short instructions to find the jobsite

STOP

JOBSITE REQUIREMENTS: • The dealer must evaluate the delivery route to the jobsite, insure accessibility, and notify local authorities if necessary. The jobsite must meet local and state guidelines for delivery vehicles of this size. The evaluation is to include bridge weight limits of not less than 48,000 lbs. gross weight minimum, low hanging obstacles (such as overpasses, power lines / cables, & tree limbs) with a minimum height of 14 feet required. The jobsite must be able to accommodate a 53’ semi tractor-trailer with no dead ends or cul’de’sacs. • If the driver deems the jobsite undeliverable, due to failure to meet any one of the above requirements, or due to current weather and/or road conditions, the job will be delivered to the dealer’s warehouse or to the dealer’s truck. However, if a jobsite delivery is attempted or if the order changes from a jobsite to a warehouse delivery after the truck has been loaded, the jobsite fee will still apply. • It is mandatory that the dealer and/or sales person meet the driver at the showroom or other agreed upon convenient location and lead the driver to the jobsite.

Signature

Date

I have read the above and agree to the terms of this jobsite and acknowledge that failure to meet the above criteria may result in the loss of jobsite privileges on future orders. PLEASE FILL-OUT THE FOLLOWING:

• Can the jobsite be accessed by a 53’ semi-trailer with a combined tractor length of 70-75 feet?

Yes

Person driver is to contact

• Are there any cul’de’sacs, dead ends, low-hanging branches, or any other obstructions?

Yes

Phone # of above contact

• Will someone meet the driver at a convenient location and take him to the jobsite?

Yes

• Will there be people at the jobsite to help unload?

Yes

CATALOGS>FORMS>JobsiteDeliveryForm

Your name

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

- 1 - -10-

LIBRARY DOOR ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215 ▪ T. 316-529-3431 ext. 171 ▪ F. 316-469-1028 ▪ email: kheva@customcupboards.com

Dealer ID

I would like to be added to a waiting list if my request is not available

Date

Dealership Dealer PO#

* Library doors cannot be shipped on company trucks.

Ordered by SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS

Ground

3 Day (CA, AZ)

2nd Day Standard

2nd Day 10:30 a.m.

Next Day 8 a.m.

Next Day 10:30 a.m.

SHIP TO

Next Day 3 p.m.

ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)

OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE

SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR & ONE FOR DOOR STYLE

WOOD:

DOOR 2

ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)

WOOD: COLOR:

DOOR STYLE/EDGE:

ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)

OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE

SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR & ONE FOR DOOR STYLE

WOOD:

DOOR 4

COLOR:

WOOD:

COLOR:

DOOR STYLE/EDGE:

ONLY WANT EXACT MATCH (Rarely Possible)

OK TO SEND DIFFERENT DOOR STYLE

SEND A DOOR FOR COLOR & ONE FOR DOOR STYLE

WOOD:

DOOR 6

DOOR 5

CATALOGS>FORMS>LibraryDoorOrderForm

DOOR 3

DOOR 1

ORDERS RECEIVED BY 1:00 P.M. CST WILL SHIP THE SAME DAY, IF AVAILABLE.

WOOD:

COLOR:

DOOR STYLE/EDGE:

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--111-

LASER ENGRAVER LOGO SAMPLE 3738 South Norman â&#x2013;Ş Wichita, Kansas 67215

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

STEP 1. I agree to pay the one-time set-up fee charged to prepare our logo for use with the Epilog Laser Engraver. I understand that I will receive a sample to approve before the logo is used on our first order.

Dealership

STEP 2.

Signature

to be completed upon receipt of sample

The logo sample I received has been approved for use in production

The logo sample I received requires the following modifications:

The logo sample I received has NOT been approved. Please explain:

Dealership

Signature

PLEASE DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE - FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

Custom Cupboards received logo

Date

Custom Cupboards received signed payment agreement

CATALOGS>Forms>H-LogoEngraverSampleForm

Date

Custom Cupboards sent sample to customer for approval

Date

Custom Cupboards received approval from customer

Date w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--121-

OUT-OF-SQUARE CABINET DIAGRAM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Date

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

Dealer Code

Dealership

As there are many variables that can lead to an

Order By

so that we may better address your problem.

out-of-square cabinet box, please describe the defect

Original WO#

Line #

PO#

PLEASE CHECK AS MANY AS NEEDED TO DESCRIBE THE CHALLENGES YOU HAVE HAD

Unequal Length Sides

Bowed Stiles

Other

Unequal Width Sides

Bowed Rails

Unequal Length Stiles

Bowed Sides

Unequal Length Rails

” ”

”

CABINET TOP / BOTTOM VIEW

”

CABINET SIDE VIEW

CABINET FRONT VIEW

CATALOGS>HEARTLAND>HeartlandCatalog>Forms>R-OutOfSquareCabinetDiagram

STILES BOWED Out

Bottom Rail

SIDE VIEW

Please describe defect

PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL FORM TO YOUR ACCOUNT REPRESENTATIVE w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--131-

FRONT VIEW

Right Stile

Left Stile

Top Rail

COLOR BLOCK ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

Our standard finishes are shown on 3” x 7 1/2” color blocks. A color block represents a small sampling of the finish on a single piece of wood. Due to the inherent characteristics in grain and texture of wood, slight variations in finish can be expected. The Color Block Information Form is available to help you provide a better understanding of finished wood product to your customer. This form can be found in the forms section of the website. Color blocks are not available in knotty or rustic woods.

Full Sets Full Set of 168 Standard Color Blocks (Includes Alder, Beech, Cherry, Maple, Oak, Hickory, Quarter-Sawn Oak and Paint) CLR BLK SET - $504 List Full Set of 22 Alder Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKA - $66 List

Full Set of 22 Oak Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKO - $66 List

Full Set of 19 Beech Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKB - $57 List

Full Set of 21 Hickory Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKH - $63 List

Full Set of 22 Cherry Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKC - $66 List

Full Set of 22 Quarter-Sawn Oak Standard Color Blocks COLORBLOCKQS - $66 List

Full Set of 22 Maple Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKM - $66 List

Full Set of 18 Paint Standard Color Blocks COLOR BLOCKP - $54 List

Individual Color Blocks

Display Your Color Blocks

Standard Color Block COLOR BLOCK - $3 List Order an individual block from the standard color block set using the selection boxes below

Color Block Sample Box SAMPLE BOX - $40 List Dovetail sample box, laser engraved with Custom Cupboards logo, holds 84 color blocks

Standard Color Block w/ Glaze GLAZE BB - $7 List Order an individual block from the standard color block set and add one of four standard glazes using the selection boxes below • • • •

Midnight Frost (MFG) Van Dyke Brown (VDB) Burgundy (BURG) Pewter (PTG)

Wood: __________________________

Color: __________________________

Select glaze if applicable

MFG

Wood: __________________________

VDB

BURG

PTG

MFG

Wood: __________________________

VDB

BURG

PTG

Wood: __________________________

MFG

VDB

BURG

PTG

Wood: __________________________

Color: __________________________

Select glaze if applicable

MFG

VDB

Shipping Instructions

BURG

Ground

Dealer ID

PTG

MFG

2nd Day

VDB

Next Day

BURG

PTG

MFG

VDB

BURG

PTG

Ship to

Date

Dealer Name Ordered By w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

PO#

* Sales Aids cannot be shipped on company trucks without prior approval

--141-

QUOTE REQUEST FORM 3738 South Norman â&#x2013;Ş Wichita, Kansas 67215

Date

Dealer I.D.

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

PO#Job ID

Dealer Name

Quote Requested by

PRODUCT LINE (Select one)

Heartland FB

Heartland PLY

URGENCY (Select one)

Same Day

Next Day

Revola FB

Revola PLY

Account Manager

THIS COMPLETED AND APPROVED FORM MUST BE ATTACHED TO THE ORDER WHEN SUBMITTED

OFFICE USE ONLY BELOW THIS LINE

Quote #

PLEASE REFERENCE QUOTE # WHEN SUBMITTING ITEMS

PRICE QUOTE

Approved

CATALOGS>FORMS>QuoteRequestForm

Conditions of approval / reasons for rejection:

Rejected

NOTE: All price quotes are for base price only. Be sure to add for any applicable upcharges such as, door/ drawer front style, hinge, interior, wood, finish, etc. See attached page for line entry and base pricing. Price good for 90 days from date stated above.

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--151-

BASE OVEN CUTOUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

NOTES

Date

WO #

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

DRAWER STACK WITH WARMING DRAWER MIDDLE

1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. 2. Maximum cut-out is 2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Revola Catalog for exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.

BASE OVEN CABINET

BASE WARMING DRAWER

• Cutouts must be specified. • Bottom drawer front height will vary based on cutout height.

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

• Cutouts must be specified. • Top and bottom rails of yoke are equal size.

• Cutouts must be specified. • Two equal sized drawer fronts below.

TOHW TOHH TOHW

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

BWDM

TOHH

RTK (recessed toe kick) Cabinet Width

BWD

BOC

Cabinet Width:

Cabinet Height:

TOHH:

TOHW:

CATALOGS>>Forms>R-BaseOvenCutout

THE EDGE OF THE YOKE WILL MATCH THE DOOR EDGE DETAIL, WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE TRIM KIT.

PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--161-

Cabinet Height

TOHH

Cabinet Height

TOHW

BASE OVEN CUTOUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

NOTES

Date

WO #

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

WARMING DRAWER CABINET WITH DRAWERS

BASE WARMING DRAWER

BASE MICROWAVE BUILT-IN

• Cutouts must be specified. • Door height will vary based on cut-out height.

• Cutouts can be specified for upper opening. • Height of drawer opening varies with the cutout sizes. • Finished interior is not included.

• Cutouts must be specified.

TOHW

TOHW TOHH

Cabinet Height

TOHH

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

BWD_WD

TOHH

Cabinet Height

TOHW

RTK (recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

BMWB

Cabinet Width

FSB

Cabinet Width:

Cabinet Height:

TOHH:

TOHW:

CATALOGS>>Forms>R-BaseOvenCutout

THE EDGE OF THE YOKE WILL MATCH THE DOOR EDGE DETAIL, WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE TRIM KIT.

PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--172-

TALL OVEN CUT-OUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

NOTES

Date

WO #

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time. 2. Maximum cut-out is 2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Revola Catalog for yoke descriptions exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.

TALL OVEN OPEN-SHELF

TALL OVEN

• Open shelf is 3” less than cabinet width by 18”T, but cut-outs can be specified. • Height of lower opening is 36” unless FTO is given. • Open shelf area has finished interior and a 1/4” back. • Butt doors are standard.

TALL OVEN WITH DRAWER

• Cutouts must be specified. • Height of lower door is 30 1/8” unless FTO is given.

• Cutouts must be specified. • FTO is 12 1/4”, but can be increased.

2”

TOHH

Cabinet Height

2” Cabinet Height

Cabinet Height

2”

TOHH

TOHW

2”

TOHH

TOHW

441/2” is standard or FTO

2” 441/2” is standard or FTO

RTK (Recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

CATALOGS>FORMS>R-TallOvenCutout

OVOS

OVD

Cabinet Width:

Cabinet Height:

TOHH:

TOHW:

FTO:

PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--181-

TALL OVEN CUT-OUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

NOTES

Date

WO #

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

TALL OVEN 2 DRAWERS • Cutouts must be specified. • FTO is 18 5/16”, but can be increased.

2. Maximum cut-out is 2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Revola Catalog for yoke descriptions exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.

TALL OVEN AND MICROWAVE WITH DRAWER

TALL OVEN AND MICROWAVE WITH 2 DRAWERS

• Cutouts must be specified. • FTO is 12 1/4”, but can be increased. • Microwave opening has a 1/4” back & Finished interior.

• Cut-outs must be specified • FTO is 20 1/2”, but can be increased Microwave opening has a 1/4” back • Oven opening has no back

Butt doors are standard

2” TOHH

2”

TOHH

TOHW

TOHH

2” 2”

Cabinet Height

TOHW 2” 2”

BOHH

BOHW

TOHW

BOHW

2”

441/2” is standard or FTO

2”

RTK (Recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

OVMWD OV2D Cabinet Width: Cabinet Height:

CATALOGS>FORMS>R-TallOvenCutout

TOHH: TOHW: FTO:

Cabinet Width:

Cabinet Height:

TOHH:

TOHW:

BOHH:

BOHW:

FTO:

PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

OVMW2D

--192-

TALL OVEN CUT-OUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

NOTES

Date

WO #

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

TALL OVEN AND MICROWAVE WITH WARMING DRAWER

TALL OVEN WITH WARMING DRAWER

• All 3 cut-outs must be specified • Microwave opening is finished interior • FTO is 6 3/16” & cannot be modified

TALL OVEN WITH WIDE BOTTOM RAIL

• Cutouts must be specified. • FTO is 6 3/16” & cannot be modified

• Cut-outs must be specified • FTO 6 3/16”, an increase will affect the bottom rail of the yoke.

2”

2” 2”

TOHH

2” 2”

Cabinet Height

TOHW

BOHH

TOHH

TOHW

2”

2” WOHH

WOHH

WOHW 2”

RTK (Recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

2” (or greater)

FTO 6 3/16”

RTK (Recessed toe kick)

WOHW FTO 6 3/16”

2”

RTK (Recessed toe kick)

Cabinet Width

OVMWWD

CATALOGS>FORMS>R-TallOvenCutout

TOHW

Cabinet Width

OVWBR

OVWD

Cabinet Width:

Cabinet Height:

TOHH:

TOHW:

TOHW: FTO:

BOHH:

WOHH:

BOHW:

WOHW:

FTO:

PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--203-

FTO (If given) FTO 6 3/16” as standard

BOHW

TOHH

WALL MICROWAVE CUTOUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

NOTES

Date

WO #

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

• Rules: Microwave Wall Counter Top • Cabinet is 21” deep. • Use of a trim kit is optional, cut-outs must be specified. • Use TOHW & TOHH. • Entire cabinet is finished interior, 1/4” skins used to finish the interior sides.

Cabinet Height

• Cabinet is 21” deep. • Interior of the microwave opening is NOT FINISHED and requires the use of a trim kit, specify TOHW & TOHH. • Cut-outs must be specified.

Cabinet Height

• Microwave shelf protrudes 6” from frame. • When specifying frame cut-out height include 3/4” for protruding shelf. • Microwave opening is 17 1/4” tall unless otherwise stated. Use TOHH. • Microwave opening width is 1 1/2” less than cabinet width. No yoke. • Entire cabinet is finished interior.

Protruding Microwave Shelf

MICROWAVE WALL COUNTER TOP

MICROWAVE WALL BUILT-IN

Cabinet Height

MICROWAVE WALL

17 1/4” Standard or TOHH

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

TOHW TOHH

11/2” X Cabinet Width

Cabinet Width

MWB

Cabinet Width

MWCT

Cabinet Width:

Cabinet Height:

TOHH:

TOHW:

CATALOGS>>Forms>R-BaseOvenCutout

THE EDGE OF THE YOKE WILL MATCH THE DOOR EDGE DETAIL, WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH THE TRIM KIT.

PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--211-

WALL MICROWAVE CUTOUT FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

NOTES

Date

WO #

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

2. Maximum cut-out is 2” less than cabinet width. See cabinet description in the Revola Catalog for yoke descriptions exceptions. 3. See Catalog for pricing and additional information.

MICROWAVE WALL CORNER DIAGONAL

MICROWAVE WALL BUILT-IN • Cabinet is 21” deep. • Interior of the microwave opening is NOT FINISHED and requires the use of a trim kit, specify TOHW & TOHH. • Cut-outs must be specified.

• Cutouts must be specified; use TOHW & TOHH. • Max cutout with is 25” • Entire cabinet is finished interior

Cabinet Height

• Cutouts must be specified; use TOHW & TOHH. • Max cutout with is 25” • Entire cabinet is finished interior; use of a trim kit is optional.

Cabinet Height

MICROWAVE WALL CORNER DIAGONAL

1. Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

TOHW TOHH

Cabinet Width

CATALOGS>>Forms>R-BaseOvenCutout

MWCD

Cabinet Width

MWB

Cabinet Width

AG(D)

MWCD

Cabinet Width:

Cabinet Height:

TOHH:

TOHW:

PLEASE FAX IN OR EMAIL WITH YOUR ORDER w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--222-

AG(D)

SALES AIDS ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Dealer ID

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS

Date

Dealership Dealer PO#

Ordered by

Ground

Next Day

Common Carrier

Next Truck

SHIP TO

Original WO#

Ordering

Sales Tools List Price

Quantity

 Heartland Catalog

$40

_____

 Revola Catalog

$40

_____

Forms

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

Available Online

Pricing Program

Available Online

2020 Catalogs

Available Online

PDF Catalogs

Available Online

List Price

Quantity

 Library of Color Book (LOC)

$167

_____

 Set of 9 Edge Profile Blocks

$42

_____

 Set of 11 Mirror Molding Blocks $46

_____

 Set of 4 Interior Blocks

_____

 Set of Sink Mat Samples

_____

 Drawer Box Logo Sample

_____

 Individual Molding Sample

_____

Heartland, Discovery, Revola Ply, & Revola PB

Beech & Birch

1’ pc unfinished

selection: ___________________________________________ ____________________________________________________

Literature & Advertising Special Sample Doors

List Price

Quantity

 Door Brochure (fold out)

$21

 Distressing Sample $115.38

_____

 Laser Engraved Plaque

$172

_____

 Sheen Sample

$115.38

_____

 Peg/Nail Sample

$115.38

_____

List Price

To view, customize & order additional cabinet line brochures, direct mail, & posters, visit our Virtual Marketing Portal at https://cci.rastar.com/

Quantity

Door Store For availability + finish + style, visit our door store online!

CATALOGS>FORMS>SalesAidOrderForm

www.CustomCupboards.com/ForThePros/DealersOnly/DoorStore

Standard Finishes & Doors (with/out glaze) Packaged Finishes & Mitered Doors Applied Molding Doors w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--231-

SD&F SAMPLE ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Dealer ID

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

Date

Dealer PO#

14 1/2” x 26”

Dealership Salesperson

CATALOGS>FORMS>SD&FSampleOrderForm

ADDED DOOR FEATURES (APPLIED MOLDING, PEGS, & NAILS) WILL BE AN ADDITIONAL CHARGE.

SD&F - STD COLOR

SD&F - STD COLOR/GLAZE

SD&F SPECIAL - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH

WOOD:

COLOR:

DOOR STYLE/EDGE:

DRAWER FRONT:

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:

SD&F - STD COLOR

SD&F - STD COLOR/GLAZE

SD&F SPECIAL - CUSTOM - PACKAGED FINISH

WOOD:

COLOR:

DOOR STYLE/EDGE:

DRAWER FRONT:

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS

Ground

Next Day

Common Carrier

Next Truck

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

SHIP TO

--241-

WARRANTY FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Dealer ID

Date

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

TO PROCEED, THIS REQUEST MUST INCLUDE A WO#

Dealership

Original WO#/ESO#

Dealer PO#

City/State

Additional ESOs

Ordered by

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS Ground

PLEASE PROVIDE REASON FOR DISSATISFACTION

2nd Day

Common Carrier

Next Day Next Truck*

* No job-site delivery

SHIP TO

PLEASE FAX IN TO 316-858-5295, QUALITY ANALYSIS

Wood Species

Stain

Glaze/Special

Interior

Hinge

Upper Door / Edge

Lower Door / Edge

Drawer Front

Guide Type FISL Doors

FISL Drawers

ITEMS OVER 6 MONTHS OLD MUST BE RETURNED TO THE FACTORY BEFORE WORK CAN BEGIN

CATALOGS>FORMS>WarrantyForm

LINE #

QTY

ITEM#

OFFICE USE ONLY

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

SIZE (W x L)

Warranty Code

DEFECT/DESCRIPTION

Authorized By

--251-

Logos

WOOD TOP ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Date

WO#

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

Sizes include CTE

Sizes exclude CTE

Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system

Specify edge detail

CTE choice

it will compliment your door detail.

CTE 1

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

•

Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

•

Shaped tops will be shipped prepped for spline only.

•

See catalog for pricing and additional specifications CTE 2

PLEASE SELECT THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED AND SELECT GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE

STRAIGHT ” Yes

CTE?

”

GRAIN DIRECTION

CTE?

Yes

”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

• •

Yes

CTE?

-26-1-

Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.

WOOD TOP ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Date

WO#

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

Sizes include CTE

Sizes exclude CTE

Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system

Specify edge detail

CTE choice

it will compliment your door detail.

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

•

Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

•

Shaped tops will be shipped prepped for spline only.

•

See catalog for pricing and additional specifications

CTE 1

CTE 2

PLEASE SELECT THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED AND SELECT GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE

“L” SHAPED ” Yes

• •

Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.

”

CTE?

Yes

CTE?

” ”

GRAIN DIRECTION

CTE?

Yes

CTE?

GRAIN DIRECTION

Yes No

CATALOGS>FORMS>WoodtopOrderForm CATALOGS>FORMS>WoodtopOrderForm

CTE?

”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--272-

Yes

”

WOOD TOP ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Date

WO#

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

Sizes include CTE

Sizes exclude CTE

Specify edge detail it will compliment your door detail.

Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system CTE choice

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

•

Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

•

Shaped tops will be shipped prepped for spline only.

•

See catalog for pricing and additional specifications

CTE 1

CTE 2

PLEASE SELECT THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED AND SELECT GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE

“U” SHAPED ” No

CTE?

”

CTE?

Yes

CTE?

Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.

CTE?

• •

Yes

CTE?

”

” ”

GRAIN DIRECTION

CTE?

Yes

GRAIN DIRECTION

CATALOGS>FORMS>WoodtopOrderForm

CTE?

Yes

”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--283-

GRAIN DIRECTION

WOOD TOP ORDER FORM 3738 South Norman ▪ Wichita, Kansas 67215

Date

WO#

Dealer ID

Dealership

Dealer PO#

Salesperson

Sizes include CTE

Sizes exclude CTE

Please send the “Dog Bone” joint system

Specify edge detail

CTE choice

it will compliment your door detail.

T. 316-529-3431 F. 316-469-1028

•

Failure to supply all relevant information will affect your lead time.

•

Shaped tops will be shipped prepped for spline only.

•

See catalog for pricing and additional specifications

CTE 1

CTE 2

PLEASE SELECT THE SIDES THAT REQUIRE CTE TO BE ATTACHED AND SELECT GRAIN DIRECTION ON EACH PIECE

ANGLED

” CTE?

Yes

”

CTE?

GRAIN DIRECTION

• •

Drawing is based off of a 45º angle. If CTE does not fit a complementary edge will be added.

Yes

CTE?

” ” C ?

135°

s Ye

IN RA

”

Yes

CTE?

C ?

CTE?

TE s Ye

GRAIN DIRECTION o

CATALOGS>FORMS>WoodtopOrderForm

135°

CTE?

Yes

”

w w w. C u s t o m C u p b o a r d s . c o m AUGUST 2014

--294-

Yes

”